Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT
MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT 20 -Nov -2017 Plans, Specs, proposal and contract 21 -Nov -2017 Res 17-347, setting a public hearing 29 -Nov -2017 Notice of Public Hearing 05 -Dec -2017 Res 17-361 approving plans, specifications, form of agreement, and estimate of cost. 06 -Dec -2017 Notice to Bidders 16 -Jan -2018 Res 18-14, awarding contract (AAA Mechanical Contractors) 23 -Jan -2018 Performance and Payment Bond 08 -Jul -2020 Engineer's report 07 -Jul -2020 Res 20-161, accepting the work CITY OF IOWA CITY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT - FOR THE MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT IOWA CITY, IOWA = November 21, 2017 ci -� { �'< N rn I CERTIFICATIONS �FES�Ip I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or •,.• •• •• q( under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engi r i der t ws of the State of Iowa. TIE -0 f R. .? s Signature: Date: 11/20/2017 :m 1 R77 Name: othy R. Fe r, P.E. Iowa License Number: 12877 ................ OWMy license renewal date is December 31, 2017 Pages, Sheets, or Divisions covered by this seal: All c� J T • 1 �4 1•- � Cy M O �+�.� SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGE CERTIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS.. ............. NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ................................. NOTICE TO BIDDERS ................................................ NOTE TO BIDDERS ................................................... INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ..................................... FORM OF PROPOSAL ............................................... BIDBOND................................................................... FORM OF AGREEMENT ............................................ PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND .................. CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (ANTI -DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS)....... WAGETHEFT............................................................. GENERAL CONDITIONS ............................................ SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ............................. BIDDER STATUS FORM (2 PAGES) ......................... ATTACHMENTS: FORM OF PROPOSAL BID BOND BIDDER STATUS FORM ATTACHMENT: PLANS TC -1 Page Number ....................................... CC -1 thru pg.8 ....................................... WT -1 thru pg.2 ....................................... GC -1 ....................................... SC -1 thru pg.17 ....................................... BSF-1 A Lu O 3 qlj. r rn �rn � co NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given to that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, specifications, form on contract and estimated cost for the construction of the Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project in said City at 7:00 p.m. on the 5"' day of December, 2017, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council therafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, specifications, form of contract and the estimated cost are now on file in the office of the city clerk in City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, and may be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested person may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections to and comments concerning said plans, specifications, contract or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order of the City - Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided by law. KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK NTP -1 co to �. �—G tV r- 4 rYf NOTICE TO BIDDERS MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, until 3:00 P.M. on the 1111 day of January, 2018. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at a meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. on the 16"' day of January, 2018, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. There is a recommended pre-bid meeting. This will start at 11 A.M. local time on Thursday, December 14, 2017 in the Mercer Aquatic Center Meeting Room located at 2701 Bradford Drive Iowa City, Iowa. The Project will involve the following: This project includes replacement of the existing boilers and HVAC systems in the Mercer Aquatic Center and Scanlon Gymnasium. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by Shive- Hattery Inc., of Iowa City, which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be submitted in a sealed envelope. In addition, a separate sealed envelope shall be submitted containing a completed Bidder Status Form and a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days of the City Council's award of the contract and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. The City shall retain the bid security furnished by the successful bidder until the approved contract form has been executed, a bond has been filed by the bidder guaranteeing the performance of the contract, and the contract and bond have been approved by the City. The City shall promptly return the checks or bidder's bonds of unsuccessful bidders to the bidders as soon as the successful bidder is determined or within thirty days, whichever is sooner. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved -by the City, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protectand save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly t the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City GoLoil. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Start Date: February 1, 2018 0� _ Substantial Completion Date: July 13, 2018 2i; <Ty Liquidated Damages: $200.00 per day �r -� M NTB-1 The plans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured at the Office of Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone: 319-354-5950, Fax: 319-3548973, Toll -Free: 800-779-0093, by bona fide bidders. A $50.00 fee is required for each set of plans and specifications provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to Technigraphics, by bona fide bidders. The deposit will be refunded to plan holders who return the bidding documents in good condition within 15 days after receipt of bids. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals at (515) 281-5796 and the Iowa Department of Transportation Contracts Office at (515) 239-1422. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. By virtue of statutory authority, preference must be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal resident bidder preference law applies to this Project. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Posted upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK NTB-2 M s J N _J c3r- >-Z5 LL O ~ r- O_ N KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK NTB-2 0 3. NOTE TO BIDDERS The successful bidder and all subcontractors are required to submit at least 4 days prior to award three references involving similar projects, including at least one municipal reference. Award of the bid or use of specific subcontractors may be denied if sufficient favorable references are not verified or may be denied based on past experience on projects with the City of Iowa City. References shall be addressed to the City Engineer and include the name, address and phone number of the contact person, for City verification. Bid submittals are: Envelope 1: Bid Bond and Bidder Status Form Envelope 2: Form of Proposal M- OZZa c . �m..z o co ^� INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS Bidding documents include the bidding requirements and the contract documents. The bidding requirements include the Advertisement or Invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, other sample bidding and contract forms, and the Contract Forms including addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. 1.2 The contract documents for the work consist of the Owner/Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications and all addenda issued prior to and all modifications issued after execution of the Contract. 1.3 Definitions set forth in AIA document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", 2007 edition, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the bidding documents. A. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition, deflection, clarifications or correction. B. A bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the work or designated portion thereof for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the bidding documents. C. The base bid is the sum stated in the bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the work described in the bidding documents as the Base, to which work may be added, or from which work may be deducted for sums stated in alternate bids. D. An alternate bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the base bid if the corresponding change in the work, as described in bidding documents, is accepted. E. A unit price is an amount stated in the bid as a price per unit of a�surgEent f+ch in documents materials or services as described the bidding gytGthQontrad`I documents. C-) ro ... F. A bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid. {M Il G. A sub -bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a bid;rtl ieriaf3', equipment or labor for a portion of the work. n ARTICLE 2 — BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS m 2. The bidder by making a bid represents that the bidder has read and understands the bidding documents, and the bid is made in accordance with those documents. 2.2 The Bidder has read and understands the bidding documents or contract documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the work for which the bid is submitted. Tamil 2.3 The bidder has visited the site, has become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated the bidders personal observations with the requirements of the contract documents. 2.4 The bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the bidding documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 — BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3. Copies A. Complete sets of the bidding documents may be obtained from the office of Office of Techniqraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Fax:319-354-8973 Toll -Free 800-779-0093 by bona fide bidders, for the deposit sum as indicated. The deposit will be refunded to plan holders who return the bidding documents in good condition within 15 days after receipt of bids. A bidder receiving a contract award may retain the bidding documents, and his deposit will be refunded. Successful sub -bidders, including material suppliers, may retain their bidding documents, and their deposit will be refunded if the Architect receives written notification within the 30 calendar day period following receipt of bids. B. Bidders shall use complete sets of bidding documents in preparing bids. Neither the Owner nor the Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of bidding documents. No partial sets will be issued. C. In making copies of the bidding documents available on the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do so only for the purpose of obtaining bids for the work, and do nor confer license or grant permission for any other use of the bidding documents. P. Copies of the reports and drawings that are not included with the Bidding Documents may be examined at Engineering Division at City Hall, Iowa City, rr Iowa during regular business hours, or may be obtained from the Owner at C Owners reproduction cost, plus handling charge. These reports and drawings �. c^ are not part of the contract documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which the bidder may rely as identified and established above, are incorporated therein by reference. w 3� �i Tpretation or Correction of Bidding Documents Jcli ,M �Q The bidder shall carefully study and compare the bidding documents with each M v other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to _ 2 the extent that it relates to the work for which the bid is being submitted, shall moo,. examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. B. Bidders and sub -bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the bidding documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least nine days prior to the date for receipt of bids. C. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the bidding documents will be made by NN addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes to the bidding documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and bidders shall not rely upon them. 3.3 Substitutions A. The materials, products and equipment described in the bidding documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. Refer to Shive Hattery's Specification Section 01 6000A - Product Substitution Request for substitution requirements. B. If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be set forth in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 3.4 Addenda A. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the Architect to have a complete set of bidding documents. B. Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection wherever bidding documents are on file for that purpose. C. No addenda will be issued later than four (4) days prior to the date for receipt of bids, except for any one or more of the following reasons: 1. An addendum withdrawing the request for bids. 2. An addendum which includes postponement of the date for receipt of bids. 3. An addendum issued after receipt of bids and prior to execution of the contract. D. Each bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a bid that he has received all addenda issued, and the bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the proper location on the bid form. ARTICLE 4 — BIDDING PROCEDURES o "' 4. Form and Style of Bids c)� ::qc a r A. A separate copy of the bid form is contained within the ba ovaroof t�p document. i7^ s ., B. Fill in all blanks on the bid form by typewriter or manually in ink. �� ) C. Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be._expres%d in� both words and numerals, and in case of discrepancy between -the t the amount written in words will govern. D. Interlineations, alterations or erasures shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. E. All requested alternates shall be bid. If no change in the base bid is required, enter "No Change". IM Where two or more bids for designated portions of the work have been requested, the bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of bids stipulated by the bidder. The bidder shall make no additional stipulation on the bid form, nor qualify the bid in any other manner. G. Each copy of the bid shall include the legal name of the bidder and a statement that the bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation or some other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. A bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the bidder. H. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days after the date of opening. 4.2 Bid Security A. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the amount of ten percent (10 %) of the base bid and in the form of surety bond pledging that the bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner on the items stated in his bid and will, if requested, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Should the bidder refuse to enter into such contract or fail to furnish such bond if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. A cashier's check, cash or certified check will not be an accepted bid bond. B. Surety bond shall be written on enclosed "Bid Bond" form bound within the project manual and the attomey-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of power of attorney. JQ. The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of bidders to whom an award is being considered until either: 1. The contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished. C�l� - 2.. The specified time has elapsed so that the bids may be withdrawn. r�fn >--3. All bids have been rejected. ••�' 3 .Iaid�tatus Form c A. V �-.Bidder Status form shall be submitted with the bid, in a separate envelope. �4.4 QSuemaiXsion of Bids 2 •J3 �A. 2AII copies of the bid, the bid security and other documents required to be submitted with the bid shall be enclosed in sealed opaque envelopes as insfructed in Section NB - Note to Bidders. All envelopes shall be addressed to the party receiving the bids ("City Clerk, City of Iowa City'), and shall be identified with the project name, the bidder's name and address, and the envelope's contents. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face of that envelope. NMI 4.5 4 B. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of bids. 1. Location: Office of City Clerk, City Hall, 410 East Washington Street, Iowa City, Iowa 52240 2. Time and Date: Before 3:00 o.m. on Thursday January 11, 2018. C. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of bids will be returned unopened. D. The bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of bids. Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. Modification or Withdrawal of Bid A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled the bidder after the stipulated time and date designated for the receipt of bids, and each bidder so agrees in submitting his bid. B. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of bids, a bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving bids at the place designated for receipt of bids. Such notice shall be in writing, signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. If written notice is electronic, written confirmation from the person or persons )Wally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract shall also be mailed and postrftrked on or before the date and time set for receipt of bids, and it shall b wold as not to reveal the amount of the original bid. `n n-< N C. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated fc;F&w re bipt qf� bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these'ruotgns tPn Bidders. _ D. Bid security shall be in an amount sufficient for the bid as modWed or resubmitted. `0 ARTICLE 5 - CONSIDERATION OF BIDS . y Q Opening of Bids A. The properly identified bids received on time will be opened public¢yend be L. read aloud. �� o U U Rejection of Bids c? -+ `J4 A. The Owner will have the right to reject any or all bids, and to reject a bid not accompanied by the required bid security or by another data required by the bidding documents, or to reject a bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. M 5.3 Acceptance of Bid (Award) A. It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsive responsible bidder provided the bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the bidding documents, and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner will have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a bid received, and to accept the bid which, in his judgment, is in his own best interest. B. The Owner will have the right to accept bid alternates in any order or combination, and to determine the low bidder on the basis of the sum of the base bid and the accepted alternates. ARTICLE 6 - POST -BID INFORMATION 6. Submittals A. The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. B. The bidder shall, within seven (7) days of notification of selection for the award of a contract for the work, submit the following information to the Architect: H •?' 1. A designation of the work to be performed by the bidder with the bidder's " own forces. 2. The proprietary names and the suppliers or principal items or system of CA materials and equipment proposed for the project. IT t i. C. The bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and the 3 - Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the work described in the bidding documents. D. Prior to the award of the contract, the Architect will notify the bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to M any such proposed person or entity. If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to such proposed person or entity, the bidder may, at the 0 rif C, bidder's option: W �> J o "+- N >_ , 1. Withdraw the bid. a I. -Q 2. Submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the CD c.s- bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. 0 D. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or may disqualify the bidder. In the .. event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. ARTICLE 7 — PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND Bond Requirements A. The bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Bonds may be secured through the bidder's usual sources. The cost of furnishing such bonds shall be included in the bid. B. If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained from other than the bidder's usual source, all change in cost will be adjusted as provided in contract documents. 7.2 The Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds A. The bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three (3) days following the date of execution of the contract. If the work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall, prior to commencement of the work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered. N B. The bonds shall be written on the 'Performance and Payment Boge' forrZDound within the project manual, or a copy thereof. Both bonds shall bISE e�Cn the amount of the contract sum. t Jer _ ry C. The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the contract. �� r <r— D. D. The bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the reor Rd bonds co behalf of the surety to affix a current and certified copy of power of�Mtorney.- ,n ARTICLE 8 — PRE-BID CONFERENCE 8. Conference A. There is a recommended pre-bid meeting. This will start at 11 a.m. local time on Thursday, December 14, 2017, in Mercer Aquatic Center Meeting Room located at 2701 Bradford Drive, Iowa City, Iowa. 8.2 Parking A. Parking available in the Mercer Aquatic Center parking lot. RM r_ C7 U .i WGINLTA to] a:J WI 0611. 1A CITY OF IOWA CITY MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT BIDDERS PLEASE NOTE: 1. PLEASE DO NOT USE THE FORM OF PROPOSAL INCLUDED IN THE BOUND VOLUME OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. SEPARATE COPIES OF THIS PROPOSAL ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE BACK COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: 3:00 PM local time on January 11, 2018 TO: City Clerk o City of Iowa City sn ; City Hall �:.--q 410 East Washington Street t? < rV Iowa City, Iowa 52240 r*f -n In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Prociuef-*Rcting Requirements, the undersigned proposes to fumish all labor, materials and e%}Lipmeai; all s ision, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the work to complete MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT in strict accordance with the Project Manual and the Drawings dated November 21, 2017, including Addenda numbered and , inclusive, prepared by Shive Hattery, Inc. and to do all work at the prices set forth herein. We further propose to do all "Extra Work" which may be required to complete the work contemplated, at unit prices or lump sums to be agreed upon in writing prior to starting such work. F -J LU L BASE BID: 4`) -3 Dollars ($ 4 The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom we intend to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. FP -1 of 3 NOTE: All subcontractors are subject to approval by City. The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the more specific shall prevail. In submitting this Proposal, the undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to Proceed or a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business address identified below within the thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the contract award. The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement, the Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the certificates of insurance, and will proceed in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project, and have the Project at Substantial Completion on or before June 15, 2018 and Final Completion of July 13, 2018. Firm: Signature: _ Printed Name: Title: Address a M G tr J1 - J TV _ L Phone:LL C Firm: Signature: _ Printed Name: Title: Address FP -2 of 3 a M G tr J1 - J N _ L Phone:LL U o Contact: FP -2 of 3 , as Principal, and as Surety declare that we are held and are firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Dollars ($ ) to pay said sum as herein provided. We as Principal and Surety further promise and declare that these obligations shall bind our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned on the Principal submission of the accompanying bid, dated for Project. NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form specified, and the Principal shall then furnish a bond for the Principal's faithful performance of said Project, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Project, as agreed to by the Citys acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect, provided that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the amount of the obligation stated herein. 0 By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall bei then Owner in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provideb(%, as,. provided in the Project specifications or as required by law. �.< rV C') The o The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligatR cifosaidrn Surety and its bond shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of t�one:Ithin 0 which the Owner may accept such Bid or may execute such contract documents, a s;'d Surety does hereby waive notice of any such time extension. _ ..o The Principal and the Surety hereto execute this bid bond this day of C-) A.D., 20_. = U1 �JSeaJ Witness Principal _ By E_XTitle)� Seal) Surety By Witness (Attomey-in-fact) Attach Powerof-Attomey BB -1 of 1 FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between the City of Iowa City, Iowa ("City"), and ("Contractor"). WHEREAS, the City has prepared certain Plans, Specifications, Proposal and Contract dated the 2111 of November, 2017, for the MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT ("Project'), and WHEREAS, Contractor submitted a bid on the Project described in said Plans, Specifications, Proposal and Contract; and WHEREAS, the parties hereto now wish to enter into this agreement for the construction of said Project. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1. The City hereby accepts the attached proposal and bid documents of the Contractor for the Project, and for the sums listed therein. 2. This Agreement consists of the following component parts which are incorporated herein by reference: �9 a. Addenda Numbers attached hereto; = gC-) V o .0.::; K b. "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" AIA DWA20tN4007,F acs o r— as amended; �m v rn om zic C. Plans; = �' d. Technical Specifications and Supplementary Conditions; e. Performance and Payment Bond; H 1 - ^� � f. Contractor's Completed Bidder Status Form; attached hereto; `jc� g. Contractor's Completed Assurance of Contract Compliance Program (Anti - Discrimination Requirements), attached hereto; h. Completed Form of Proposal; and i. This Instrument. The above components are deemed complementary and should be read together. In the AG -1 of 2 0 LuJ LL, i c C F ft event of a discrepancy or inconsistency, the more specific provision shall prevail. 3. The names of subcontractors approved by City, together with quantities, unit prices, and extended dollar amounts, are as follows in "Attachment A." Payments are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions. 4. The Project base bid submitted by form of proposal is in the amount of: no/100 Dollars ($ .00). 5. No Alternates included as part of this agreement. 6. Substantial Completion date is June 15, 2018 and Final Completion date is July 13, 2018. 7. CONTRACT DATE 16'" day of January 2018. [DATE BASED ON FORMAL COUNCIL MEETING AWARDING CONTRACT BY RESOLUTION NUMBER XX -XXX). City Contractor (Signature) (Prirked name) (Signature) (Printed name) (Company Official Titlel ATTEST: (Printed name) (Company Official Title) Approved By: AG -2 of 2 City Attorney's Office PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND , as (insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor) Principal, hereinafter called the Contractor and (insert the legal tide of the Surety) , as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, as obligee, hereinafter called the Owner, in the amount of Dollars ($ 1 for the payment for which Contractor and Surety hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Contractor has, as of entered into a (date) written Agreement with Owner for the MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT; and WHEREAS, the Agreement requires execution of this Performance and Payment Bond, to be completed by Contractor, in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by Shive-Hatterv. Inc., which Agreement is by reference made a part hereof, and the agreed-upon work is hereafter referred to as the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such tha6if 0 Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Agreement, then the obligiaon of�Ris zEn z bond shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect until fa,*y _n _ completion of the Project. c-)-< No =icy A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time MSF4 by -he M MC Owner. x 0 B. Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by Owner to be, in defaueunder'-pe Agreement, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the.Surety L—_J may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: ' a'i ;. LU 1. Complete the Project in accordance with the terms and conditiQwof �..� Agreement, or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing the ect. n accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement; and upon determination by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available, as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the Agreement or subsequent contracts of completion arranged under PB -1 of 2 this paragraph), sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion, less the balance of the Contract Price, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Agreement, together with any addenda and/or amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. C. The Contractor and Contractor's Surety shall be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of one (1) years from the date of formal acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person, corporation or third party other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the Principal and Surety, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, shall pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal, including any of Principal's subcontractors, all claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Agreement for whose benefit this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if it were expressly set out herein. cI TT- SIGNED AND SEALED THIS DAY OF 20_. — – IN THE PRESENCE OF: c_. M r _ (Principal) CD Witness (Title) .. Q 0 2C w Zc (Surety) GL 4: r Pal LL o �� Witness (Title) x Z3Witness E _ (Street) (City, State, Zip) (Phone) PB -2 of 2 Contract Compliance Program N O O C 0 D.� C � n m O s 0 y- SECTION I -GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Iowa City to require equal employment opportunity in all City contract work. This policy prohibits discrimination by the City's contractors, consultants and vendors and requires them to ensure that applicants seeking employment with them and their employees are treated equally without regard to race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, marital status, and age. It is the City's intention to assist employers, who are City contractors, vendors or consultants, in designing and implementing equal employment opportunity so that all citizens will be afforded equal accessibility and opportunity to gain and maintain employment. PROVISIONS: 1. All contractors, vendors, and consultants requesting to do business with the City must submit an Equal Opportunity Policy Statement before the execution of the contract. 2. All City contractors, vendors, and consultants with contracts of $25,000 or more (or less) if required by another governmental agency) must abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program. Emergency contracts may be exempt from this provision at the discretion of the City. Regardless of the value of the contract, all contractors, vendors, and consultants are subject to the City's Human Rights Ordinance, which is codified at Article 2 of the City Code. 3. Contracting departments are responsible for assuring that City contractors, vendors, and consultants are made aware of the City's Contract Compliance Program reporting responsibilities and receive the appropriate reporting forms. A notification of requirements will be included in any request for proposal and notice of bids. 4. Prior to execution of the contract, the completed and signed Assurance of Compliance (located orU -•U pages CC -2 and CC -3) or other required material must be received and approved by then y. o 5. Contracting departments are responsible for answering questions about contractsti�,— ,� ..�.. consultant and vendor compliance during the course of the contract with the City. n.< tv C3 -..tn 6. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must refrain from the use of any signs or �atio which are sexist in nature, such as those which state "Men Working" or "Flagman A ardc instead Q use gender neutral signs. _ 7. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must assure that their subcontractors abide by the City'sZZ Human Rights Ordinance. The City's protected classes are listed at Iowa City City Code section 2-13-1. CC -1 of 8 -•U O toCD CC -1 of 8 SECTION II -ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE The following sets forth the minimum requirements of a satisfactory Equal Employment Opportunity Program which will be reviewed for acceptability. PLEASE RETURN PAGES 2 THROUGH 3 OF THIS SECTION TO THE CONTRACTING DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT. With respect to the performance of this contract, the contractor, consultant or vendor agrees as follows: (For the purposes of these minimum requirements, "contractor". shall include consultants and vendors.) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment and will take affirmative efforts to ensure applicants and employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, and age. Such efforts shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, promotion, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor; state that it is an equal opportunity employer. Note: Contracts that are federally funded are subject to Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, and the regulations (see generally 29 U.S.C.§ 1608 at sem.) and relevant orders of the U.S. Secretary of Labor. The Secretary of Labor, and not the City, enforces said regulations and orders. Provide a copy of your written Equal Employment Opportunity policy statement. Where is this statement posted? 4. r' What is the name, telephone number and address of your business' Equal Employment r ' Opportunity Officer? (Please print) ------------------------- s Phone rTyfnber Q Address 7.ri.p. Q'Th pdbrsigned agrees to display, in conspicuous places at the work site, all posters required by _J pfed&*I-snd state law for the duration of the contract. NOTE: The City can provide assistance in �... Nob*imQ the necessary posters. LL.. $ E5a E5 -:Z O lQ CC -2 of 8 6. How does your business currently inform applicants, employees, and recruitment sources (including unions) that you are an Equal Employment Opportunity employer? The above responses to questions 1 through 6 are true and correctly reflect our Equal Employment Opportunity policies. Business Name Signature Print Name CC -3 of 8 Phone Number Title Date c_ ch O D �r T �! C1c N o �M m -0 M g x 0 D_ t0 c_ ch �Mzg,� Q W SECTION III -SUGGESTED STEPS TO ASSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES COMPANY POLICY Determine your company's policy regarding equal employment opportunities. Document the policy and post it in a conspicuous place so that it is known to all your employees. Furthermore, disseminate the policy to all potential sources of employees and to your subcontractors asking their cooperation. The policy statement should recognize and accept your responsibility to provide equal employment opportunity in all your employment practices. In regard to dissemination of this policy, this can be done, for example, through the use of letters to all recruitment sources and subcontractors, personal contacts, employee meetings, web page postings , employee handbooks, and advertising. 2. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY OFFICER Designate an equal employment opportunity officer or, at minimum, assign someone the responsibility of administering and promoting your company's Equal Employment Opportunity program. This person should have a position in your organization which emphasizes the importance of the program. 3. INSTRUCT STAFF Your staff should be aware of and be required to abide by your Equal Employment Opportunity program. All employees authorized to hire, supervise, promote, or discharge employees or are involved in such actions should be trained and required to comply with your policy and the current equal employment opportunity laws. 4. RECRUITMENT (a) Let potential employees know you are an equal opportunity employer. This can be done by identifying yourself on all recruitment advertising as "an equal opportunity employer'. 4.(b) Use recruitment sources that are likely to yield diverse applicant pools. Word-of-mouth c recruitment will only perpetuate the current composition of your workforce. Send recruitment �- sources a letter annually which reaffirms your commitment to equal employment opportunity rr and requests their assistance in helping you reach diverse applicant pools. (c) Analyze and review your company's recruitment procedures to identify and eliminate �--� c'' discriminatory barriers. C. (d) Select and train persons involved in the employment process to use objective standards M c and to support equal employment opportunity goals. p--� (e) Review periodically job descriptions to make sure they accurately reflect major job functions. Review education and experience requirements to make sure they accurately reflect the requirements for successful job performance. (f) Review the job application to insure that only job related questions are asked. Ask yourself "Is this information necessary to judge an applicant's ability to perform the job applied for?" Only use job-related tests which do not adversely affect any particular group s Qf people. g) onitor interviews ca ref ul ly. Prepare Interview questions in advance to Q KC9 s s u r e t In a t they are only job related. Train your interviewers on discrimination laws. W—Qiased and subjective judgments in personal interviews can be a major source of W _l>Mscrimination. J N) L)�mprove hiring and selection procedures and use non -biased promotion, transfer and o ctPaining policies to increase and/or improve the diversity of your workforce representation. r Z mpanies must make sure procedures for selecting candidates for promotion, transfer and V ming are based upon a fair assessment of an employee's ability and work record. rthermore, all companies should post and otherwise publicize all job promotional opportunities and encourage all qualified employees to bid on them. CC -4 of 8 CITY OF IOWA CITY Attached for your information is a copy of Section 2 — 3 — 1 of the Iowa City Code of Ordinances which prohibits certain discriminatory practices in employment as well as a sample policy. Please note that the protected characteristics include some not mandated for protection by Federal or State law. As a contractor, consultant or vendor doing business with the City of Iowa City you are required to abide by the provisions of the local ordinance in conjunction with your performance under a contract with the City. CC -5 of 8 N O � N ^� 0 C) N �m 3 rn 1 _ �.n CC -5 of 8 SAMPLE: EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POLICY To all employees This Company and its employees shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment based on his or her a g e, national origin, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital s t a t u s , ra ce, religion, sex, or sexual orientation. The anti -discrimination policy extends to decisions involving hiring, promotion, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Further, this Company and its employees w i I I provide a working environment free from such discrimination. All employees are encouraged to refer minority and women applicants and applicants with disabilities foremployment. The Equal Employment Opportunity Officerfor— Name: Address: -------------- Telephone Number: — — — — — — — — — — is: NOTE: This is a SAMPLE ONLY. You may wish to confer with your EEO ofor g'gal counsel to formulate a policy which specifically meets the needs of your company. -IC-31 o r r 'A D -<L_ -+c. a �J CC -6 of 8 2-3-1: EMPLOYMENT; EXCEPTIONS: A. It shall be unlawful for any employer to refuse to hire, accept, register, classify, promote or refer for employment, or to otherwise discriminate in employment against any other person or to discharge any employee because of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation. (Ord. 03-4105, 12-16-2003) B. Itshall be unlawful for any labor organization to refuse to admit to membership, apprenticeship or training an applicant, to expel any member, or to otherwise discriminate against any applicant for membership, apprenticeship or training or any member in the privileges, rights or benefits of such membership, apprenticeship or training because of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation of such applicant or member. C It shall be unlawful for any employer, employment agency, labor organization or the employees or members thereof to directly or indirectly advertise or in any other manner indicate or publicize that individuals are unwelcome, objectionable or not solicited for employment or membership because of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation. (Ord. 95-3697, 11-7-1995) D. Employment policies relating to pregnancy and childbirth shall be governed by the following: A written or unwritten employment policy or practice which excludes from employment applicants or employees because of the employee's pregnancy is a prima facie violation of this title. 2. Disabilities caused or contributed to by the employee's pregnancy, miscarriage, or benefits to an employee or prospective employee in return for taking a test or the w childbirth and recovery therefrom are, for all job related purposes, temporary presence of the antibody to the human immunodeficiency virus, is prohibited. The disabilities and shall be treated as such under any health or temporary disability prohibitions of this subsection do not apply if the state epidemiologist determines and the insurance or sick leave plan available in connection with employment or any director of public health declares through the utilization of guidelines established by thea written or unwritten employment policies and practices involving terms and center for disease control of the United States department i conditions of employment as applied to other temporary disabilities. C) �n O of health and human services, that a person with a condition related to acquired imrh( e E. It shall be unlawful for any person to solicit or require as a condition of emplo�er of y deficiency syndrome poses a significant risk of transmission of the human immunodeficiency y to employee or prospective employee a test for the presence of the antibody to 41. r immunodeficiency virus. r rn An agreement between an employer, employment agency, labor organization of it = employees, .1 Q agents or members and an employee or prospective employee concerning am�ymew, pay or benefits to an employee or prospective employee in return for taking a test or the w presence of the antibody to the human immunodeficiency virus, is prohibited. The i prohibitions of this subsection do not apply if the state epidemiologist determines and the director of public health declares through the utilization of guidelines established by thea {� center for disease control of the United States department i p W of health and human services, that a person with a condition related to acquired imrh( e deficiency syndrome poses a significant risk of transmission of the human immunodeficiency y to O other persons in a specific occupation. Z -'- O The following are exempted from the provisions of this section: -' +� 1. Any bona fide religious institution or its educational facility, association, corporation or society with respect to any qualifications for employment based on religion when such qualifications are related Inc.to a bona fide religious purpose. A religious qualification for instructional personnel or an administrative officer, serving in a supervisory capacity of a bona fide religious educational facility or religious institution shall be presumed to be a bona fide occupational qualification. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) CC -7 of 8 2. An employer or employment agency which chooses to offer employment or advertise for employment to only the disabled or elderly. Any such employment or offer of employment shall not discriminate among the disabled or elderly on the basis of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation. (Ord. 95-3697, 11-7- 1995) 3. The employment of individuals for work within the home of the employer if the employer or members of the family reside therein during such employment. 4. The employment of individuals to render personal service to the person of the employer or members of the employer's family. (Ord. 94-3647, 11- 8-1994) 5. The employment on the basis of sex in those certain instances where sex is a bona fide occupational qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of a particular business or enterprise. The bona fide occupational qualification shall be interpreted narrowly. (Ord. 03-4105, 12- 16-2003) 6. A state or federal program designed to benefit a specific age classification which serves a bona fide public purpose. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) 7. The employment on the basis of disability in those certain instances where presence of disability is a bona fide occupational qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of a particular business or enterprise. The bona fide occupational qualification shall be interpreted narrowly. (Ord. 03-4105, 12-16- 2003) 8. Any employer who regularly employs less than four (4) individuals. For purposes of this section, individuals who are members of the employer's family shall not be counted as employees. (Ord. 08- 4312, 8-11-2008) WT -8 of 2 I C) - w CD VH N U. I t- cj3 r- o s . WT -8 of 2 I CITY OF IOWA CITY WAGE THEFT POLICY It is the policy of the City of Iowa City, as expressed by City Council Resolution No. 15-364 adopted on November 10, 2015, not to enter into certain contracts with, or provide discretionary economic development assistance to, any person or entity (including an owner of more than 25% of the entity) who has admitted guilt or liability or been adjudicated guilty or liable in any judicial or administrative proceeding of committing a repeated or willful violation of the Iowa Wage Payment Collection law, the Iowa Minimum Wage Act, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or any comparable state statute or local ordinance, which governs the payment of wages, for a period of five (5) years from the date of the last conviction, entry of plea, administrative finding or admission of guilt. (hereinafter "Wage Theft Policy") I. Application. The Wage Theft Policy applies to the following: a. Contracts in excess of $25,000 for goods, services or public improvements. b. Contracts for discretionary economic development assistance. "Discretionary" economic development assistance shall mean any economic development assistance provided by the City of Iowa City that is not required by law. II. Exceptions. The Wage Theft Policy does not apply to emergency purchases of goods and services, emergency construction or public improvement work, sole source contracts excepted by the City's purchasing manual, cooperative/piggyback purchasing or contracts with other governmental entities. III. Affidavit. The contracting entity must complete the attached affidavit showing compliance with the Wage Theft Policy and provide it to the Contracting Department prior to the execution of the contract. Contract provision: Any contract to which this policy is applicable will include the followin ntraSrovision: If the City becomes aware that a person or entity (including an owner of more than 25HheAntity)t admitted guilt or liability or been adjudicated guilty or liable in any judicial or administrStgA pr*edingZ committing a repeated or willful violation of the Iowa Wage Payment Collection law, the I6a'1Glinlltlum V ago Act, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or any comparable state statute or local ordinancT h g�vern he payment of wages, within the five (5) year period prior to the award or at any time aflP.d`fhe agard, violation shall constitute a default under the contract. o _ ri IV. Waivers. If a person or entity is ineligible to contract with the City as a result of the Wage Theft Policy it may submit a request in writing indicating that one or more of the following actions have been taken: a. There has been a bona fide change in ownership or control of the ineligible person or entity; b. Disciplinary action has been taken against the individual(s) responsible for the acts-&ng-fte tog violation(s); LU c. Remedial action has been taken to prevent a recurrence of the acts giving rise to the !!7 qua�Il('icatiomer default; -;4(-) =4 or d. Other factors that the person or entity believes are relevant. The City Manager or Designee shall review the documentation submitted, make any inquiries deemed necessary, request additional documentation if warranted and determine whether a reduction in the ineligibility period or waiver is warranted. Should the City Manager or Designee determine that a reduction or waiver of the ineligibility period is warranted the City Manager or Designee shall make such recommendation to the City Council. The City Council will make a final decision as to whether to grant a reduction or waiver. WT -1 of 2 STATE OF A WAGE THEFT AFFIDAVIT ss: COUNTY ) upon being duly sworn, state as follows: 1. 1 am the [position] of ["contracting entity"] and have the authority to execute this affidavit on behalf of said contracting entity and any person or entity with an ownership interest in said contracting entity of more than 25%. 2. Neither [contracting entity] nor any person or entity with an ownership interest of more than 25% of said contracting entity has been adjudicated guilty or liable in any judicial or administrative proceeding of committing a repeated or willful violation of the Iowa Wage Payment Collection law, the Iowa Minimum Wage Act, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or any comparable state statute or local ordinance, which governs the payment of wages in the last 5 years. N �D tr Signature -...' o his instrument was acknowledged before me by on _ x c� W °- .J o N y C2 0 N 20 Notary Public in and for the State of rr __ �r C-)� r� �:3= 0 WT -2 of 2 n GENERAL CONDITIONS "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" AIA DOC A201-2007 amended, shall apply except as amended in the Supplementary Conditions. GC -1 cj h`' yn o C?� N -i C7 O f� -' 0 N 4 GC -1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 INTRODUCTION A. The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201-2007. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. B. Terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. C. Deletions from the AIA A201 are indicated as strike nut and additions to the AIA A201 are indicated as "bold italic". D. The OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Law or Regulations in respect to any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings in a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitration be required as to any dispute arising between the parties or under the Contract Documents. E. Delete all references to mediation and arbitration in their entirety. 1.2 ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Add the following paragraph 1.1.1.1 Contract Documents to read as follows: it 1.1.1.1 Any reference within the Contract Documents of the AgredMent bMtveen Owner and Contractor should be substituted with of the Form of Agreiiiat bigveenm Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement). The Form of Agre'€ t i3"�/fsted�-� as AG in the project manual. n —t n C3 t- B. Change paragraph 1.1.3 to read as follows: M �m 1.1.3 The term "Work" means the construction and services required( :Or clQ Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all otti4�11a or:7oo/s, materials, equipment, transportation, services, taxes, insurance and all 'other 36lvices provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. TtIRNork may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. The Contractor shall provide all work - and materials reguired by whichany part of the Contract Documents Fequ" him -9 pravide. C. Add the following paragraph 1.2.4: 1.2.4 Sections of Division 1 - General Requirements, govern the execution of Alli sections of the specifications. _2 1.3 ARTICLE 2 -OWNER A. Change paragraph 2.4 to read as follows: 2.4 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after rose Ptt written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. - In such case dedustlag the Owner may deduct from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the SC -1 of 17 reaseaable entire cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's and/or Consultant's additional services and expenses and heating, engineering, accounting, consulting services and attorneys' fees and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The Owner's actions pursuant to this Subparagraph shall not operate as a release of any obligation of a surety. 1.4 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR 1F -t (Ti Cl A. Change paragraphs 3.2.2 to read as follows: 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that the contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity kaewiRg-it- iavelves involving a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the �. Architect, the Contractor shall assume apprepdate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an BPPFGpFiate amount ef the attFibutable all costs for correction. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, c where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. c' B. Change paragraph 3.3.2 to read as follows: 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors, vendors, materialmen material providers and suppliers and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor or any of its Subogntractors. 3 C. Awe following 3.3.4: ��Contractor shall maintain a qualified and responsible person available 24 hours per .0 ctp"even days per week to respond to emergencies which may occur after hours. CV gwRmctor shall provide to Owner and Architect the phone number and/or paging strvige of this individual. Z U�:: Dr� ChaWe paragraph 3.4.1 to read as follows: 3.4.1 , Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, storage, parking and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Should the Contract Documents require work to be performed after regular working hours or should the Contractor elect to perform work after regular hours, the additional cost of such work shall be bome by the Contractor. SC -2 of 17 I re - IN IN Add the following paragraphs 3.4.4 through 3.4.6: 3.4.4 Whenever any provisions of the Contract conflict with any agreements or regulation of any kind in force among members of any trade association, unions or councils, which regulate what work shall be included in the work of particular trades, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile any such conflict without delay or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. 3.4.5 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the substitution products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in Section 0160 00 - Post Bid Substitutions. 3.4.6 By making requests for substitutions based on Subparagraph 3.4.4 above, the Contractor., .1 represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. .2 represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would for that specified. .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. .5 will adhere to the contract schedule Change paragraphs 3.5 to read as follows: 3.5 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, xsept feF these . Work, materials,, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. They Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to'' the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. Change paragraph 3.6.1 to read as follows: O' The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work ;kziy ied�* the • 1 , Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations con4Rbdgd, Other or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. Contractors, ehdrappfpved"' subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certificate to pureOBse bru-llydingr� materials, supplies, or equipment in the performance of the contract ..^ ontyctot� shall submit the information necessary for the certificates to be sucN information for said certificates shall be submitted to the City/OwneerJA onJ[M submission. Change paragraph 3.7.2 to read as follows: 3.7.2 The Contractor shall semply perform the Work in compliance with,and give' tices�_ required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and tawfu - ders 1� of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Change paragraph 3.7.3 to read as follows: 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume full appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs and expenses of correcting or replacing such Work. SC -3 of 17 J. Change paragraph 3.7.4 to read as follows: 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are 1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or 2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than the next business day 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's costs of or time required for performance of any part of the work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. 4 Change paragraph 3.11 to read as follows: 3.11 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner, one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and ene sePei all approved Shop Drawings, MSDS Sheets, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. K. Change paragraph 3.13 to read as follows: 3.13 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. The Contractor acknowledges that the property on which the Project and Work are located may be occupied and in use by the Owner during the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall perform and coordinate its work in such a manner that the portions of the property occupied and in use will not be encumbered or the use interfered with or interrupted. c' LL. Change paragraph 3.17 to read as follows: 3.17 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend f r • • suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect �� •; harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in TT Cn D ✓ings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if Q atb ontractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an d LC6 ' gement of a copyright or patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless UJ .%k; information is promptly furnished to the Architect and the Owner in writing. p U�— AI! >e6ehge paragraphs 3.18.1 to read as follows: tj LL . C3�JV. 1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold •• Y less the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property , but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by intentional or negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, SC -4 of 17 Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. Nothing in the foregoing Paragraph 3.18.1 is intended or shall be deemed to constitute an indemnification by the Contractor against the negligence of any of the parties to be otherwise indemnified pursuant to Paragraph 3.18.1. N. Change paragraph 3.18.2 to read as follows: 3.18.2 Contractor is not, and shall not be deemed to be, an agent or employee of the City of Iowa City, Iowa. In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under worker's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 1.5 ARTICLE 4 - ARCHITECT A. Change paragraph 4.1.2 to read as follows: 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, eRtfaeteF and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. B. Change paragraph 4.2.1 to read as follows: 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be the Owner's representative as provided herein during construction and until the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment to the Contractor on the Project. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. C. Change paragraph 4.2.3 to read as follows: 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to theZaner 1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recdM construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and 2) defects and deficiencies obse th - k.T The Architect and the Owner will not be responsible for the Contractor's f urerto perform •• 11 the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. T ASchi�t an the Owner will not have control over or charge of and will not be responfor �dcts o� omissions of the Contractor. Subcontractors, or their agents or employe6s,ror a othern persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 0 D. Change paragraphs 4.2.5 through 4.2.6 to read as follows: v 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the CoRpactor's � Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify recommend to the Owner the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. I) �J 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for F implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority --! to recommend to the Owner to require additional inspection or testing of the Vvb& in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabritAed, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions of the Work. SC -5 of 17 E. Change paragraphs 4.2.10 through 4.2.12 to read as follows: 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and make recommendations to the Owner regarding deeide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which recommendations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then the Architect shall furnish such recommendations within such reasonable time after the request is made that allow sufficient time in the professional judgment of the Architect for review. 4.2.12 Interpretations and recommendations desisiens of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and recommendations desisieas, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or recommendations desisiens rendered in good faith. 1.6 ARTICLES -SUBCONTRACTORS A. Delete paragraph 5.2.1 and add the following: 5.2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide, within 24 hours of the bid opening, a list those persons, firms, companies or other parties to whom it proposes/intends to enter into a subcontract regarding this project as required on the Bid Form and the Agreement. 1. If no minority business enterprises (MBE) are utilized, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish documentation of all efforts to recruit MBE's. B. Change paragraph 5.3 to read as follows: 5.3 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed ''by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the l Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each .subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub -subcontractors. The Contractor Q — shl* e r ke available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract Z ag nt, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, W d up pttitten request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of J q thy_ posed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. N SLIbcootractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to o th�gfespective proposed Sub -subcontractors. All warranties provided by the Z S6069htractors, including all express and implied warranties in the Contract Documents �^ and 8e agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors and all warranties 'aB provided by law, shall run to and be for the benefit of the Owner, and the Owner shall have a direct right of action against the Subcontractors for any breach of said warranties. SC -6 of 17 1.7 ARTICLE 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS A. Delete paragraph 6.1.4 in its entirety. B. Change paragraph 6.2.4 to read as follows: 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wreagfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 1.8 ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Change paragraph 7.2.1 to read as follows: 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Contractor and approved by the Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: B. Add paragraph 7.2.2 as follows: 7.2.2 A Change Order is conclusively presumed to include all adjustments in Contract Time and Contract Sum necessary to complete the change to the Work and related parts of the Work. C. Add paragraph 7.2.3 as follows: 7.2.3 In all Change Orders or Construction Change Directives, the allowance for Overhead and profit to be included in the total cost to the Owner shall not exceed the following amounts: .1 For the Contractor, for any Work performed directly by the Contractor's employees, not including oversight of such work performed by subcontractor, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by Subcontractor, ten percent (105/o) of the amount due the Subcontractor. .3 For each Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor involved, for any Work performed by such contractor's own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .4 For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by hir the Sub -subcontractors, five percent (5%) of the amount due the Sub -subcontractor. .5 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all propwis, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspect, sha=be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, rrtaftial'wnd Subcontracts. In no case will a change involving over $200.00 be appMu-0 rout such itemization. n-< N ..� .6 Unless otherwise agreed, costs to which overhead and profit are-t"e agpliedr shall be those costs listed in Subparagraph 7.3.6. z rn 1.9 ARTICLE 8- TIMEx v A. Change paragraph 8.2.3 to read as follows: 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achiever Substantial Completion within the Contract time. The Contractor shall bear all costs for,ry ,� I overtime and all additional expense which may arise in order to achieve Substandai` + Completion within the Contract Time. `t-' L -'-� L'J B. Add paragraph 8.2.4 to read as follows: 7Z, t U 8.2.4 If, upon the recommendation of the Architect, it becomes necessary at.times"� during construction for the Owner to accelerate the work, each Contractqr or subcontractor when ordered and directed by the Owner, shall cease work at any point and shall transfer his na ,its workers to such points and execute such portion of his its work as may be required to enable others to properly engage in and carry on their Work. SC -7 of 17 C. Change paragraph 8.3.1 to read as follows: 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay -in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, er-§y determines Fnay jLl6tify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Owner, with the advice of the Architect, may determine. Such delays shall not be a basis for damages. An extension of the Contract Time is the Contractor's sole remedy for such delay. D. Delete paragraph 8.3.3 in its entirety. E. Add paragraph 8.4 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES to read as follows: Since the actual monetary value of damages sustained by the Owner as a result of delayed completion of the Work is extremely difficult or impractical to assess, the Owner and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Upon failure of the Contractor to achieve "Substantial Completion" of the Work in compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents: The Contractor shall pay as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the sum of amount as listed in the Notice to Bidders (or Instruction to Bidders) for each calendar day that "Substantial Completion " is delayed beyond the date written in the Agreement, subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents. 2. The Owner shall give written notice to the Contractor of intent to assess liquidated damages pursuant to provisions of this Article. Calculation of the amount of liquidated damages shall commence on the date the Owner notifies the Contractor of this intent. SC -8 of 17 I - 3. Liquidated damages assessed in accordance with these provisions are exclusive of other monetary damages to which the Owner may be entitled as a direct result of the Contractor's failure to achieve final completion of the Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. These liquidated damages are not intended to be exclusive of Owner's right to terminate this _ Contract based on Contractors' failure to comply with the terms and provisions of the Contract. 4. Partial performance of the Work of this Contract shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for liquidated damages. s= 5. Contractor's liability for liquidated damages shall cease upon issuance of Q Substantial Completion Certificate for the Work of the Contract. Q C6. Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, amounts to the Contractor liquidated damages W J } assessed as maybe deducted by the J N V}, Owner from any money payable to the Contractor pursuant to this Contract. The Owner Contractor rV shall notify the in writing of a claim for liquidated O Q damages prior to the date the Owner deducts such sum from money payable to LZ V -:J the Contractor. O -- Fe SC -8 of 17 I 1.10 ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A. Add the following paragraph 9.3.1.3. .3 The first payment application shall be accompanied by Contractor's partial waiver of lien only, for the full amount of the payment. Each subsequent monthly payment application shall be accompanied by the Contractor's partial waiver and by the partial waivers of Subcontractors and Suppliers who were included in the immediately preceding payment application to the extent of that payment. Application for final payment shall be accompanied by final waivers of lien from the Contractor, Subcontractor and Suppliers who have not previously furnished such final waivers. B. Change paragraph 9.4.1 to read as follows: 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Architect to reduce the retainage to be applied to payment applications. All certifications and payments, including those pursuant to a pending claim, shall be tentative and conditional and it shall not be necessary for the Architect to make any statement to this effect. C. Add paragraph 9.4.2.1: 9.4.2.1 The Architect's determination as to the issuance of or withholding of or the amount of payment reflected on Certificates of Payment shall subject the Architect to no liability whatsoever to the Owner, Contractor Surety, or any other person. D. Change paragraph 9.6.1 to read as follows: 9.6.1 The Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor within 30 days aftwhe Owner has received a Certificate for Payment from the Architect. To rA�ure p)�er performance of the Contract, the Owner will retain 5% of each payme _ pgi I or such larger amount as will insure that there always remains a sufficiei4t$4larf�z to complete the work, such retainage to be held until Final Acceptance of WUr"na// so notify the Architect. Tr �frTl Y " 1 E. Change paragraph 9.8.4 to read as follows: ,� Q When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, rchityd will prepare a Certificate of substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substpntial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties F. Add paragraph 9.10.6: 9.10.6 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Contract, final payment of the retainage due the Contractor will be made not earlier than 31 days from the final acceptance of the work by the Owner, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa (2009), as amended. G. Add paragraph 9.10.7: 9.10.7 Warranties required by the Contract Documents, including those stated in the performance and payment bond, shall commence on the date of final, formal acceptance of the work by the City. SC -9 of 17 1.11 ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Add paragraph 10.1.1: 1. The Contractor will provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all hazardous chemicals or materials that will be at the job site. The Material Safety Data Sheets will be submitted to the Owner prior to the start of construction and supplemented as necessary throughout the project. This data is being provided for informational purposes only and does not relieve the contractor of any obligations for compliance with applicable OSHA and State laws regarding hazardous chemicals and right -to -know. B. Change paragraph 10.2.4 to read as follows: 1. When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable advance notice and shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. C. Add paragraph 10.2.9: 10.2.9 When required by law or for the safety of the Work, the Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin and protect foundations and other portions of existing structures which are in any way affected by the Work. The Contractor, before commencement of any part of the Work, shall give any notices required to be given to adjoining landowners or other parties. The Owner shall be notified once these notices have been served and before the work is performed. 1.12 ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Change paragraph 11.1.1.5 to read as follows: .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including explosion, collapse and damage to underground utilities and loss of use resulting therefrom; rr B. Change paragraph 11.1.2 to read as follows: cv. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits r of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is M i-- greater. Coverage whether shall be written on an occurrence er staime made basis and Y- - shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the �r date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final V payment, and, with respect to the contractor's completed operations coverage, until the C-7 expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. C. Change paragraph 11.1.3 to read as follows: C'J 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to cardmencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required Q wiry of insurance. The name, address and phone number of the insurance company and W Nbi�;t must accompany the certificate. The liability limits required hereunder must apply _othls Project only. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 J p C4trall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or N >a"ved to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. An Lo tM@4tional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for z L2 pleted operations, shall be submitted upon final Application for Payment as required by Stion 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the «� expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be fumished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. D. Delete paragraph 11.1.4 in its entirety and add the following paragraphs 11.1.4 through 11.1.14: SC -10 of 17 11.1.4 Any policy or policies of insurance purchased by the Contractor to satisfy his/her responsibilities under this contract shall include contractual liability coverage, and shall be in the following type and minimum amounts: Tvae of Coverage Comprehensive General Liability Bodily Injury & Property Damage' Automobile Liability Bodily Injury & Property Damage Excess Liability Employer's Liability Each Accident Each Employee Policy Limit Professional Liability (if applicable) Each Occurrence Aggregate $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $500,000 $500,000 $500,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Worker's Compensation Insurance as required by Chapter 85, Code of Iowa. Property Damage liability insurance must provide explosion, collapse and underground coverage. Comprehensive General Liability using Insurance Services Office CG0001 or equivalent, shall include Contractual, Premises & Operations, Products & Completed Operations, Independent Contractors, Personal & Advertising Injury coverages, and Aggregate Limits of Insurance (Per Project) endorsement. Automobile Liability shall include all owned, non -owned and hired autos and also coverage for Contractual Liability. ro m Excess Liability shall provide no less than following form coverage to the primary urfmanyingv policies. D n 0 Workers Compensation shall include the Alternative Employer and Waiver of Subregani G n N `' endorsements in favor of the Owner.r -<r— , _V Professional Liability, if applicable: Tithe Contractor shall procure and maintain, dufm a W of th� Agreement, Professional Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance. The Contractor- the V Owner if claims made erode the policy limits below those required above. tV 0 All liability policies above, except for Workers Compensation and Professional Liability, shall include the Owner's Governmental Immunities Endorsement. [See attached]. 11.1.5 The City requires that the Contractor's Insurance carrier be A rated or better bye follo A.M. Best. In addition, the Contractor shall be required to comply with ,thwinyt provisions with respect to insurance coverage: 11.1.6 The entire amount of Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage, limitsf identified in the policy and in the Certificate of Insurance, must, under the policy, be available to pay damages for which the insured Contractor becomes liable, or for which the insured assumes liability under the indemnity agreement herein contained, and such coverage amount shall not be subject to reduction or set off by virtue of investigation or defense costs incurred by Contractor's insurer. SC -11 of 17 11.1.7 The entire amount of the Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits shall be payable by the Contractor's insurer, with no deductible to be paid by, or self-insured retention to be attributed to, the Contractor unless this requirement is waived by the City. Contractor's Certificate of Insurance must set forth the nature and amount of any such deductible or self-insured retention. 11.1.8 If Contractor's liability insurance coverage is subject to any special exclusions or limitations not common to the type of coverage being provided, such exclusions or limitations shall be noted on the Certificate of Insurance and copies of such shall be attached thereto. 11.1.9 The Contractor shall include the City as additional insured on all policies except workers compensation. The Contractor shall include the Owner (City of Iowa City, including its employees, agents and assigns) as additional insured on all policies, except worker's compensation and professional liability. Such additional insured endorsement(s) shall make the Contractor's liability insurance primary to the Owner's and, furthermore, shall not be contributing with any other insurance or similar protection available to the Owner, whether such available protection be primary, contributing or excess. Owner shall be an Additional Insured with re§pect to all required aforementioned coverages, which shall be stated on all Certificates of Insurance. Such Certificates shall also state that the Governmental Immunities Endorsement (see attached) apply and said endorsements shall be attached thereto. The Contractor shall require any of its agents and subcontractors who perform work and/or services pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement to purchase and maintain the same types of insurance as are required of the Contractor. 11.1.10 The City prefers that Contractor provide it with "occurrence form" liability C" insurance coverage. If Contractor can only provide "claims -made" insurance coverage, _ then the Contractor must comply with the following requirements: c. A. If the Contractor changes insurance carriers, or if Contractor's insurance Ncoverage is canceled, during the contract period or within two years after -Co City's acceptance of the work, Contractor agrees to immediately notify the MCity of such event. B. If Contractor's insurance is canceled or is allowed to lapse during said period, Contractor shall be required to obtain replacement insurance coverage to CD fulfill its obligation hereunder. C. If, during said period, Contractor voluntarily changes insurance carriers or is C, required to obtain replacement coverage from another carrier, Contractor e7 ti shall either (1) purchase 'tail" coverage from its first carrier effective for a Q .. LD minimum of two years after City Council acceptance of the work, or (2) 'prior _ =__ purchase acts" insurance coverage from its new carrier, covering prior W o- UJ acts during the period of this Contract from and after its inception. J o 'Tail" "prior N } U D. or acts" coverage so provided shall have the same coverage, with a LL rQ the same limits, as the insurance specified in this Contract, and shall not be Z v3 subject to any further limitations or exclusions, or have a higher deductible or O self-insured retention than the insurance which it replaces 11.1.11 The City reserves the right to waive any of the insurance requirements herein provided. The City also reserves the right to reject Contractor's insurance if not in compliance with the requirements herein provided, and on that basis to either award the contract to the next low bidder, or declare a default and seek specific performance or termination, as the case may be. SC -12 of 17 11.1.12 In the event that any of the policies of insurance or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, or in the event that Contractor incurs liability losses, either due to activities under this Contract, or due to other activities not under this Contract but covered by the same insurance, and such losses exhaust the aggregate limits of Contractor's liability insurance, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.13 In the event that any of the policies or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.14 Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible amounts; including but not limited to the owner's deductible on the owner's builder's risk. E. Delete paragraphs 11.3 in its entirety and add paragraphs 11.3 as follows: 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: .1 include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Owner's Engineering Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; .2 be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes Wass policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or Wmagethe Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment Qan and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss:jj liglffning,..... extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthq! ^' c,hpse debris removal, water damage, and such other perils or causes of /�j�����1111 s mmaay be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; " �M 3 1 `, �x .3 include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any inset f property; iV .4 include $100,000 for materials and equipment stored at the Site or at dRI other location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in. the ,..` Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an .� Application for Payment recommended by OWNER; .5 allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; t j .6 include testing and startup; and _� 3 .7 be maintained in effect until final payment is made. H .8 Such coverage shall not include coverage for loses or damage caused by the negligent acts or omissions of Contractor or Subcontractors, or for damage to material or equipment while under the control of or stored by Contractor prior to installation or prior to inclusion of such material or equipment in construction. Contractor shall maintain appropriate insurance for such risks or occurrences SC -13 of 17 11.3.2 OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance which shall specifically cover such insured objects or additional property insurance as may be required by Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, OWNER's Engineering Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. 11.3.3 All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions. 11.3.5 If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. Delete section 11.4 in its entirety and add paragraph 11.4 to read as follows: 11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond from a surety using the form included in the Contract Documents, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price. Cost of such Bonds shall be included in the base bid. Each alternative bid shall include the additional Bond cost. Contractor shall deliver the required Bonds to the Owner prior to the signing of the Agreement. .1 The Performance, Labor and Material Bond shall be executed in conformity with the American Institute of Architect's Document A-312 (1984 Edition), with coverage M provided by a surety having a financial rating from A.M. Best of A, VIl or higher. .2 Whenever the Contractor shall be and is declared by the Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Surety and Contractor are each responsible to make full Lr payment to the Owner for any and all additional services of the Architect as defined in the Owner/Architect Agreement which are required as a result of the Contractor's ' default and in protecting the Owner's right under the agreement with the Contractor to Q remedy the Contractor's default or honor the terms of the Performance Bond. '.3 These Bonds shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall remain in full force apd effect until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Contractor agrees and 0 _ cause the Surety to agree to be bound by each and every provision of all the _ 6tract Documents. W CC.11- The Surety shall give written notice to Owner, within seven (7) days after receipt J N yc& declaration of default, of the Surety's election either to remedy the default or a 1--dtaults promptly or to perform the work promptly or to pay to Owner the penal sum of P Zi&6 bond, time being of the essence. In said notice of election, the Surety shall r-- iiRcate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence, and it shall then be the duty of the Surety to give prompt notice in writing to Owner immediately upon completion of (a) the remedy and/or correction of each default, (b) the remedy and/or correction of each omitted item of work, (c) the furnishing of each omitted item of work, and (d) the performance of the work. The Surety shall not assert solvency of its Principal or its Principal's denial of default as justification for its failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or perform the work. SC -14 of 17 .5 The Principal and Surety further agree as part of this obligation to pay all such damages of any kind to person or property that may result from a failure in any respect to perform and complete the Work including, but not limited to, all repair and replacement costs necessary to rectify construction error, architectural and engineering costs and fees, all consultant fees, all testing and laboratory fees, and all legal fees and litigation costs incurred by the Owner. .6 The Surety agrees that other than as is provided in the Bond it may not demand of the Owner that the Owner shall (a) perform any thing or act, (b) give any notice, (c) furnish any clerical assistance, (d) render any service, (e) furnish any papers or documents, or (t) take any other action of any nature or description which is not required of the Owner to be done under the Contract Documents. 11.4.2 Surety shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall be authorized to do business in the state of Iowa. 1.13 ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Change paragraph 13.1 to read as follows: 13.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa of the place where B. Change paragraph 13.3.1 to read as follows: 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if del vered atter sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. C. Change paragraph 13.5.1 to read as follows: 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect and Owner timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect and Owner may observe such procedures. The Owner shm4bear costs of 1) tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requirement nulof bids are received or negotiations concluded and 2) tests, inspections or approvals re j ildin codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating co*o the Contractor. Copies of all reports, data and other documents reh;t t55��''tests;-- inspections and approvals shall be provided to the Architect as soon as4Wtio ie. r ^C�D. Delete paragraphs 13.7. E. Add the following Section 13.8: 1 13.8 The Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows: r4 c� .1 The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall no( discriminate t against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicarrt5 are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor SC -15 of 17 agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of non-discrimination. .2 The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance Add the following Section 13.9: 13.9 The Contractor shall maintain CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (ANTI DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS) for all contracts of $25,000 or more, the Contractor shall abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program, which is included with these Specifications beginning on page CC -1. r'niL]�Fi �iP[iI3i.1 Ki7ry9:7_LTNt A. Add the following paragraph 14.2.1.5: .5 fails or refuses to provide insurance or proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents. B. Change paragraph 14.2.4 to read as follows: 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. The Contractor shall bear all testing, engineering, accounting, and legal expenses made necessary as a result of termination of the Contract. 1.15 ARTICLE 15- CLAIMS AND DISPUTES A. Change paragraphs 15.1.1 through 15.1.3 to read as follows: 15.1.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, or other similar relief with respect to the administration terrors of the Contract during the performance of the Work. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. Nothing in this Article is intended to limit claims by the Owner �~ related to the performance of or quality of the Work. r My 9;1.2 Notice of Claims. Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by &hitftten notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the W ' C6,.. LL#xGhitect if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party y5t be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or N,.) in 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, -- y Fw hever is later. An additional Claim relating to the same subject matter made after LL M a*initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered and is ,= dp9med waived by the Contractor. WRIPAG RWIPFRMAd OR R timely FnanneF. 15.1.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments for sums not in dispute in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. SC -16 of 17 B. Change paragraph 15.2.5 to read as follows: 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the claim. This initial decision shall 1) be in writing, 2) state the reasons therefore, and 3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The appFOVal OF FejeGtiGR of a Claim by the iRitial dPG soon shall he final And hinding en the paFties but subjeGt te medlatiGn and, if the paFties C. Delete paragraphs 15.2.6 and 15.2.6.1 in their entirety. D. Delete Section 15.3 MEDIATION in its entirety. E. Delete Section 15.4 ARBITRATION in its entirety. Add the following paragraph 15.5 to read as follows: 15.5 The Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings in a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitration be required as to any dispute arising between the parties or under the Contract Documents. SC -17 of 17 y ZEC-) () •, S?CG CV a m L .. a SC -17 of 17 Bidder Status Form To be completed by all bidders Part A Please answer "Yes" or "No" for each of the following: ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes" for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. To be completed by resident bidders Part B My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip: To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: o 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to bidders who are residentP Z� LF$es .QNL..i 3. If you answered "Yes" to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's home S�riFemgr►j 1-4 1J country and the appropriate legal citation. -<1—I L _. You may attach additional shoe!('/ if needed. To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Date: You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. BSF-1 Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes Q.Po My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of .. (, } ` limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited has -+� c' partnership received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application W a W for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the _J Y' o ut_- limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. s , Nj V My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has V 3 not filed a statement of termination. O ❑ Yes No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. BSF-2 ARC 1271C LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875] Adopted and Filed Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 73A.21, the Labor Commissioner hereby adopts a new Chapter 156, "Bidder Preferences in Government Contracting," Iowa Administrative Code. This amendment adopts new rules concerning preferences for resident bidders on government construction projects. The new chapter sets forth requirements for a public body involved in a public improvement and sets forth enforcement procedures. Notice of Intended Action was published in the October 30, 2013, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1160C. Public comments regarding the proposed rules were received. Commenters stated that some of the rules could be misinterpreted and that some of the rules were beyond the statutory authority of Iowa Code section 73A.21. Commenters expressed ideas on how to make the bidding process more efficient. Commenters also questioned the constitutionality of Iowa Code section 73A.21. One commenter suggested adding compliance with Iowa Code chapter 91C as a basis to find that a company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. These rules are not identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action. Some changes are technical; other more substantive changes are described below. References to "domicile" were removed from several rules. Subrule 156.2(1) was changed to clarify that the requirements apply only to a project to be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder; to clarify that only office addresses, not construction worksites, must be reported; to remove a reference to perjury; and to change the deadline for submitting a statement to the public body. Paragraph 156.2(2)"b" was changed by deleting the phrase "under this Act." Subrule 156.2(3) was changed by adding new paragraph "k" concerning construction contractor registration, and by clarifying that compliance with only one of the lettered paragraphs in the subrule is necessary. Paragraph 156.2(4)"b" was changed by adding the phrase "if applicable." In rule 875-156.3(73A), the term "public body" replaced the term "nonresident bidder." A new rule 875-156.9(73A) containing a severability clause was added. The principal reason for adoption of this amendment is to implement legislative intent. No variance procedures are included in these rules because variance provisions are set forth in 875—Chapter 1. After analysis and review of this rule making, no impact on jobs has been found. These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 73A.21. - - These rules shall become effective on February 12, 2014. The following amendment is adopted. t Adopt the following new 875—Chapter 156: CHAPTER 156 BIDDER PREFERENCES IN GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING 875-156.1(73A) Purpose, scope and definitions. These rules institute administrative and,ti ti procedures for enforcement of the Act. The definitions and interpretations contained section 73A.21 shall be applicable to such terms when used in this chapter. D �' "Act" means Iowa Code section 73A.21. N "Affiliate," when used with respect to any specified person or entity, means another person or entity that, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control or ownership with, such specified person or entity. "Commissioner" means the labor commissioner appointed pursuant to Iowa Code section 91.2, or the labor commissioner's designee. "Division" means the division of labor of the department of workforce development. BSF-3 "Nonresident bidder" means a person or entity that does not meet the definition of a resident bidder, including any affiliate of any person or entity that is a nonresident bidder. "Parent," when used with respect to any specified person or entity, means an affiliate controlling such specified person or entity directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries. 'Public body" means the state and any of its political subdivisions, including a school district, public utility, or the state board of regents. "Public improvement" means a building or other construction work to be paid for in whole or in part by the use of funds of the state, its agencies, and any of its political subdivisions and includes road construction, reconstruction, and maintenance projects. "Public utility" includes municipally owned utilities and municipally owned waterworks. "Resident bidder" means a person or entity authorized to transact business in this state and having a place of business for transacting business within the state at which it is conducting and has conducted business for at least three years prior to the date of the first advertisement for the public improvement. If another state or foreign country has a more stringent definition of a resident bidder, the more stringent defmition is applicable as to bidders from that state or foreign country. "Resident labor force preference" means a requirement in which all or a portion of a labor force working on a public improvement is a resident of a particular state or country. "Subsidiary,"when used with respect to any specified person or entity, is an affiliate controlled by such specified person or entity directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries. 875-156.2(73A) Reporting of resident status of bidders. 156.2(1) Reporting to public body. When a contract for a public improvement is to be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder, the public body shall request a statement from each bidder regarding the bidder's resident status. The statement shall be on the form designated by the commissioner. The statement shall require the bidder to certify whether the bidder is a resident bidder or a nonresident bidder. In the case of a resident bidder, the statement shall require the resident bidder to identify each office at which the resident bidder has conducted business in the state during the previous three years and the dates on which the resident bidder conducted business at each office. In the case of a nonresident bidder, the statement shall require the nonresident bidder to identify the nonresident bidder's home state or foreign country as reported to the Iowa secretary of state, to identify each preference offered by the nonresident bidder's home state or foreign country, and to certify that, except as set forth on the form, throe are no other preferences offered by the nonresident bidder's home state or foreign country. The s ,a�t. ment s*all include such additional information as requested by the commissioner. The statement Qrmrst bg-stOed by an authorized representative of the bidder. A fully completed statement shall be 111 rme a incorporated by reference into all project bid specifications and contract documents with any bi n a public improvement. Failure to provide the statement with the bid may result in the bid -J Laing 9efted nonresponsive. This may result in the bid being rejected by the public body. lt.*) Determining residency status. a._. r purposes of the Act, a person or entity is a resident bidder if the person or entity: r� (lY authorized to transact business in Iowa; and i. (2) 'Has had one or more places of business in Iowa at which it is conducting or has conducted business in this state for at least three years immediately prior to the date of the first advertisement for ti the public. improvement. e b. If the person or entity is a resident of a state or foreign country that has a more stringent dbf"mition than is set forth in paragraph 156.2(2)"a" for determining whether a person or entity in that state or country is a resident bidder, then the more stringent definition applies. 156.2(3) Determining authorization to transact business. A person or entity is authorized to transact business in the state if one or more of the following accurately describes the person or entity: a. In the case of a sole proprietorship, the sole proprietor is an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes; b. In the case of a general partnership or joint venture, more than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes; BSF-4 C. In the case of a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state, the statement has not been canceled; d. In the case of a limited liability partnership whose statement of qualification is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited liability partnership has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 486A.105(4); e. In the case of a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in this state, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has not filed a statement of termination; f. In the case of a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership; g. In the case of a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in this state, the limited liability company has not filed a statement of termination; h. In the case of a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited liability company has received a certificate of authority to transact business in this state and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled; i. In the case of a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in this state, the corporation (1) has paid all fees required by Iowa Code chapter 490, (2) has filed its most recent biennial report, and (3) has not filed articles of dissolution; j. In the case of a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation (1) has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, (2) has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and (3) has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked; or k. The person or entity is registered with the Iowa division of labor as a construction contractor pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 91C. 156.2(4) Determining if bidder has conducted business in stare. In order to determine if a bidder has a place of business for transacting business within Iowa at which it is conducting and has conducted business for at least three years prior to the date of the first advertisement of the public improvement, the bidder shall meet the following criteria for the three-year period prior to the fust advertisement for the public improvement: a. Continuously maintained a place of business for transacting business in Iowa that is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mails; and b. Conducted business in the state for each of those three years and filed an Iowa inconle tax rentni, if applicable, made payments to the Iowa unemployment insurance fund, if applicable, and maintauted an Iowa workers' compensation policy, if applicable, in effect for each of those three years.- 875-156.3(73A) Application of preference. When awarding a contract for a public impmvemaAW the lowest responsible bidder, the public body shall allow a preference to a resident bidder.' in nonresident bidder that is equal to any preference given or required by the home state or floftmioure in which the nonresident bidder is a resident without regard to whether such preferenccsiffie-qcv enforced by the applicable regulatory body in each state. If the bidder is a subsidiaryof — al-3tat would be a nonresident bidder if such parent were to bid on the public improvement in its na`�, then the public body shall allow a preference as against such bidder that is equal to the prem a gPXn or required by the home state or foreign country of the bidder's parent. In the instance r fexce preference, a public body shall apply the same resident labor force preference to a public irriprovemggin this state as would be required in the construction of a public improvement by the home state or foRgn country of the nonresident bidder, or the parent of a resident bidder if the parent would qualify as a nonresident bidder if such parent were to bid on the public improvement in its own name. A preference shall not be applied to a subcontractor unless the home state or foreign country of the nonresident bidder to whom the contract was awarded would apply a preference to the subcontractor. BSF-5 W L M Specific methods of calculating and applying a preference shall mirror those that apply in the home state or foreign country of the nonresident bidder to whom the contract was awarded. In the event that the specific method used by the nonresident bidder's home state or foreign country cannot be determined, the calculation for a labor force preference shall include only the labor force working on the public improvement in Iowa on a regular basis calculated by pay period. 875-156.4(73A) Complaints regarding alleged violations of the Act. 156.4(1) Complaints. Any person with information regarding a violation of the Act may submit a written complaint to the commissioner. Any complaint must provide the information required pursuant to submle 156.4(2) or as much of such information as is reasonably practicable under the circumstances. The completed written complaint form shall be submitted to the commissioner at Labor Services Division, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. 156.4(2) Written complaint form. The commissioner shall prepare a written complaint form that a person with information regarding a potential violation of the Act may submit pursuant to subrule 156.4(1). The written complaint form shall request the following information: the name, address, telephone number, and e-mail address of the complainant; the name of the bidder that is believed to have violated the Act; a description of any relationships between the complainant and the bidder; an identification of the public body to which the bidder submitted a bid; the home state or foreign country of the bidder; a description of the goods and services provided under the bid; and such additional information as requested by the commissioner. 156.4(3) Availability ofwritten complaint form. The written complaint form shall be available in all division offices and on the department of workforce development's Internet Web site. 875-156.5(73A) Nonresident bidder record-keeping requirements. While participating in a public improvement, a nonresident bidder from a home state or foreign country with a resident labor force preference shall make and keep, for a period of not less than three years, accurate records of all workers employed by the contractor or subcontractor on the public improvement. The records shall include each worker's name, address, telephone number if available, social security number, trade classification, and starting and ending date of employment. 875-156.6(73A) Investigations; determination of civil penalty. The commissioner or an authorized designee shall cause an investigation to be made into charges of violations of the Act, including allegations set forth in a written complaint. ,,,456.6(1) Investigative powers. The commissioner or the authorized designee shall have the fodpwmg ppjvers: =g. LiWings. The commissioner may hold hearings and investigate charges of violations of the 0 Act =2 Wab. t�yty into place of employment. The commissioner may, consistent with due process of law, end angVtotce of employment to inspect records concerning labor force residency, to question an err(Pkye>ef nployec, and to investigate those facts, conditions, or matters as are deemed appropriate in genes* whether any person has violated the provisions of the Act. The commissioner shall only LL mait✓3 anWeb into a place of employment in response to a written complaint. ^t ReMency of workers. The commissioner may investigate and ascertain the residency of a wr engaged in any public improvement in this state. d. Oaths; depositions; subpoenas. The commissioner may administer oaths, take or cause to be taken deposition of witnesses, and require by subpoena the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of all books, registers, payrolls, and other evidence relevant to a matter under investigation orgearing. e. Employment ofpersonnel. The commissioner may employ qualified personnel as are necessary for the enforcement of Iowa Code section 73A.21. The personnel shall be employed pursuant to the merit system provisions of Iowa Code chapter 8A, subchapter IV. BSF-6 f. Request for records. The commissioner shall require a contractor or subcontractor to file, within 10 days of receipt of a request, any records enumerated in rule 875-156.5(73A). If the contractor or subcontractor fails to provide the requested records within 10 days, the commissioner may direct, within 15 days after the end of the 10 -day period, that the fiscal or financial office charged with the custody and disbursement of funds of the public body that contracted for construction of the public improvement or undertook the public improvement, to withhold immediately from payment to the contractor or subcontractor up to 25 percent of the amount to be paid to the contractor or subcontractor under the terms of the contract or written instrument under which the public improvement is being performed. The amount withheld shall be immediately released upon receipt by the public body of a notice from the commissioner indicating that the request for records as required by this paragraph has been satisfied. 156.6(2) Division determination. Upon conclusion of an investigation, the commissioner or an authorized designee shall issue a written determination to the party that was the subject of the investigation. The determination shall indicate whether or not the division finds a violation of the Act by the party. If the determination indicates that the party engaged in a violation of the Act, the determination shall also indicate the remedies the division intends to pursue as a result of the violation. 156.6(3) Informal conference. A party seeking review of the division's determination pursuant to this rule may file a written request for an informal conference. The request must be received by the division within 15 days after the date of issuance of the division's determination. During the conference, the party seeking review may present written or oral information and arguments as to why the division's determination should be amended or vacated. The division shall consider the information and arguments presented and issue a written decision advising all parties of the outcome of the informal conference. 875-156.7(73A) Remedies. Following the conclusion of the informal conference, or following the expiration of the time in which a party may file a written request for an informal conference, the division may pursue the following remedies. 156.7(1) Injunctive relief If the division determines that a violation of the Act has occurred, the division may sue for injunctive relief against the awarding of a contract, the undertaking of a public improvement, or the continuation of a public improvement. 156.7(2) Civil penalty. Any person or entity that violates the provisions of this chapter is subject to a civil penalty in an amount not to exceed $1,000 for each violation found in a first investigation by the division, not to exceed $5,000 for each violation found in a second investigation by the division, and not to exceed $15,000 for a third or subsequent violation found in any subsequent investigation by the division. Each violation of this chapter for each worker and for each day the violation continues constitutes a separate and distinct violation. In determining the amount of the penalty, the division shall consider the appropriateness of the penalty to the person or entity charged, upon determination of die gravity of the violation(s). The collection of these penalties shall be enforced in a civil action brought by the attorney general on behalf of the division. 875-156.8(73A) Compliance with federal law. If it is determined that application of this �49pter ait�8=the Act may cause denial of federal funds which would otherwise be available for a public improveple�or y Id otherwise be inconsistent with requirements of any federal law or regulation, the application-if4r4s cuter shall be suspended to the extent necessary to prevent denial of the funds or to eliminate th11ZMKnsietpncy with federal requirements. 875-156.9(73A) Severability. If any rule under this chapter, any portion of a rule under tltiep inter, * the applicability of any rule under this chapter to any person or circumstance is held inva6�j coW, the Q remainder of these rules or the rules' applicability to other persons or circumstances shall none affectcll. These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 73A.21. o [Filed 12/16/13, effective 2/12114] [Published 1/8/14] EMOR's No're: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/8/14. BSF-7 SECTION 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1000 Summary of Work 01 6000 Product Requirements 01 6000A Product Substitution Request 01 7329 Cutting and Patching 01 7700 Closeout Procedures 01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 7839 Project Record Documents DIVISION 05 — METALS 055000 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 21 — FIRE SUPPRESSION 210500 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 210553 Identification for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment 21 1300 Fire Suppression Sprinklers DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING 220523 General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 220700 Plumbing Insulation 221116 Domestic Water Piping 221119 Domestic Water Piping Specialties 221123 Domestic Water Pumps 221413 Facility Storm Drainage Piping 221423 Storm Drainage Piping Specialties 223400 Fuel -Fired Domestic Water Heaters DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230600 Common Work Results for HVAC 230513 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment p 0 230516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping p—ny o 230519 Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping -.ice o r 230523 General -Duty valves for HVAC Piping f r— rn 230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment �> _ 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment D r�1 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment o 230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 230700 HVAC Insulation 230800 Mechanical Commissioning Requirements 230900 Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. 1164632 000110-1 SECTION 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS 231123 Facility Natural Gas Piping 232113 Pipe and Pipe Fittings 232123 Hydronic Pumps 232125 Hydronic Specialties 23 2500.33 Geothermal Heat Transfer Fluids 233113 Metal Ducts 233300 Air Duct Accessories 233423 HVAC Exhaust Ventilators 233616 Variable Air Volume Units 233723 HVAC Gravity Ventilators 235216 Condensing Boilers 235700 Heat Exchangers for HVAC 237413 Packaged, Outdoor, Central -Station Air -Handling Units 238216 Air Coils DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260100 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 260500 Common Work Results for Electrical 260519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Cables 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260533 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 0533.01 Pull and Junction Boxes 262726 Outlet Boxes and Wiring Devices 26 2726.01 Ground -Fault Circuit -Interrupters 262813 Fuses 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 262913 Enclosed Controllers 265100 Interior Lighting ti o O v > _ �C"> C=) r r— '<r -- -o m U � 3 END OF SECTION Ax 0 N C3 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TABLE OF CONTENTS Project No. 1164632 000110-2 Division 00 Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract Division 00 O Dy ti M I -ih IS r M O x zC CD Y .. N 0 Division 00 SECTION 01 1000 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Work consists of replacement of the hot water boilers and domestic water heaters, associated piping and pumps and replacement of existing HVAC components at Mercer Aquatic Center. B. Construct the Work under a single fixed-price contract. C. Liquidated damages. Since the actual monetary value of damages sustained by the Owner as a result of delayed completion of the Work is extremely difficult or impractical to assess, the Owner and Contractor agree as follows: Upon failure of the Contractor to achieve "Substantial Completion" of the Work in compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents: The Contractor shall pay as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the sum of $200.00 per day for each calendar day that "Final Completion" is delayed beyond the date written in the Agreement, subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents. 2. See supplemental conditions on clauses regarding liquidated damages and assessment. D. Warranty Start date and Retainage. Warranties required by the Contract Documents, including those stated in the performance and payment bond, shall commence on the date of final, formal acceptance of the work by the City. The City Council acts on final acceptance by a resolution at the formal council meeting. 2. The formal and final acceptance by owner is also the commencement of the retainage release period. See supplemental conditions for additional information on retainage. A. Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas indicated; allow for Owner ocl ypancy and use and exit by the public. _ ea33 C�l r 1. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Portionsite@[eyondT areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be dist seedl < 11 2. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available01nheC%vner nT the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parkinwtor4 ofop) materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requiremeJl ipr stMMge materials and equipment on site. _ 3. The building restrooms may be used by the contractors. C. Maintain emergency building exits accessible during all phases of constructioh.: {tin aMergenct),xit must be closed, request approval and coordinate with the Owner's Representative at lust 48' ours prior to the closing. ti D. Time Restrictions for Performing Work: 1. Perform additional work required to meet established Contract time limits after regular working hours 6:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. or, after notification and permission from the Owner's Representative, for weekend or on legal holidays as necessary. 2. Public use of the facility will be restricted during the time period of May 7, 2018 to June 1, 2018. The work shall be performed such that all major disruptions in HVAC, plumbing or electrical shall occur during the time periods. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement SUMMARY OF WORK Project No. 1164632 01 1000-1 SECTION 01 1000 SUMMARY OF WORK E. System Outages: The work shall be performed and sequenced such that no HVAC system or piping system shall be out of service for longer than one day. 1.3 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy (except as described in Paragraph 1.2.D.2) the building during the entire construction period. Cooperate with the Owner's Representative during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operations and public use. 1.4 WORK SEQUENCE A. Work may commence on or around February 1, 2018 and shall be substantially completed by June 15, 2018. 1.5 EXISTING CONDITIONS & MEASUREMENTS A. Measurements shall be verified from actual observation at the project site. If unexpected existing conditions are encountered, cease operations immediately and notify the Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION UJ—J>: s. LAJ �v -J r LL $ I -Q C.33 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement SUMMARY OF WORK Project No. 1164632 011 1000-2 SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performaW, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating cowrable!poducts of other named manufacturers. A n O 1.3 SUBMITTALS �'. A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Includ Pbric f%mesbf products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names forteach�prod 3:70 3 � fn 1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and t yAmittals Sllee. 2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column heacIN- a. Specification Section number and title. ~ V C to b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents. C. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. ? -� d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 6000-1 SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit one copy of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in Contract period. 4. Completed List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit one copy of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. 5. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days of receipt of completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the Contract Documents. B. Substitution Requests: Submit one copy of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use facsimile of form provided at end of Section. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. C� �1 C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the • Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements t✓t indicated. o r.. - d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and !7 et installation procedures. Q Y e. Samples, where applicable or requested. W� W J} f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses u i,— and names and addresses of architects and owners. _ C\J >- Z-: �. I --d g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test cos results for compliance with requirements indicated. r, O ® h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. L Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery. j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 6000-2 SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS I. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within 7 days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order. b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. C. Comparable Product Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. D. Basis -of -Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more pro*icts for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously sal end, evf previously selected products were also options. ^e7 x 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methos c patiz with products and construction methods of other contractors. 1('� O 2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but pare e•TI products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING �- 14 A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage--4terio-riaijon, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. =� B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 6000-3 SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weather -tight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Z_ Owner. at Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, a:y for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. C d Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project -specific information and properly C OF executed. —.J N >2V Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written g V < document using appropriate form properly executed. LL 322 Refer to Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific content requirements and particular N requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler S HVAC Replacement PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 6000-4 SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's. 6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. 7. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" or "or approved," comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. 3. Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. 4. Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. m 5. Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of bot ucnd manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed prod at Zplies-n requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products' e fg i consideration of an unnamed product. yC-) C3 6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manuf9mrs, vldeFn product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufactu ew*I d iipile--Ah requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products!!Article 1 consideration of an unnamed product. ry 7. Product Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the spegfied product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system. 8. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 6000-5 SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for proposal of product. 10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other specified requirements. a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items. b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice of Award. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. B. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. r� 2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. rT; 3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. L r' (4i Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. rn 5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule. vs Tr . Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. a- W Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. "' �•i•: �t— Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. LL _ If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been r.. ® — coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. 2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 6000-6 SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 6000-7 O v C7 -r 4f7 N O �s f" r- o� x N Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 6000-7 DOCUMENT 01 6000A PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST TO: PROJECT: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & OWNER: City of Iowa City A/E: Shive-Hattery Inc. HVAC Replacement BID DATE: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: DRAWING NO.: DRAWING NAME: SPEC SECT. SPEC NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit, with request, all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. CERTIFICATION OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to thespecifiivitem. 9 v Submitted by: D CC Signature Title _ u�MC Finn: 'c, � 0 Address: Telephone: Date: Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind the firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legall4„� binding signature will result in retraction of approval. t L For Use By Owner: j Accepted as Receivedl Accepted Noted Not Accepted Too Late By: Date: —' FILL IN BLANKS BELOW A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No If Yes, clearly indicate changes: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST Project No. 1164632 01 6000A-1 DOCUMENT 01 6000A PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No If No, fully explain: C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule? E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different (Explain on Attachment) F. Reason for Request: Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed substitution. List significant variations: R Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified: L4TTCL- Ag J N LL z r- 0 N of maintenance services and sources: SHEETS IF REQUIRED) END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST Project No. 1164632 01 6000A-2 SECTION 01 7329 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. This Article contains requirements that expand provisions contained in AIA Document A201. B. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or load -deflection ratio. C. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following: 1. Primary operational systems and equipment. 2. Air or smoke barriers. 3. Fire -suppression systems. H m 4. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. C, v 5. Control systems. 6. Communication systems.n� N �... =t� o r- 7. Conveying systems.rn O� 8. Electrical wiring systems. 9. Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections. D. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related component fn manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity toy. perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or Wf ty. Miscellaneous elements include the following: 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain -wall construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise- and vibration -control elements and systems. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CUTTING & PATCHING Project No. 1164632 017329-1 SECTION 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING E. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. F. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In -Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.o EXAMINATION v A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. y O �; 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. :71 3.2 W J LL 3.3 jr- 1 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. &JEPAR�TION porary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. Ddtection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide p C_VjZection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during CV >cQUing and patching operations. a I—d Z7�ining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to r— mining areas. 6 6' Existing Utility Services and MechanicaVElectrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CUTTING & PATCHING Project No. 1164632 01 7329-2 SECTION 01 7329 CUTTING AND PATCHING B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete or Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond - core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion tq, ,emonstrate integrity of installation. J 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and e>�abfini9restoMn into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evid@nzof patchinQA& refinishing. �n a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applyingor4her ting materials. `� s 0 b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. I- N 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finishTd area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color anO appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediat@pad- coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface I j containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjagent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to providtpipn even -planet, surface of uniform appearance. + o 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores encloto?e to a weather -tight condition. D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CUTTING & PATCHING Project No. 1164632 01 7329-3 SECTION 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: — 1. Substantial completion. 2. Final completion. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance mals, Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, oopertyZgrveys, and similar final record information. :*CJ O 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to IocationeslgnKgd by ewer. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable --i(7 O r Z7Cr T 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to OwneZ7 isgwnerrs■ , personnel of changeover in security provisions. 0 D 8. Complete startup testing of systems. rV 9. Submit tesUadjust/balancerecords. 10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,'" W construction tools, and similar elements. i> 11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. o ^', 12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and, maintenance. 47 13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Project No. 1164632 01 7700-1 SECTION 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re -inspection: Request re -inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.3 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest -control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. ¢... Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that V. must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re -inspection: Request re -inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1� C41ST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) t*'� v A. - separation: Submit three (3) copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area Q = cc( ffected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if Uj a LLJ pecessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. CD }c 5 Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 1 .� > �i Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, LL. Z UO individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: -a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Project No. 1164632 01 7700-2 SECTION 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1.5 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3 -ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8 -1/2 -by -1l -inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title'WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufr gypbricat�pf the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazt�s t�ealth o property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 -EXECUTION <rrI -0 3 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operati8hs to c{fply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: - a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and piper foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other: foreign deposits. t j C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured surface. VD d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Project No. 1164632 01 7700-3 SECTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. I. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. M. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. _ Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign ' substances. rE t: n. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. CAI o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. G} P. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. q. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. r. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with M Q requirements for new fixtures. Q — p S. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. W e- � t Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid J O <-?eject of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report. N >-V ot -E ply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or z cax ess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials r in2drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. M END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Project No. 1164632 01 7700-4 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of systems and equipment. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit one (1) copy of each manual in final form at least seven (7) days before final inspection. Architect will return copy with comments within seven (7) days after final inspection. 1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit three (3) copies of each corrected manual within seven (7) days of receipt of Architect's comments. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than one factory -authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information furrgoed by representatives and prepare manuals. O z PART 2 -PRODUCTS Dy C 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY n p , A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following: __ rTi 'O 1. List of documents. -- , —i 2. List of systems. N x c'!) r �y 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." Mercer Aquatic Center Boller & HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 017823-1 `tt SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2.2 MANUALS, GENERAL A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. 6. Name and address of Architect. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate `- data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, If instructions for Ci Q subsystem, and equipment. possible, assemble subsystems, equipment, into binder. p and components of one system a single LU - 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3 -ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to r Q accommodate contents, sized to hold 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on -. cV spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize L c Q sheets. ^ O a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize CQ data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross- reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple -volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy -paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8 -1/2 -by -1l -inch white bond paper. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 01 7823-2 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. ria 0 3. Gas leak. CD 4. Water leak. —Tf • 1 5. Power failure. o �C-) 6. Water outage. rn 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. _ = 0 8. Chemical release or spill. N C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of "1 Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1 1. Instructions on stopping. O �^ N 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 2.4 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. Mercer Aquatic Center Boller 8. HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 01 7823-3 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 01 7823-4 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. c 5. Operating characteristics. ` 7 6. Limiting conditions. gyp— 1' .� -7.- Performance curves. ell Engineering data and tests. M_ r' J. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. Cn Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: Q — yC 1. Startup procedures. (j f a 0 J 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. N)�— 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. LL CD V3 4. Regulation and control procedures. ^ O 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color -coding where required for identification. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 01 7823-4 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. N m 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. CD -+ n= "'n 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. > 1 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. zi n C5 r 5. Repair instructions. Jr _0 m i E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and-Mlatedo services. v F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.. 2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL w A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and_jj warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in 1 6hnual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 01 7823-5 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. cHi 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. v F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts >- identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of CA maintenance materials and related services. m r-- G.-- Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and G telephone number of service agent. - H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and v conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. ems 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. M PART 3 -EX EN IIONU PPEPARATION �>- Am Lftration and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an m H fgbnized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Q Ii C.lilrgency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for u2by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. 0 t" Product.Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 01 7823-6 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents." G. Comply with Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 01 7823-7 N 0 D� ti w 4 �. 'J 4 ✓) _71 r- �m 'o rn ry Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 01 7823-7 w o �. 'J 4 ✓) . �.� �� 5 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Project No. 1164632 01 7823-7 SECTION 01 7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one (1) set of marked -up Record Prints. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: Submit one (1) set of plots from corrected Record CAD Drawings and one (1) set of marked -up Record Prints. Architect will initial and date each plot and mark whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. Architect will return plot and prints for organizing into sets, printing, binding, and final submittal. b. Final Submittal: Submit one (1) set of marked -up Record Print% print d1h Drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recor:Rd. ) c. Final Submittal: Submit one (1) set of marked -up Record Prim Rlotgd pririch Drawing, whether or not changes and additional information Q� c lV d. r B. Record Specifications: Submit one (1) copy of Project's Specifications, includbipcien6a anM contract modifications. SM = v ::K _ C. Record Product Data: Submit one (1) copy of each Product Data submittal. )� N Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit marked -up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black -line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop - Drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation v!'tt�as from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whet*P individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked -up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 7839-1 SECTION 01 7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. C. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. J. Changes made by Change Order or Work Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. M. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. -3., Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross- reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. to S. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. e•i ' tri a6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, Cl _ x and similar identification, where applicable. B. OZ JRecord Transparencies: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, UJ —i?—review marked -up Record Prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected J N >-�ransparencies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. X41. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints. Erase, V redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 2. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor one set of transparencies of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. 4. Print the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for use as Record Transparencies. Architect will make the Contract Drawings available to Contractor's print shop. C. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Project No. 1164632 01 7839-2 SECTION 01 7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 2. Consult Architect for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting. D. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation 'PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Record Transparencies: Organize into unbound sets matching Record Prints. Place transparencies in durable tube -type drawing containers with end caps. Mark end cap of each container with identification. If container does not include a complete set, identify Drawings included. 3. Record CAD Drawings: Organize CAD information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each CAD file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. "PROJECT C-3 '�--r z c -ter ` C. Designation RECORD DRAWINGS." � d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. r— M 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS Dx rV A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. t t 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and t -- equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to " provide a record of selections made. �a N 4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted In operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, Record Product Data, and Record Drawings where applicable. 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. Mercer Aquatic Center Boller& HVAC Replacement PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Project No. 1164632 017839-3 SECTION 01 7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where applicable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 END OF SECTION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839-4 Crr. O T 7"= CC _' W D LAJ _ o �- C,oi ,J LL 'HQ = U? n C:) O N Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 END OF SECTION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839-4 Division 05 Metals Division 0 C o n4o -< C7'< r '{m v m U � _ A L L:J r, L.. H Division 0 C SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, seons, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory itMps. Provide Shop Drawings for the following: 1. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and suppoR.L3jkt n4pecift"4n other Sections. .:in O 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE <rrnS 1 � o� vA. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the follfg: 1. AWS D1.1 (D1.1 M), -Structural Welding Code - Steel." N (O 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS uouavrith mSU.: A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction cot_stig fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. PART PRODUCTS `;v 2.1 METALS H A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36 (A36M). 2.2 PRIMER A. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate -free, non -asphaltic, rust -inhibiting primer. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. 1164632 055000-1 SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. D. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. c Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. • STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A� , Shop prime iron and steel items unless otherwise indicated. e�f 1. Shop prime with zinc -rich primer as noted in 2.02 above. Apply 1 coat minimum, with a dry 1 ' 1r film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.038 mm). C) BI-) PrWration for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." © CX w+ Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: W Q_ , Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. LAJT 3 d3KEIC01 ON .� N >-U a 1 IgTALtRON, GENERAL A. CCnling, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal N faThcations. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler& HVAC Replacement METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. 1164632 05 5000-2 SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0 mil (0.05 mm) dry film thickness. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. 1164632 055000-3 q �+ �C o r r .<rtl x m Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL FABRICATIONS Project No. 1164632 055000-3 r N O .N 6 FILED r tan NOV 20 PM 1: 21 N CITY CLERK _ IN!A CITY, l.)A-1c .y cl SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe, fittings, sleeves, escutcheons, seals, and connections for sprinkler systems. B. The work shall include the furnishings of systems, equipment and materials specified in this Division and as called for on the Fire Protection Drawings to include supervision, quality control, operation, methods and labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests for the complete fire protection installation. The work shall also include the furnishing of necessary hoisting facilities to set materials and equipment in place and the furnishing of any scaffolding and transportation associated with this work. C. Examine the project site and become familiar with existing conditions which will affect the work. Review the drawings and specifications of other trades and take note of conditions to be created which will affect the work. All conditions shall be considered in the preparation of bids; no additional compensation will be made on the behalf of this Contractor. D. Provide labor necessary to demolish the existing fire protection systems as shown on the drawings, as described in Part 3, Existing Conditions, or as required. E. Where noted on the drawings or where called for in other sections of the specification, the Contractor for this division shall install equipment furnished by others, and shall make required service connections. Verify with the supplier of the equipment the requirements for the installation. This contractor shall be responsible for the removal and installation of railings, piping, ductwork, louvers, etc. as requirad to install new equipment. �a 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS >� Z A. ASME Al 12.18.1 - Plumbing Supply Fittings; 2012. B. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300; 2011. �rn C. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon and:11loy 4D for Moderate and High Temperature Service; 2015. D M3 D. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings; 1984 (Reapproved 2014). — E. ASTM A795/A795M - Standard Specification for Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use; 2013. F. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Fire Stops; 20138. V G. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints; 2011. :a -� H. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide; current edition. I. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; 2016. _ o J J. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; current listings at database.ul.com. J .. K. International Fire Code L. International Building Code M. City Building Department N. State Fire Marshal O. Local Fire Department Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Project No. 1164632 21 0500-1 SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION P. If any work indicated on the drawings or specified herein conflicts in any way with any of the rules and regulations of the above authorities, the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer in writing 72 hours before bids are opened. In the event the Contractor fails to notify the Architect/Engineer and changes are required by said conflicts, the Contractor shall make such changes as are required without additional cost to this Owner. 1.3 SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS A. Submit to the Architect/Engineer for review, when requested, a list of subcontractors, materials and equipment proposed to be used. The list must be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer before this Contractor may enter into any subcontractual agreement. Equipment, materials, and devices, etc. shall be subject to the review of the Architect/Engineer, whether or not said items are herein specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified this section. All installation work shall be performed by licensed fire protection sprinkler contractors, licensed for such work where the work is to be performed. 2. Minimum three years experience. I_ . C. Obtain and furnish necessary permits and inspection certificates for material and labor furnished. Permits -and certificates shall be obtained from the proper inspection authorities. The cost of permits, certificates j and fees required in connection with the installation shall be borne by the Contractor, unless otherwise noted in the detailed contractual description preceding these specifications. Where applications are t required for the procuring of utility services to the building, see that such application is properly filed with the utility, and that information required for such an application is presented to the extent and in the form t > ' required by the utility company. D. 'A(nstallations must be safe in every respect, and must not create a condition which will be harmful to tpuildingi occupants; to operating, installing or testing personnel; to workmen; or to the public. The -contractor for each installation shall be solely responsible for providing installations which will meet these conditions. If the Contractor believes that the installation will not be safe for all parties, report these beliefs i@4vriting to the Architect/Engineer before any equipment is purchased or work is installed, giving 010ommekdations. The ArchitecVEngineer will work out required changes and adjustments in contract p=e v.Wpadjustments are warranted. �. A=mSWset of drawings including Civil, Structural, Architectural, Plumbing, Mechanical, and Electrical dPdwi gall be on the site at all times. Prior to installing any of the work, check the drawings for �e2 nd see that the work does not interfere with clearance required for ceilings, beams, �L dpi finished columns, pilasters, partitions and electrical equipment as shown on the drawings and d?a ails. r work is installed and it develops that interferences occur which have not been called to the AhitecUEngineer's attention before the installation, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, make such changes in his work as directed by the ArchitecVEngineer. B. The contract drawings for fire protection work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, the Contractor shall make such changes as directed by the Architect/Engineer, without additional cost to the Owner. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Project No. 1164632 21 0500-2 SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION C. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings, access panels, and sleeves may not be shown; but where such items are required by other sections of these specifications or where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed. Rough -in dimensions and locations shall be verified with the supplier of equipment furnished by other trades, or by the Owner, prior to the time of roughing -in. D. Equipment specification may not deal individually with minute items required such as components, parts, controls and devices which may be required to produce the equipment performance specified, or as required to meet the equipment warranties. Where such items are required, they shall be included by the supplier of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. The drawings and the specifications are cooperative and supplementary. It is the intent of both said drawings and specifications to cover all requirements in their entirety as nearly as possible. The Contractor shall closely check the drawings and specifications for any obvious errors or omissions and bring any such condition to the attention of the Architect/Engineer prior to the receipt of bids, in order to permit clarification by means of a mailed Addendum. If there is no question prior to the bid proposal date, the Architect/Engineer shall assume that the drawings and specifications are complete and correct and will expect the intent of said documents to be complied with, and the installation to be complete in all respects, according to said intent. F. Locate equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Minor deviations from the contract drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility, but changes of magnitude, or which involve extra cost, shall not be made without prior approval. Ample sp$V shall be allowed for removal of parts that may require replacement or service in the future. O " T G. All valves, pumps, etc. shall be accessible for maintenance purposes. Locate item fulz nd ■ coordinate with other trades so that each valve and piece of equipment is accessibly fu ionams located above a non -accessible ceiling, chase, or soffit shall be accessible through g6ceeydoor.r` Coordinate location of access doors with the general contractor. .<r— f*t 1.6 RESPONSIBILITY o� A. The Contractor's responsibility shall not end with the installation and connecting of M variopa apparatus. It shall include the services of an experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly in charge of the work, together with the qualified journeymen, helpers and laborers required to properly unload, install, connect, adjust, start, operate and test the work involved, including equipment and materials furnished by other trades or by the Owner, until such time as the entire fire protection installation functions properly in every detail. .co 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with other trades prior to installation. B. No piping or equipment foreign to the electrical equipment or architectural appurtenances shall be run over the top of any electrical panels or electrical equipment, in accordance with NEC 110-16 and 384-4. This does not prohibit sprinkler protection for the installation. C. The determination of quantities of material and equipment required shall be made from the drawings. Schedules on the drawings and in the specifications are completed as an aid, but where discrepancies arise, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide the required quantity. D. Where the specifications state that equipment shall be furnished, installed or provided, it shall be understood to mean this Contractor shall furnish and install completely, unless it is specifically stated that the equipment is to be furnished and installed by others. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Project No. 1164632 21 0500-3 SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION E. The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between the piping and equipment of the various contractors. Conflicts between the drawings and specifications, or between requirements set forth for the various trades, shall be called to the attention of the Architect/Engineer. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required, and that the Contractor has submitted his bid in conformance with plans and specifications as issued and that no interference exists. F. No piping or equipment foreign to an elevator hoistway and machine room shall be run inside the hoistway and machine room in accordance with NEC 620-37 and ASME A17.1, 102.2. This does not prohibit sprinkler protection for the installation. 1.8 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Materials shall be new, complete with manufacturer's guarantee or warranty, and shall be as listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Inc., American Water Works Association (AWWA), American Gas Association (AGA), etc., if a standard has been established by that agency for the type of material. B. Materials shall also comply with applicable standards of the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association, National Board of Fire Underwriters, National Fire Protection Association, National Safety Council, National Bureau of Standards, the National Electrical Code and the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. Such standards are hereby made a part of these specifications. C. .Work shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft, shall be executed in a workmanlike `_'manner, and shall present a neat mechanical appearance when completed. Align, level and adjust equipment for satisfactory operation, and install so that connecting and disconnecting of piping and n— accessories can be made readily and so that parts are easily accessible for inspection, operation and maintenance. Methods and techniques of installation shall be subject to the review of the r ArchitecUEngineer. D. , Materials shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specific product. Materials of the same type of class shall be the products of one manufacturer. .For example, faucets shall be from the same manufacturer. E. Materials shall be protected from damage, and stored indoors or protected from the weather at all times, unless other storage arrangements are approved by the Architect/Engineer. F. Bearing lubrication fittings shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and shall be extended, where ewcessary, to an accessible location. n 93 !J G. _Qat@riigh&d equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A. d3ropWJJZ as submitted shall be based on the products specifically named in the specification or on the Cbkav>wJW Material or equipment by manufacturers other than those specified may be used only by 2;0mtMiLi4%n of the Architect/Engineer. Such permission for substitution must be requested, in writing, in 29-_CAd e with Division 1. B. the Architect/Engineer reserves the sole right for the approval of proposed material or equipment, and the phrase, "or approved equivalent", used in these specifications, or on the drawings, shall be interpreted to mean an equivalent approved by the Architect/Engineer. C. Changes required by alternate equipment shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner; and costs incurred by other trades, public utilities or the Owner, as a result of the use of such equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D. Furnish to the Architect/Engineer, when requested, samples of proposed material or equipment substitutions. These samples shall remain with the Architect/Engineer as long as needed. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Project No. 1164632 21 0500-4 SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION E. Identify the differences in alternate material or equipment as compared to that specified, and indicate the benefits to the project as a result of selecting the alternative. F. The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to refuse approval of equipment which does not meet the specification, in their opinion, or of equipment for which no local experience of satisfactory service is available. The Architect/Engineer further reserves the right to reject equipment for which maintenance service and the availability of replacement parts is questionable. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS A. Sprinkler Systems: Conform to NFPA 13. 2.2 ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 Schedule 40, black. Steel Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M, wrought carbon steel or alloy steel. 2. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C' shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. Grooved fittings shall be Victaulic or Gruvlok. 2.3 PIPE SLEEVES A. Vertical Piping: Q1 1. Sleeve Length: 1 inch above finished floor. O D -� _ —n —I < 2. Provide sealant for watertight joint. n 3. Drilled Penetrations: Provide 1-1/2 inch angle ring or square set in silicone adhe6wa ar01wd r m penetration. :IC 1 vD B. Clearances: tV 1. Provide allowance for insulated piping. 2. Wall, Floor, Floor, Partitions, and Beam Flanges: 1 inch greater than external; pipe diameter. 3. All Rated Openings: Caulked tight with fire stopping material conforming to ASTM E81'4in accordance with Section 07 8400 to prevent the spread of fire, smoke, and gases. 2.4 ESCUTCHEONS Ll A. Material: 1. Metals and Finish: Comply with ASME A112.18.1. �> B. Construction: One-piece for mounting on chrome -plated tubing or pipe and one-piece or split-pattem type elsewhere. 2. Internal spring tension devices or setscrews to maintain a fixed position against a surface. 2.5 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Project No. 1164632 21 0500-5 SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION C. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. D. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. E. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor Flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 2.6 MECHANICAL COUPLINGS A. Manufacturers: Victaulic Company; Firel-ock EZ 009N: www.victaulic.com 2. Anvil International; Gruvlok Style 7400/7401: www.anvilintl.com B. Rigid Mechanical Couplings for Grooved Joints: 1. Dimensions and Testing: Comply with AWWA C606. 2. Minimum Working Pressure: 300 psig. 3. Housing Material: Fabricate of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536. 4. Housing Coating: Factory applied orange enamel. 5. Gasket Material: EPDM suitable for operating temperature range from minus 30 degrees F to 230 1'. degrees F. (.7 -• 6. Bolts and Nuts: Hot dipped galvanized or zinc electroplated steel. P* T 3 EXECUTION `a ]i INSTALLATION A. • Existing Conditions: j" Examine the existing buildings and grounds and become familiar with the conditions as they exist, or that will in any manner affect the work under this contract. No allowance will be made subsequently, in this connection, on behalf of the Contractor for any error or negligence by the Contractor. Wh re existing equipment is removed or changed, all pipe no longer in service shall be removed and •• stZ plugged as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Building surfaces damaged and openings left by Q = Kn6val of equipment shall be repaired by the proper trades and paid for by this Contractor, unless W a tnt 1Ferwise noted on the drawings. The cutting and fitting shall be done by this Contractor. The cutting For, ceiling or wall surfaces shall be done by this Contractor with extreme care, in order to avoid J o a Isrupting or damage of existing utility services which may be encountered. Coordinate with other } Pogs and with the General Contractor, to minimize the damage to the building in order to reduce the CD �mt of patching required. Where new openings are cut and concealed piping is encountered, such items shall be removed or ate' relocated as required. Where systems to be removed stub through floors, walls or ceilings, openings shall be patched so that no evidence of the former installation remains. 4. Existing active services (water, gas, sewer, electric), when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services that are to remain. If active services are encountered which require relocation, make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the utility or municipality having jurisdiction. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Project No. 1164632 21 0500-6 SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 5. The location, size and elevation of underground utilities shown on the drawings are in accordance with data supplied by the Owner and/or the various utility companies. The Contractor shall verify this data and shall report any discrepancies to the Architect/Engineer before submitting his bid. B. Interruption of Service: 1. Changes in service shall be made so as to provide a minimum of interference with the operation of services in the building. When changes require shutdown of building services, notify the proper building authorities no less than 24 hours in advance and obtain approval from these authorities before making changes. Such notices shall give duration and nature of shutdown. Temporary arrangements shall be approved by the ArchitecUEngineer and/or Owner. 2. Any and all interruptions to building services shall be in accordance with Division 1. C. Install sprinkler system and service main piping, hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA 13. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to the work of other trades, or to the building and its contents, caused by equipment installation. E. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. F. Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work. G. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. H. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. I. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. J. Openings, Cutting and Patching: <� x '� 1. The General Contractor shall coordinate the placing of openings in the new stAit uCge, Qequiree r the installation of the fire protection work. c')-< Iv :qn o r 2. Furnish to the General Contractor the accurate locations and sizes for require_ nln Thp}�all not relieve this Contractor of the responsibility of checking to assure that prop opting [a�}� provided. When additional patching is required due to this Contractor's failur speGj this 101 this Contractor shall make arrangements for the patching required to properly se thpening, to include patch painting. This Contractor shall pay any additional cost incurred in this rFoect. 3. When cutting and patching of the structure is made necessary due to this Contractor's fatTyre to install piping, sleeves or equipment on schedule, or due to this Contractor's failure to furnish, on schedule the information required for the leaving of openings, it shall be this Contractor's responsibility to diA9 arrangements for this cutting and patching. This Contractor shall pay any additional cost jlicurrbin this respect. LLJJJJ rn � 4. Provide cutting and patching and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for M3 installation of the work. Furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. Cutting 6tstructurilk support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Architect/Engineer. E -stent of cutting shall be minimized. Use core drills, power saws or other machines which Will proyAde neat, minimum openings. Patching shall match adjacent materials and textures and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required. K. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 2. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 3. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Project No. 1164632 21 0500-7 SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 4. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 5. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 6. In general, concentrated or other loads shall not be suspended directly from the bottom of wood structural members, unless approved by the ArchitecUEngineer. Loads suspended from open web joists or trusses may be transferred to the bottom chord of the structural member at the panel points.. Loads suspended from solid web joists shall be transferred to the joists only through the top flange or web. Suspension systems shall be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. L. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. M. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. N. Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, floors, walls, and partitions and seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required. O. Escutcheons: 1. Install and firmly attach escutcheons at piping penetrations into finished spaces. 2. Provide escutcheons on both sides of partitions separating finished areas through which piping C' .: passes. L= ' -• :3. Use chrome plated escutcheons in occupied spaces and to conceal openings in construction. P. , When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible and �r { joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. $21 PAINTING A. The finish of any item that has been marred, scratched or damaged in any way by this Contractor shall be repainted at the expense of this Contractor, and to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer and the Owner. Q Q B= PaW@5 and finishing of exposed fire protection systems including piping shall be as shown on the =dri and in Section 09 9000. CAtbrN A?Kep premises clean of all debris caused by the work at all times, and keep materials stored, in areas odee ed by the Owner, in such a manner as not to interfere with the progress of the work of other ^Contrators or with the operation of existing facilities. B..Mkt the conclusion of the construction, the site shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rubble, debris and unused material and shall be left in good order. Closed off spaces shall be cleaned of waste such as material, cartons, and wood frame members used in the construction. C. Clean equipment, pipes, valves, and fittings of grease, metal cuttings, and sludge that may have accumulated from the installation and testing of the system. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Project No. 1164632 21 0500-8 SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 3.4 ASBESTOS IDENTIFICATION AND CONTROL A. In the event that suspected asbestos containing material (ACM) is encountered during the course of the work, cease operations in the immediate area and promptly notify the Architect/Engineer. Suspected materials will then be sampled and analyzed by the Owner. Should ACM be identified, the Owner's Representative will direct the procedures for abatement, either by subcontract to the Contractor or separate contractor. During abatement operations, cease operations in the immediate area of the abatement. Operations in other areas of the project may be performed, but care must be taken to control dust to avoid contamination of the abatement containment or air monitoring samples. The Contractor shall coordinate activities with the asbestos abatement contractor. B. Should no ACM be identified, operations may be resumed. Delays caused by identification, analysis or abatement may be added to the time of the contract, at the discretion of the Architect/Engineer by Change Order. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Special care shall be taken for the protection of equipment furnished by this Contractor. Equipment and material shall be protected from elements such as weather, painting and plastering until the project is completed. Damage from rust, paint or scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. B. Protection of equipment during the plastering and painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the contractor performing that work, but this shall not relieve this Contractor of the responsibility of checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. C. Where the installation or connection of equipment requires this Contractor to work in areas previously finished by other contractors, this Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. This Contractor shall arrange with the other contractors for repairing and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged. _o 0 ti D. When heavy materials must be placed upon or transported over the roof deck, sheepugshaltitf; pla o distribute the weight and support such materials. Any damage shall be immediatelfccgectQ at no At to the Owner. Z4 C-) END OF SECTION `� 3 J . LI .f] G! V) Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Project No. 1164632 21 0500-9 SECTION 21 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tags. B. Pipe markers. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; 2007. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and installation instructions. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS A. Piping: Tags. B. Valves: Tags. 2.2 TAGS A. Manufacturers: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING & EQUIPMENT Project No. 1164632 21 0553-1 1. Brady Corporation: www.bradVcorl).com ti o 2. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.pipemarker.com n D y C5 3. Kolbi Pipe Marker Company: www.kolbipipemarkers.com -;C--) 6 r 4. Seton Identification Products, a Tricor Direct Company: www.seton.com <r- -v M_ B. ?J Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with:th 7C edges. (� 2.3 PIPE MARKERS rV rJ A. Manufacturers: y 1. Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com '; Q 2. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.oioemarkec l -�GL..1 .O LU 3. Kolbi Pipe Marker Company: www.kolbipipemarkers.com C:) L. 4. Seton Identification Products, a Tricor Company: www.seton.com v =`.� n B. Color: Conform to ASME A13.1. v H C. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi- rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. D. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING & EQUIPMENT Project No. 1164632 21 0553-1 SECTION 21 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. B. Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. 1. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 2. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. E. Locate pipe identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING & EQUIPMENT Project No. 1164632 21 0553-2 N rr rnoy„ TZ a� c 3 we = V J N t— LL. CD o Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING & EQUIPMENT Project No. 1164632 21 0553-2 SECTION 21 1300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Project No. 1164632 21 1300-1 PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wet -pipe sprinkler system. B. System design, installation, and certification. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 21 0500 - Common Work Results for Fire Suppression: Pipe, fittings, and valves. B. Section 210553 - Identification for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FM (AG) - FM Approval Guide; current edition. B. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; 2016. C. UL 393 - Indicating Pressure Gauges for Fire -Protection Service; Current Edition, IncludinQ00 Revisions. D. Factory Mututal (FM) standards E. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; current listings at database.ul.com. >:74ZEE C -)-<o F. International Fire Code -iC! r M G. International Building Code o� Z H. City Building Department ID N I. State Fire Marshal w J. Local Fire Department 1.4 WIRING A. The Division 26 contractor shall furnish wiring for signal and alarm devices furnished by sprinkler contractor. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on sprinklers, valves, and specialties, including manufacturers catalog a information. Submit performance ratings, rough -in details, weights, support requirements, and piping_;, connections. B. Shop Drawings: _ 1. Indicate hydraulic calculations, scaled dimensioned installation drawings, detafled pipeJAyout, t hangers and supports, sprinklers, components and accessories. Indicate system contrsgs. H 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and hydraulic calculations to authorities having jurisdiction and Fire Marshall for approval. Submit proof of approval to Architect/Engineer. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include components of system, servicing requirements, shop drawings, approved record drawings, approved calculations, certificate of installation, inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and location and numbers of service department. D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Project No. 1164632 21 1300-1 SECTION 21 1300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS 1. Extra Sprinklers: Type and size matching those installed, in quantity required by referenced NFPA design and installation standard. 2. Sprinkler Wrenches: For each sprinkler type. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to FM (AG) requirements. B. Designer Qualifications: Design system under direct supervision of a Technician with NICET level III certification experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in Iowa. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. D. Installer Qualifications: All installation work shall be performed by a licensed fire protection sprinkler contractor, licensed for such work where the work is to be performed with minimum 3 years experience. E. Equipment and Components: Provide products that bear FM (AG) label or marking. F. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL (DIR) as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING j A. ;Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. Provide temporary inlet and fri outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. _ ptq 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Sprinklers, Valves, and Equipment: 1. Tyco Fire Protection Products, a Tyco Business: www.tyco-fire.com 2. Viking Corporation: www.vikinggroupinc.com 3. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co, Inc.: www.reliablesprinkler.com 2.2 SP.ftKLER SYSTEM Q Q A. - 8pritiklp}�System: Provide coverage for building areas noted. = W.-' W B. 0Qcci"yey: As noted on drawings. C. 'latpq amply: Determine volume and pressure from water flow test data as noted on the drawings. RD. Shey~yaqctor shall coordinate with the City of Iowa City and shall perform a hydrant flow test in the vicinity ,f th! ect prior to completion of the shop drawings. The sprinkler system design shall be hydraulically malculaf€tl based on the current flow test results. The results and date of the current flow test shall be t"early indicated on the first sheet of the shop drawings submitted. E. Storage Cabinet for Spare Sprinklers and Tools: Finished steel, located adjacent to alarm valve. Provide with hinged cover, with space for minimum of 6 spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench, suitable for wall mounting. Include number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and 1 wrench for sprinklers. Include separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each style sprinkler on project. 2.3 SPRINKLERS A. Sprinkler heads shall be of the following types: Suspended Ceiling Type: Semi -recessed pendant type with matching screw on escutcheon plate. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Project No. 1164632 21 1300-2 SECTION 21 1300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS a. Response Type: Quick. b. Coverage Type: Standard. c. Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. d. Manufacturers: 1) Pendant or recessed: Reliable Model F1 FR series or approved equal. 2. Exposed Area Type: Pendant type . a. Response Type: Quick. b. Coverage Type: Standard. c. Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard. d. Manufacturers: 1) Reliable Model F1 FIR series or approved equal. B. Guards: Wire cage type, including fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. Finish to match sprinkler finish. 2.4 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pressure Gauges: UL 393, 3-1/2" to 4-1/2" diameter dial, with dial range of 0-250 psig. B. Specialty sprinkler fittings 1. Mechanical '7" Fittings: UL 213, ductile -iron housing with pressure -responsive gasket, bolts, and threaded or locking -lug outlet. 2. Mechanical Cross Fittings: UL 213, ductile -iron housing with pressure -responsive gaskets, bolts, and threaded or locking -lug outlets. 3. Drop -Nipple Fittings: UL 1474, with threaded inlet, threaded outlet, and seals; adjustable. ti 4. Sprinkler Alarm Test Fittings: Ductile -iron housing with 1% -inch (DN 40) inlet jSd outl integrM test valves, combination orifice and sight glass, and threaded or locking lug ends. :�Ec',) as y Dy C. Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber lar to ftA n p automatically actuate water motor alarm, pressure retard chamber and variable pre3j. tr.41 I V_,mn h t f S!" ✓� following additional capabilities and features:<m —t 1. Activate electric alarm. 2. Test and drain valve. Aa 3. Replaceable internal components without removing valve from installed position. D. Water Flow Switch: UL 346, electrical supervision type, vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, rated to 250 psig. Include 2 SPDT (single -pole, double -throw) circuit switches to provide isolated alar and auxiliary contacts; rated 10 amp at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amp at 24 volt DC. Complete with factory -set, field -adjustable retard element to prevent false signals, and tamper -proof cover that sends a signal when cover is removed. E. Alarm Devices 1. Alar Devices: Types and sizes that will match piping and equipment connections. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Project No. 1164632 21 1300-3 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Project No. 1164632 21 1300-4 SECTION 21 1300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS 2. Supervisory Switches: UL 753 for valves and indicator posts, electrical -supervision type, SPDT, normally closed contacts, designed to signal controlled valve in other than full open position. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with referenced NFPA design and installation standard. B. Install sprinklers in locations indicated. When sprinkler locations are not indicated in an area, locate sprinklers to meet this specification. C. Install sprinklers in suspended ceiling in center of acoustical panels and in center of half of acoustical panels. The location of sprinklers may deviate up to 1/4" inches from the center unless approved otherwise by the Architect/Engineer. D. Install sprinkler guards on sprinklers in janitor closets, gymnasiums, locker rooms, under overhead doors, and on non -recessed heads within 84 inches of the floor. E. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work. G. Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. H. Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers. I. Electrical Connections: Power wiring as specified in Division 26. J. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. Replace sprinklers having paint other than factory finish with new sprinklers. Cleaning and reuse of painted sprinklers is prohibited. Flush entire piping system of foreign matter. K. Hydrostatically test entire system. e) 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL �" ]C `--'Perform field acceptance tests of each fire protection system with Architect/Engineer and authority having ZAa- �— _,jurisdiction present. p -A&1— ;1, Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler piping systems according to NFPA 13 Chapter "System N '7LU Acceptance." Perform field acceptance tests of each fire protection system with Architect/Engineer, Fire Marshal, and authority having jurisdiction present. C. EZeplace piping system components that do not pass test procedures specified then retest to demonstrate compliance. Repeat procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 1. Complete the Contractor's Material & Test Certificate and submit form promptly to Owner's representative and authority having jurisdiction. D. Follow NFPA 24 testing requirements of below ground piping prior to connection to the above ground pipes. 3.3 SPRINKLER APPLICATIONS A. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers. B. Rooms with Ceilings: Recessed sprinklers. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS Project No. 1164632 21 1300-4 I SECTION 21 1300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS C. Sprinkler Temperature Ratings: Use sprinklers with the following temperature ratings in the applications listed unless noted otherwise on drawings: 1. Ordinary Temperature Classification (155° F): Public areas, classrooms, offices, janitor's closets, mechanical equipment rooms. 3.4 EXTRA STOCK A. General: For each style and temperature range required, furnish additional sprinkler heads, amounting to 1 unit for every 100 installed units, but not less than 5 units of each. Provide sprinkler box storage for appropriate number of units. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate equipment, specialties, and accessories. Review operating and maintenance information. B. Schedule demonstration with at least 7 days advance notice. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS 21 1300-5 N U n C� l"3 n -G ry -+c-) <:7ri.rn�'' yf1 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS 21 1300-5 FILFQ Q3ff� c:1 M9 OSMA[IOT N 1811 NOV 20 PM 1:22:7 *]JO YTIO N CITY CLERK, I .YT1O AV101 IOWA CITY, lO''; � 0 SECTION 22 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Applications. B. General requirements. C. Ball valves. D. Butterfly valves. E. Check valves. F. Gate valves. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 22 0553 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. EPOM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitrile -butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber. ro as D. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene. p 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS D- I c T n A. ASME B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch); 2013. RC2 O r B. r ASME B16.1 -Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 2'9 m C. 73 ASME 816.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings NPS 1/2 Through NPS 24 Metric/Matt Standard; D. ,cs lV ASME B16.10 - Face -to -Face and End -to -End Dimensions of Valves; 2009. ra t E. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; 2012. F. ASME B16.34 - Valves -Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End; 2013. G. ASME BPVC-IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Welding, Brazing, andf�sirr Qualifications; 2015. ^ :-5 � H. ASTM A126 -Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and TSpe Fitts; 2004 (Reapproved 2014). I. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings; 1984 (Reapproved 2014). J. ASTM B62 - Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings; 2015. K. MSS SP -67 - Butterfly Valves; 2011. L. MSS SP -70 - Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends; 2011. M. MSS SP -71 - Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends; 2011. N. MSS SP -72 - Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt -Welding Ends for General Service; 2010. O. MSS SP -80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves; 2013. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Project No. 1164632 220523-1 SECTION 22 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING P. MSS SP -110 -Ball Valves Threaded, Socket -Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends; 2010. Q. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; 2014 (Errata 2015). R. NSF 372 -Drinking Water System Components -Lead Content; 2011. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on valves including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough -in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listings. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Minimize exposure of operable surfaces by setting ball valves to open position. 2. Protect valve parts exposed to piped medium against rust and corrosion. 3. Protect valve piping connections such as grooves, weld ends, threads, and flange faces. 4. Adjust gate valves to the closed position to avoid clattering. N 5. Secure check valves in either the closed position or open position. 6. Adjust butterfly valves to closed or partially closed position. [T_ • B.c Use the following precautions during storage: i �- .--` c-1. Maintain valve end protection and protect flanges and specialties from dirt. G` M „2. Store valves in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. f I a. Store valves indoors in dry environment. PART 2 dPHRODUCTS W. < © APrLlCV4S WA. aPro`W;Me following valves for the applications if not indicated on Drawings: J o C.3 �_ cV1. >..,Z+toff: Ball (3" and smaller), butterfly (4" and larger). LL 22. �d-End: Single -flange butterfly (lug) type. 3. rottling: Provide butterfly. 4. Swing Check (Pump Outlet): a. 2 NPS and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc. b. 2-1/2 NPS and Larger for Domestic Water: Iron swing check valves with closure control resilient seat check valves. B. Required Valve End Connections for Non -Wafer Types: 1. Copper Tube: a. 2 NPS and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder -joint valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules below. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Project No. 1164632 220523-2 I SECTION 22 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING b. 2-1/2 NPS to 4 NPS: Flanged ends except where threaded valve -end option is indicated in valve schedules below. c. 5 NPS and Larger: Flanged ends. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: No less than rating indicated; as required for system pressures and temperatures. B. Valve Sizes: Match upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. C. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Handwheel: Valves other than quarter -turn types. 2. Hand Lever: Quarter -turn valves 6 NPS and smaller. D. Valve -End Connections: 1. Threaded End Valves: ASME B1.20.1. 2. Flanges on Iron Valves: ASME 1316.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 1/2 NPS through 24 NPS: ASME 816.5. p 4. Solder Joint Connections: ASME B16.18. CD -< E. General ASME Compliance: i7 N 1. Ferrous Valve Dimensions and Design Criteria: ASME B16.10 and ASME 1316.3 O 2. Solder -joint Connections: ASME B16.18. m O= 3 1 .. F. Valve Materials for Potable Water: NSF 61 and NSF 372. y> c G. Bronze Valves: _. 1. Fabricate from dezincification resistant material. —' �4 tom. 2. Copper alloys containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. tj 2.3 BRONZE BALL VALVES J A. Two Piece, Full Port with Stainless Steel Trim: 1. Comply with MSS SP -110. 2. SWP Rating: 150 psig. 3. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 4. Body: Bronze. 5. Ends: Threaded or soldered. 6. Seats: PTFE. 7. Stem: Stainless steel. 8. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. woo 0 LU L. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Project No. 1164632 220523-3 SECTION 22 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 9. Manufacturers: a. Apollo. b. Watts. c. Hammond. 2.4 IRON, SINGLE FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Lug type: Bi-directional dead-end service without use of downstream flange. 1. Comply with MSS SP -67, Type I. 2. CWP Rating: 200 psig. 3. Body: ASTM A126, cast iron or ASTM A536, ductile iron. 4. Stem: One or two-piece stainless steel. 5. Seat: EPDM. 6. Disc: Coated ductile iron. .7. Manufacturers: rr 0. Apollo b. Hammond. c. Watts. r-2.5 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES A.�-glass 125: CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). .C7 Q �•1. .*ply with MSS SP -80, Type 3. LU �eaign: Horizontal flow. _J> - J p3. (Sedy: Bronze, ASTM B62. N r ��' � . hIs: Threaded or soldered as indicated. ai �5. L_c: Bronze. M6. Manufacturers: a. Apollo. b. Watts. c. Hammond. 2.6 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES A. Class 125: 1. Comply with MSS SP -71, Type I. 2. CWP Rating: 200 psig. 3. Design: Clear or full waterway. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Project No. 1164632 22 0523-4 I SECTION 22 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 4. Body: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. 5. Ends: Flanged as indicated. 6. Trim: Composition. 7. Seat Ring and Disc Holder: Bronze. 8. Disc: PTFE. 9. Gasket: Asbestos free. 10. Manufacturers: a. Apollo. b. Watts. c. Hammond. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Discard all packing materials and verify that valve interior, including threads and flanges are 9Xpletely aa��i clean without signs of damage or degradation that could result in leakage. o B. Verify valve parts to be fully operational in all positions from closed to fully open. f n —' C. Confirm gasket material to be suitable for the service, to be of correct size, and withaoilcect"hat COMW compromise effectiveness. �n C 1 �r D. Should valve is determined to be defective, replace with new valve. f*1 -O s M v -fir n 3.2 INSTALLATION "' IV A. Provide unions or flanges with valves to facilitate equipment removal and maintenance while-ftlntaining system operation and full accessibility for servicing. B. Provide separate valve support as required and locate valve with stem at or above center otpiping, maintaining unimpeded stem movement. _a j C. Provide chain -wheels on operators for valves 4 NPS and larger where located 96 NPS or mwb above... finished floor, terminating 60 NPS above finished floor. ± , 3.3 VALVE SCHEDULE 0 Valve Type Service Check - All Sizes Water for piping systems. Ball - 2 in. and Under Water for piping systems; domestic cold water, hot, and recirculating systems; for operation up to 200 psi at 500° F. Ball - All Sizes Water for piping systems; domestic cold water, hot, and recirculating systems; for operation up to 200 psi at 500° F. Drain Domestic water systems. Plug - All Sizes Natural gas service. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Project No. 1164632 220523-5 SECTION 22 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Valve Type Gate CPVC Service Domestic cold water building service; ASME water heater installation Chlorinated pool water. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Project No. 1164632 220523-6 c� c. l'7 � —J? C� UI— .... NLL i v3 o Service Domestic cold water building service; ASME water heater installation Chlorinated pool water. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Project No. 1164632 220523-6 SECTION 22 0700 PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide equipment, materials, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to hot and cold surfaces of piping, tanks, ductwork, fittings and other surfaces. B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other materials as required to complete the insulating work. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Insulating materials, jackets and mastics shall meet flame spread, fuel contribution and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating in accordance with NFPA 255, ASTM E-84, or UL 723 of not more than 25; smoke developed rating of not more than 50, unless otherwise noted in this section. B. Insulation that has been treated with a flame-retardant additive to meet the flame spread and smoke developed ratings shown above is not permitted. C. Insulation materials shall be non -corrosive to the materials they are applied to, including stress corrosion cracking of stainless steel and shall not breed or promote mold, fungus or bacteria. ,V D. Insulation shall meet or exceed all requirements of IECC - International Energy ConEBvation de . 1.3 QUALIFICATION gq �n A. Insulating materials by Owens-Corning, Pittsburgh -Corning, Knauf, Johns Manville, nd*appr&rwi equivalent. G!h m B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer.o 1.4 SUBMITTALS A� A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for eh type of mechanical insulation and jacket. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, }la'me spread and smoke development rating, k -value, density, temperature limitations, sound absorption coefficients, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION A. Description: 1. Type A: Preformed, sectional, heavy density fiberglass insulation, suitable for operating i 1 s temperatures form —20° F to +850° F. Equipped with factory -applied, all -service- vapor barrier jacket constructed of white Kraft paper bonded to aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass yarn, with pressure -sensitive, self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Thermal conductivity of 0.23 { BTU-in/hr-ft2-°F @ 75° F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of 0.02 perms. Johns Manville "Micro -Lok HP or Engineer approved equivalent. 2. Type B: Flexible, elastomeric pipe and sheet insulation with closed -cell structure. Shall comply with ASTM C534, Type I, Grade 1 for tubular materials and ASTM C534 Type II, Grade 1 for sheet materials. Suitable for operating temperatures from —40° F to 220° F. Outdoor applications, and where otherwise noted, shall receive a weather -resistant, protective, latex enamel finish. Thermal conductivity of 0.28 BTU-in/hr-ft2-°F @ 75° F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of 0.08 perms. Insulation shall be equivalent to Armacell AP Armaflex; adhesive equivalent to Armacell Armaflex 520 or Armaflex 520 BLV Low-VOC Contact Adhesive; finish equivalent to Armacell Armaflex WB finish. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 PLUMBING INSULATION 220700-1 SECTION 22 0700 PLUMBING INSULATION 3. Type G: Semi-rigid fiberglass blanket with factory applied foil Skrim-Kraft (FSK) suitable for operating temperature of —20" F to +650° F. Thermal conductivity of 0.27 BTU-in/hr-ft2 "F @ 75" F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of 0.02 perms. Knauf "Pipe and Tank" insulation or Engineer approved equivalent. 4. Type I: Fiberglass duct wrap, 1.5 PCF density, fabricated of inorganic glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin with factory applied foil Skrim-Kraft facing, suitable for operating temperature up to +250° F. Thermal conductivity of 0.26 BTU-in/hr-ft2-°F @ 75° F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of 0.02 perms. Knauf "Friendly Feel Duct Wrap" or Engineer approved equivalent. 2.2 PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE (IECC -INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE) SERVICE TYPE THICKNESS PIPE SIZES Domestic Cold Water A 1/2" Less than 1-1/2" 1-1/2" & larger Domestic Hot Water A 1" Less than 1-1/2" 2.3 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE (IECC -INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE) SERVICE TYPE THICKNESS c -•PIPE ANCHORS/ GUIDES B 3/4" 4 'HOT WATER STORAGE TANKS G or 1 1-1/2" i a.: -PUMP BODIES B 1-1/2" 2.4 INSULATION JACKETS A. 20 -mil high impact PVC secured with spray contact adhesive. All PVC jacketing shall meet the 25/50 t SDR. Manville "Zeston 2000" or equivalent. B. ,6-oz/sq yd UL listed cotton canvas fabric secured with Childers CP50 lagging adhesive. C. Fitting and valve jackets shall be premolded PVC with joints and seams sealed with a spray contact adhesive or vapor barrier mastic. Premolded jackets shall be Manville 7eston 2000" or approved equivalent. D. At wall penetrations and on exterior pipe, provide an additional jacket of 0.020 inch thick smooth finish aluminum secured with 0.015 inch thick, 3/8 -inch wide aluminum bands. Metal jacket shall have factory plied rUisture barrier. Fitting and valve covers to be preformed of same material as adjacent metal jacket. =, ]C E. Wher L or metal jackets are used, delete the factory applied ASJ on pipe and equipment operating W %ove �F. PIC PIC j0QI& shall be used in the following areas and systems: LL 2 ~Q everpiping is routed exposed through occupied spaces. Fe Exposed piping in kitchens and dishwasher rooms. 3. Premolded PVC at all fittings and valve jackets. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected. Application details shall be in accordance with the insulation materials suppliers recommendations, except where a higher standard is specified. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PLUMBING INSULATION Project No. 1164632 22 0700-2 SECTION 22 0700 PLUMBING INSULATION B. Install materials after systems have been tested and approved. Material such as rust, scale, dirt and moisture shall be removed form surfaces to be insulated. C. Insulation shall be kept clean and dry at all times. D. Where pipes and ducts pass through fire rated walls, floors and partitions, a fire seal shall be provided. E. When flexible cellular insulation is used, it shall be installed with seams and joints sealed with contact adhesive. Wherever possible, the insulation shall be placed over the pipe before it is installed. Seal the butt joints with Armacell Armaflex 520, or Armaflex 520 BLV Low-VOC Contact Adhesive or equal. 2. Where the insulation cannot be slipped on, cut the insulation longitudinally and apply it to the piping. Seal longitudinal seam and butt joints with Armacell Armaflex 520 adhesive, or Armaflex 520 BLV Low-VOC Contact Adhesive or equal. In all cases, the insulation, equal to Armacell AP, protected with half -round PVC sleeves the length of three times the nominal pipe size, minimum length to be 8 inches. 3.2 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulate fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections and expansion joints with pre -molded or mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering. B. Pipe insulation shall continue through sleeves and hangers with vapor barrier and/orAcket. -+ C. Insert to be between support shield and piping but under the finish jacket. Provide ggar�-ertWhang' not less than 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation, t"Werrili. laf from sagging at support points. Inserts shall be heavy density insulating material sttjq�iq force pldhned temperature range. Factory fabricated inserts may be used. _<r— -a m D. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions and interruptions. o Q t. On hot systems where fittings are to be left exposed, insulation ends shall be beveled a* from bolts for easy access. Ma 2. On cold systems, valve stems shall be sealed with caulking which allows free movement of the stem, but provides a seal against moisture incursion. E. Wherever piping penetrates a floor or is exposed in a finished area such as kitchens, furnish a floor pipe escutcheon and PVC (white) jacket to protect insulation and allow for a smooth finish for cleaping. V.2 3.3 EQUIPMENT INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Do not insulate factory -insulated equipment. iu L Ll B. Apply insulation as close as possible to equipment by grooving, scoring and beveling insulation, if necessary. Secure insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires or bands. C. Fill joints, cracks, seams and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor barrier cement. D. Cover insulation with metal mesh and finish with %" coat of insulating cement applied in two 1/8" layers, if non -faced insulation is used. E. Do not insulate over nameplate or ASME stamps. Bevel and seal insulation around such. F. When equipment with insulation requires periodical opening for maintenance, repair or cleaning such as at manway covers or strainer plugs, install insulation in such a manner that it can be easily removed and replaced without damage. Removable insulation shall have a vapor -proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PLUMBING INSULATION Project No. 1164632 220700-3 SECTION 22 0700 PLUMBING INSULATION G. Joints shall be sealed with 2" wide vapor barrier tape or strips to match insulation jacket, using a fire -resistive adhesive. END OF SECTION F2 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PLUMBING INSULATION Project No. 1164632 220700-4 �l � C i F2 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PLUMBING INSULATION Project No. 1164632 220700-4 �l � C NLL }U O CD �Q V O F2 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PLUMBING INSULATION Project No. 1164632 220700-4 SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART? GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide equipment, materials, tools, labor, and supervision necessary to furnish, fabricate, and install complete piping system. This section also includes Water Meters. 1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES A. Pipe materials specified in this Section shall apply to technical sections of Division 22 of the Project Manual where applicable. Special requirements as may be called for in the technical sections, or shown on the Drawings, shall take precedence over General Requirements herein. Piping located in plenums shall be plenum rated for fire and smoke. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Provide factory -applied plastic end -caps on each length of pipe and tube. Maintain end -caps through shipping, storage, and handling as required to prevent pipe -end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe and tube. B. Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate well above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping. C. Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or bigackaging with durable, waterproof wrapping. p —r n 1.4SUBMITTALS D� < A. Submit piping schedule listing each pipe material used and systems served. —4n O r B. Submit shop drawings at 1/4" per foot scale indicating exact routing and elevatioDIT all ling Msystems. a� (� PART PRODUCTS IV rV 2.1 MATERIAL A. Material 1. Ductile iron water pipe, standard - mechanical joint ASTM A536. ANSI 21.5, AWWA 150. 2. Copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. a. Type K b. Type L 3. CPVC Piping B. Fittings Service Underground water service main 3" diameter and larger. ✓> t7 Domestic water lines upddr buila2g, concealed in masonry wa4S; CD Aboveground domestic wat?r lih&. F Filtered Pool Water Cast iron water pipe — Class 250, ANSI A21.20, AWWA C110, standard mechanical joint fitting with lugs for connecting to pipe. 2. Copper water tube, cast bronze or wrought copper, solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and B16.22. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Project No. 1164632 22 1116-1 SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING C. Joints 1. Threadless brass pipe - use brazing alloy which will flow freely at 1300 F, use flux and brazing method as recommended by manufacturer of brazing alloy. 2. Copper water and drainage tube - use 95-5 tin antimony or silver solder, cut pipe square, clean and polish tube ends and inner surface of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Use same methods for copper refrigerant pipe, except use silver solder with 15% silver content, equivalent to Sil-Flos 15. D. Nipples and Unions 1. Nipples shall conform to size, weight, and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples. 2. For pipe 3" and smaller, use screwed unions; over 3", use flanged unions. For threaded brass pipe, use bronze ground joint unions with octagon ends. Install unions on equipment intended to be disassembled. 2.2 SLEEVES A,- Sleeves passing through non -load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows: For pipes 2-1/2" in size and smaller - 24 -gauge; 3 in. to 6 in. - 22 -gauge; over 6 in. - 20 -gauge. �.' Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations, footings, r'l and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or cast iron pipe. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and waterproofing material. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2 in. above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1 in. above finished floors in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and caulking compound. E. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or roofing shall be flashed and sealed. 2.3 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS N AP.) Prpyide pipe escutcheons with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe • Jo$Ilfation where pipe is insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe Q = SiRatration hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve extensions, if any. Furnish pipe W p,• !!Wcheons with chrome finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. J B4= escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water and condensation e expected to accumulate, provide cast brass or sheet brass escutcheons, solid or split hinged. 0 W C.= escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged. r— _ D.JM Manufacturer: Chicago Specialty; Producers Specialty; or Sanitary -Dash. 2.4 GUARDS A. Where exposed insulated piping extends through floor, provide sheet metal guard around insulation to extend up from floor 60 inches. Guard to be galvanized sheet steel not less than 26 -gauge. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Project No. 1164632 22 1116-2 SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2.5 FIRE SAFING A. Metal piping and sleeves passing through floors, roof, partitions and fire walls, shall be provided with firestop by packing space between pipe and sleeve with UL listed non -sag and self -leveling fire safing insulation per manufacturer's instructions. B. Cracks, Voids, or Holes Up to 4" Diameter: Use non -sag or self -leveling putty or caulking, one-piece intumescent elastomer, non -corrosive to metal, compatible with synthetic cable jackets, and capable of expanding 10 times when exposed to flame or heat, UL listed. C. Openings 4" or Greater: Use sealing system capable of passing 3 -hour fire test in accordance with ASTM E814, consisting of wall wrap or liner, partitions, and end caps capable of expanding when exposed to temperatures of 250 to 350°F, UL listed. D. Seal all holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an effective barrier against smoke, fire, toxic and combustible gases. E. Unless protected, from possible loading or traffic, install firestopping materials in floors having void openings or four (4) inches or more to support the same floor load requirements. F. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide non -sag and self -leveling fire barrier caulk, wrap/strip, moldable putty and sheet forms of one of the following: 1. 3M Brand. m 2. Flame Stop. O� Zo 3. Dow Corning. n Ci -G IV 4. Metacaulk.�r _<r— -o m 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS CJ- x 0 A. Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shap@d to cord uously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates whidtisause rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. B. Manufacturer: Thunderline. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION .� .o A. Install pipe for plumbing and mechanical systems as shown on the Drawings, as-cayed.for in otFlg� Sections, and as specified herein. (�] B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated, straight, plumb, and as direct as poissibl JUm right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls, partitions, and ceilidgs, offsetting only where necessary to follow walls and avoid interference with other mechanical items. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation1 and to permit access for servicing valves. Piping to be run in concealed locations unlesg;ndicatedr exposed, or in equipment rooms. .-o C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. Branch piping shall come off the tops of mains unless shown otherwise. D. Locate valves within reachable distance from equipment being served for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal. E. Check piping for interference with other trades; avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC ReplacementDomestic Water Piping Project No. 1164632 221116-3 SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING F. Where rough -ins are required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough -in dimensions with Owner or equipment supplier before roughing -in. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast-iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast-iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Hot -Water -Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Cast-iron, grooved -end valves may be used with grooved -end piping. C. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate .` valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. WB_: Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and ,_where required to drain water piping. CD ��4:• Install hose -end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches. rri o— t -2. Install stop -and -waste drain valves where indicated. ED E; Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump c,, and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Balancing valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." F. Install calibrated balancing valves in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set calibrated balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Calibrated balancing valves are specified in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." 3.3 J*EVES IO A -C- all sleeves for piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams, and foundations. W sL "Stall fire -proofing per manufacturer's written instructions. f U t5ONS W �II escutcheons for pipes entering finished spaces. 3.5 PWCHAN$�AL SLEEVE SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install mechanical sleeve seals at all pipe penetrations through foundations below grade. B. Loosely assemble rubber links around pipe and bolts and pressure plates located under each bolt head and nut. Push into sleeve and center. Tighten bolts until links have expanded to form watertight seal. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Project No. 1164632 221116-4 SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 3.6 PIPE PENETRATIONS A. Penetrations shall be free of debris and dirt. Dam the penetration (when required) with an acceptable material. Apply firestop material to the penetration per manufacturer's installation instructions. Use a caulking gun, putty knife or other normal trade tools. Remove damming materials where necessary after cure. Clean up with Xylene. 3.7 FIRE SAFING A. Install fire safing at all penetrations through walls, floors, etc. per manufacturer's installation instructions as required to meet UL listing. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect domestic water piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 21 b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities havin risdictW to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requireme..-) D'— O 3. Re -inspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not tie esq inspeen, make required corrections and arrange for re -inspection. �n p r r 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorittevirtgurisdn. Cj Q B. Test domestic water piping as follows: w ;- k� 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not atr; ound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and, unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or� concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating ! �. pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute def6cts that ibust be repaired. t 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof intil satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.9 ADJUSTING A. Perform the following adjustments before operation: Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Project No. 1164632 221116-5 SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Project No. 1164632 22 1116-6 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Adjust balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. a. Manually adjust ball -type balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch. b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. 5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary sealing of piping during installation. 6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. 8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1_, Purge new piping and parts of existing domestic water piping that have been altered, C • extended, or repaired before using. iT > %2: Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if .-�-} methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or �? as described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at s : outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from 0 �O system after the standing time. z— W a Jr d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat CD J V f— procedures if biological examination shows contamination. N >-V By. tE!Ware and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. 0 LL L' CZ ;5I31t interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. V4 END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Project No. 1164632 22 1116-6 SECTION 22 1119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide materials, equipment, labor, and supervision necessary to install water supply system as required by the Drawings and this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product data. B. Installation data. 1.3 STANDARDS AND CODES A. ASSE 1013, Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers B. All backflow devices shall have appropriate ASSE ratings. C. AWWA, C700 D. PDI Standard WH 201 for Water Hammer Arrestors E. Uniform Plumbing Code (State of Iowa) agj .:� PART2 PRODUCTS �� z 2.1 GENERAL n-< N _ A. Provide piping materials and factory -fabricated piping products of sizes, types;:Fm—surfating d capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as deteS(e dnsta comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching pipinjt9 emer19 connections; provide fittings of materials that match pipe materials used in wax s�ppl%Tyste Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Ih3taller'Wtion. ry PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Piping installation to include heat trap just prior to hot water connection at valve. B. Extend cold water and hot water piping to each fixture and other equipment requiring water supplies. C. Generally follow indicated lines, exact layout to be made on job for alignment with surrountling work and space for covering. •...i D. Pitch pipes to accessible drainage point where unions, plugged tees or drainage valves shall bel `! provided. E. Install water hammer arrestors on each service at each fixture or group of fixtures. .. F. Water supply to fixtures and containers shall be so installed as to prevent back siphonageof pollutdd water in to the water supply. Supplies shall be either above the flood rim of the fixture or separated from the drainage end by means of approved vacuum breakers. G. Provide valves as shown and specified herein. Branch serving four or more fixtures shall be provided with an accessible shut-off valve. No pipe shall be located in an outside wall or other location where freezing is likely to occur, and no pipe shall be in contact with or attached to a structural member in a manner that causes the transmission of noise to the structure. Block ends of runs to prevent movement due to water hammer. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Specialties Project No. 1164632 22 1119-1 SECTION 22 1119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES I. Consult with utility company for water meter requirements. Provide shut-off valves upstream and downstream of meters. J. Install approved backflow prevention devices on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur, including, but not limited to, the following locations. Install devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, complete with accessories as required. 1. Domestic water supply 2. Custodial rooms 3. Fire protection systems 4. Irrigation systems 5. Flush valves 6. Interior and exterior hose connections K. Extend relief piping from backflow prevention devices to nearest floor drain. L. After system test, flushing, and chlorinating, backflow, preventer shall be disassembled by a certified backflow specialist and all debris shall be cleared from the valve, reassembled, and tested to verify proper operation. Certification of testing shall be provided to Owner in writing. Nf,; Install water hammer arrestors, complete with accessible isolation valves on hot and cold water supply piping to all plumbing fixtures. .�.+ Ci. W' Mixing valve system. R',. ` _N_- I. Install mixing valve assembly and accessories. rZY 21 Install audio visual alarm unit and accessories, including solenoid to stop flow when under c� high temperature alarm. r.^ 3. Install drain valve to drain line(s) to manually drain supply lines after alarm, to allow system reset. 4. Electrical contractor shall make all electrical connections. 3.2 TESTING AND CLEANING Ftsh out piping system with clean water before proceeding with required tests. Inspect each run of h system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. C) - �c- IE t hydraulically pressure test each section or segment of the system prior to backfilling, encasing, W _m?tclosing or otherwise preventing visual observation of the section or segment being tested. Backfill o C-)& derground systems, exposing joints only, is permitted on all systems and required on systems >—iaMng a pressure test exceeding 100 psig. LL ter test potable water system at 150% of design pressure (150 psig min) for a period of 4 hours s;LWng a gauge with a 0 psi to 200 psi range and a minimum of 4%" dial. s Disinfect: Potable water system, or part thereof, shall be filled with a solution containing 100 ppm of available chlorine and allowed to stand 6 hours before flushing and returning to service. E. Testing shall be done in compliance with the referenced Uniform Plumbing Code. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Specialties Project No. 1164632 22 1119-2 SECTION 22 1119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. With owner present, test high temperature audio visual alarm including verification of solenoid closing and flow stopped. Solenoid shall not reopen simply on reset of system but water temperature must also prove below the setpoint before the solenoid valve shall reopen. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Specialties Project No. 1164632 221119-3 J m o rni ev ro ~U O '? y c� K Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Domestic Water Piping Specialties Project No. 1164632 221119-3 SECTION 22 1123 DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install pumps as required by the Drawings and this Section. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. Centrifugal pumps shall be by Bell & Gossett, TACO, Armstrong or PACO. Model numbers and electrical characteristics as scheduled on Drawings. 1.3 PERFORMANCE AND TEST A. Pump capacities and ratings shall be as scheduled on Drawings. B. Pump performance and motor characteristics shall be such that motor will not be loaded beyond its service factor if operating head is reduced to 80% of specified head. C. Pumps shall be factory -tested at specified conditions. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's pump specifications, installation and start-up instructions, and current accurate pump characteristic performance curves with selection points clearly indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly -type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to pumps. Submit manufacturer's ladder -type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory -installed and portions to be field installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS _v szz 2.1 FINISH n A. Pumps shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with machine enamel prior to4kitallwon. B. Finish marred during re -installation shall be touched up. o� rn PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION P4 " A. In-line pumps shall be mounted in accordance with the pump manufacturer's recommendations.1 Layout piping system to accommodate motor removal requirements. L 3.2 INSTALLATION ti A. Install pumps for all fluid systems as required by the Drawings. B. Provide the following for each centrifugal pump: ti 1. Flexible connector in suction and discharge line. 2. Strainer and shutoff valve in suction line. 3. Check valve, venturi-type manual flow balancing valve (see 23 2125), and shutoff valve in discharge lines. 4. Pressure gauge with snubbers and turn cocks in both pump suction and discharge. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS Project No. 1164632 22 1123-1 SECTION 22 1123 DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS Project No. 1164632 22 1123-2 5. See plan details for additional accessories. C. Suction inlet pipe for centrifugal pumps shall be a straight section of pipe of not less than five (5) pipe diameters in length between pump suction flange and any change in direction of suction line. D. In-line pumps shall be supported in accordance with the pump manufacturer's instructions. 3.3 START-UP ASSISTANCE A. The manufacturer shall provide start-up assistance in the form of a factory trained service technician. END OF SECTION rn ) Qom: W _ LJ �r N Y Q 1 N Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS Project No. 1164632 22 1123-2 SECTION 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide equipment, materials, tools, labor, and supervision necessary to furnish, fabricate, and install a complete storm drainage piping system. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Pipe materials specified in this Section shall apply to other technical sections of Division 22 of the Project Manual where applicable. Special requirements as may be called for in the technical sections, or shown on the Drawings, shall take precedence over General Requirements herein. Piping located in plenums shall be plenum rated for fire and smoke. B. Local and/or State Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes C. Uniform Plumbing Code D. International Mechanical Code E. NFPA Codes and Standards 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Provide factory -applied plastic end -caps on each length of pipe and tube. Maintain end -caps through shipping, storage, and handling as required to prevent pipe -end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe and tube. B. Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather. Where necessary tpstore outside, elevate well above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping.. _ , m O �+ C. Protect Flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, dlioaoFffging w durable, waterproof wrapping. C7 •,< N r 1.4 SUBMITTALS to O r i A. For each system served: Submit piping schedule listing, by range of sizes, piping rl usl. ' • i B. Submit product and performance data for equipment specified herein rV C. Locations of connections to existing sanitary sewer lines, storm water lines, and related inv@*elevations shall be submitted as a dimensioned drawing to the Owner's Representative or Architect/Engineer for construction record purposes. PART PRODUCTS p 2.1 STORM WATER DRAINAGE PIPING MATERIALS V o A. Piping: MATERIAL SERVICE Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, bell and S' spigot, ASTM A74. Asphalt coated Under ground storm sewers. Uncoated Above ground downspouts 3" dia. and Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, no hub Above ground storm sewers. CISPI 301, ASTM A888. Downspouts as permitted by Code Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Project No. 1164632 22 1413-1 SECTION 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING B. Fittings 1. Material and strength of fittings for cast storm sewer pipes shall conform to pipe as per ASTM Standards. 2. Ductile iron and grey Iron fittings - Class 250, ANSI/AW WA C110 A21.10, standard mechanical joint fitting with lugs for connecting to pipe. C. Joints 1. Cast iron bell and spigot soil pipe - pipe manufacturer's standard preformed, preset plastic or rubber joint, installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Cast iron no -hub pipe - coupling assembly tightened by torque wrench. a. ASTM C1277, CISPI 310, and NSF certified, type 300 series stainless steel shield secured by two or more stainless steel worm drive clamps, ASTM C564 , one piece neoprene compression gasket. b. Manufacturers: 1) Clamp All: Hi-Torq 80 2) MG Coupling 3) Ideal Tridon 4) Engineer approved equivalent 2.2 SLJUVES c A.: Sleeves passing through non -load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows: For pipes 2-1/2" in size and smaller - 24 -gauge; 3 in. to 6 in. - �'7 22 -gauge; over 6 in. - 20 -gauge. B. 4=Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations, footings, and tY' waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or cast iron pipe. C. -Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and I aterproofing material. D. ,1,n finish! areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions and Q ceili nd shall extend 1/2 in. above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1 in. above finished floors in areas L11 a el -$j,trap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and caulking comd. O J E. 'eetiesf:plassing through membrane waterproofing or roofing shall be flashed and sealed. � . PIP�S(iVOHEONS r A. JRovide pipe escutcheons with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe ulation where pipe is insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve extensions, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with chrome finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. B. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water and condensation can be expected to accumulate, provide cast brass or sheet brass escutcheons, solid or split hinged. C. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged. D. Manufacturer: Chicago Specialty; Producers Specialty; or Sandary-Dash. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Project No. 1164632 221413-2 SECTION 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 2.4 GUARDS A. Where exposed insulated piping extends through floor, provide sheet metal guard around insulation to extend up from floor 60 inches. Guard to be galvanized sheet steel not less than 26 -gauge. 2.5 FIRE SAFING A. Metal piping and sleeves passing through floors, roof, partitions and fire walls, shall be provided with firestop by packing space between pipe and sleeve with UL listed non -sag and self -leveling fire safing insulation per manufacturer's instructions. B. Plastic piping passing through fire rated floors and fire rated walls shall be provided with firestop by providing intumescent wrap strip around the pipe, enclosed in steel collar attached to structure. C. Cracks, Voids, or Holes Up to 4" Diameter: Use non -sag or self -leveling putty or caulking, one-piece intumescent elastomer, non -corrosive to metal, compatible with synthetic cable jackets, and capable of expanding 10 times when exposed to flame or heat, UL listed. D. Openings 4" or Greater: Use sealing system capable of passing 3 -hour fire test in accordance with ASTM E814, consisting of wall wrap or liner, partitions, and end caps capable of expanding when exposed to temperatures of 250 to 350oF (121 to 177oC), UL listed. E. Seal all holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an effective barrier against smoke, fire, toxic and combustible gases. F. Unless protected, from possible loading or traffic, install firestopping materials in floors having void openings or four (4) inches or more to support the same floor load requirements: G. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide non -sag and self -leveling firCdarrier caulk, wrap/strip, moldable putty and sheet forms of one of the following: Cj , 1. 3M Brand. 2. Flame Stop. —4n p r 3. Dow Corning. <rn r , l cam s 0 4. Metacaulk.�` 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS NA A. Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause Aber L V sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. c- -<. N B. Manufacturer: Thunderline. � s 2.7 INSULATION A. Reference Specification Section 22 0700 for Insulation Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install storm building drains as indicated and in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code. Lay storm building drains beginning at low point of systems, true to grade and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install required gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use with lubricants, cements, and other special installation requirements. Clear interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progressed. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Project No. 1164632 221413-3 SECTION 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING B. Comply with the requirements of the appropriate Division 22 sections for installation of basic piping materials, including hangers, supports, and accessories. C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps. Grade drainage at uniform slopes of 1/4 in. per ft. where possible, but in no case less than 1/8 in. per foot. D. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. Branch piping shall come off the tops of mains unless shown otherwise. E. Check piping for interference with other trades; avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment. F. Where rough -ins are required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough -in dimensions with Owner or equipment supplier before roughing -in. G. Refer to Division 31 - Earthwork for excavating, trenching, and backfilling requirements. H. Contractor shall verify existing tie-in invert elevations of storm sewer piping prior to installation of new piping. Coordinate the site storm sewer tie-in invert elevation with the site utility contractor. Existing tie-in inverts that are discovered to be different from the information on the bid documents shall be reported to the General Contractor and the Engineer immediately. I. Install no -hub couplings and uniformly tighten clamps to manufacture's recommended torque specifications. No -hub coupling joints shall be properly supported so as to not be exposed to bending. 3.2 SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams, and foundations. B. Install fire -proofing per manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons for pipes entering finished spaces. 3.4 MIECHANICAL SLEEVE SEAL INSTALLATION A.'. Install mechanical sleeve seals at all pipe penetrations through foundations below grade. Loosely assemble rubber links around pipe and bolts and pressure plates located under each bolt head an 5"t. Push into sleeve and center. Tighten bolts until links have expanded to form watertight seal. 0 SC - 3.5 j2{PE TRATIONS W d W}' J 6 F&I tZations shall be free of debris and dirt. Dam the penetration (when required) with an acceptable N r,poal. Apply firestop material to the penetration per manufacturer's installation instructions. Use a vau Wg gun, putty knife or other normal trade tools. Remove damming materials where necessary after x (BSE Clean up with Xylene. � O 3.6 iJRE SAFTNG �A.. Install fire safing at all penetrations through walls, floors, etc. per manufacturer's installation instructions as required to meet UL listing. 3.7 TESTING AND CLEANING A. Provide labor, materials, facilities, and administration required to conduct the tests required under this section. Tests which fail to meet the specified performance shall be retested at no expense to the Owner. Repair all defective installations. B. Flush out piping system with clean water before proceeding with required tests. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports, and accessory items. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Project No. 1164632 221413-4 SECTION 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING C. Testing shall be done in compliance with the Uniform Plumbing Code and to the satisfaction of the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. D. Hydraulic Water Testing: 1. Hydraulically pressure test each section or segment of the soil, waste and vent system prior to backfilling, encasing, enclosing or otherwise preventing visual observation of the section or segment being tested or access to repair if needed. 2. The system and all joints shall be tested with no less than 10 feet head of water pressure. Top of test standpipe to be filled with water shall be a minimum of 10 feet above the highest point of section being tested. 3. The water shall be kept in the tested system or sub -section for not less than 15 minutes before inspection for leakage begins. 4. All leaks shall be promptly repaired by replacing damaged or defective components with new parts and system shall be re -tested, repeating repair and re -testing steps as -needed, without additional cost to the Owner, until system is certified tight and leak free. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Project No. 1164632 22 1413-5 H O V V� -,C-) o r- -<rri rn 1A s Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Project No. 1164632 22 1413-5 SECTION 22 1423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide equipment, materials, tools, labor, and supervision necessary to furnish, fabricate, and install a complete storm drainage piping system. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Local and/or State Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes B. Uniform Plumbing Code C. International Mechanical Code D. NFPA Codes and Standards 1.3 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following storm drainage piping specialties: 1. Cleanouts. 2. Roof drains 1.4 DEFINITIONS o =(7 C A. ABS: Acrylonitrile -butadiene -styrene plastic. 5;;=; rV B. FRP: Fiberglass -reinforced plastic. -'In C)� C. HDPE: High-density polyethylene plastic. cj Y D. PE: Polyethylene D '• plastic. N E. PP: Polypropylene plastic. r10 c� F PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic 1.5 SUBMITTALS W A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include rated capacities, operatingrdKdracioNsticsL accessories. B. Installation, Operations and Maintenance data. Include signed copies of certified testing res4i repordu 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEANOUTS A. General: 1. Floor: a. In floors of finished areas - epoxy coated, cast iron caulking ferrule for storm water pipe hub with brass countersunk plug and cast brass round flush access cover with polished top. Furnish carpet flange and cover and cleanout ID marker for all carpeted areas. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Project No. 1164632 22 1423.1 r;-1 SECTION 22 1423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES b. In floors of unfinished areas — epoxy coated, cast iron with tapered body for caulking into storm water pipe hub, with brass countersunk plug. 2. Wall: a. In walls of finished areas — Gas and water tight bronze tapered seat, raised head plug, iron pipe size (IPS) male threads and round polished stainless steel cover plate with countersunk stainless steel cover screw. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in cast iron soil pipe. b. In walls of unfinished areas — Gas and water tight bronze tapered seat, raised head, iron pipe size (IPS) male threads. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in cast iron soil pipe. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide clean outs by one of the following: 1. Zurn Plumbing Products Group 2. J.R. Smith 3. Wade 4. Watts Drainage Products Inc. 5. Engineer approved equivalent 272 BI -FUNCTIONAL ROOF DRAINS �. A. Body: Patented bi-functional body. Powder coated, ASTM A 48, Class 25 cast iron body with anchor flange and fully cast sump which includes the outlets within the casting. Smooth sump walls for maximum C/1 flow ability no boss obstructions. Bolts holes drilled and tapped to 1.5' depth. Designed with separate 0 strainers for both the primary and secondary systems. Overflow pipe shall be removable to facilitate drain rodding. ZC B. All piping connections thereto furnished and installed by this Contractor; flashing to be 4 -pound lead and r, shall extend at least 12 in. onto roof in all directions from roof drain. Furnish with membrane flashing Ciamps. e C. ?oordirl_ae roof drain installation with the General Contractor and Roofing Contractor. �1 Ic }- u D. 7@orr^iliall be cast iron. No plastic or polyethylene domes shall be acceptable. UJ CL_ E. Yenda Clamp Ring: 2.375 -inch (61 -mm) wide, ASTM A48, Class 25 cast iron, waterproofing c4aen*czne clamp ring with 1.25" min. high integral gravel stop. 4 bolt anchorage and .25" nominal drainage LL -* e weaLheight. t�? F. 5anufacWrer: 1. Froet Industries PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. B. Install wood -blocking reinforcement for wall -mounting -type specialties. C. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4 (DN 100). Use NPS 4 (DN 100) for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423-2 SECTION 22 1423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller and 100 feet (30 m) for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. D. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. E. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. F. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattem escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. 3.2 FIRE SAFING A. Install fire safing at all penetrations through walls, floors, etc. per manufacturer's installation instructions as required to meet UL listing. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or Oris and4 prevent damage from traffic or construction work. =en x .n B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. � 4 -C —/C7 N.. O END OF SECTION �m + + 1 r -.A Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Project No. 1164632 221423-3 SECTION 22 3400 FUEL -FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish equipment, materials, tools, labor, and supervision necessary to install Condensing style, Domestic Water Heaters as required by the Drawings and this Section. 1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES A. Tanks shall be designed, constructed, and stamped in accordance with ASME Code, Section VIII Pressure Vessels, Division 1. B. Units shall include ASME T & P Relief Valves, Thermometer and Pressure Gauges, all in accordance with State and local codes. C. Insulation of storage tanks shall conform to Appendix J of the Standard Building Code, Section J-8, Paragraph J-8.6. D. ASHRAE 90.1-1997, Standards for Energy Efficiency. E. NSF and UL listed. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Basis of design: AO Smith BTH-300, 95% Thermal Efficiency. Or equivalent system by State, Lochinvar, Ruud or Patterson -Kelly Company. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product and performance data. rj PART2 PRODUCTS > ) 2.1 DOMESTIC WATER STORAGE HEATER -GAS :;c-) O A. Water heater shall be of the high efficiency, condensing water heater with povwf Rnt, direct v closed combustion unit utilizing external air for combustion and exhausts direo --* th tsid through a separate two -pipe system; terminate with manufacturer's optional c0nG_4 ttriq vent k COY B. Water heater shall be of glass -lined design and include a powered gas burner with el,"hwCnic flame safeguard, intermittent ignition, main and pilot automatic gas valves, gas pressure regUTator, 11 diaphragm air switch for proof of blower operation, and flame inspection port. Heater shall be equipped with (2) 4 hand -hole cleanouts, shall have an ASME working pressure -of 1601, and stamped National Board. �+ C. Controls shall include: High temperature limit control (manual reset), upper and lower thermostats, combination temperature and pressure gauge, low water cutoff, ASME rated temperature, and pressure relief valve. Control compartment door shall be hinged for easy access. D. Heater must meet ASHRAE 90.1 — 1997 for efficiency and standby loss. The outer jacket shall have a baked enamel finish over a bonderized undercoating. All internal surfaces of the heater exposed to water shall be glass lined and have a nickelous oxide undercoating. The glass lining shall be fused to the steel by firing at a temperature range of 1,400°F to 1,600°F. Heater tank shall have a 3 -year warranty against corrosion. E. Recovery section shall be sufficient capacity as scheduled on the Drawings. F. Storage section shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. ASME code working pressure shall be 150 psig. G. Provide manufacturer's optional concentric termination kit. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FUEL -FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS Project No. 1164632 223400-1 SECTION 22 3400 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FUEL -FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS Project No. 1164632 223400-2 FUEL -FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Layout exact location for concrete base and furnish to General Contractor a dimensional drawing showing base size and location. B. Install heater and make hat, cold and recirculation water connections with mixing valve, flue and intake air connections, and temperature controls water temperature monitoring components. C. Provide thermometer on hot outlet from each water heater, located prior to mixing valve. D. Route T & P relief piping to floor drain, with downturn at drain using 90 elbow to terminate. E. Combustion air and flue vent shall be schedule 40 PVC and shall be routed as shown on plans. END OF SECTION i- C31 LL GJ$ a Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FUEL -FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS Project No. 1164632 223400-2 Division 23 Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning Division 23 -,c'".) o r— r rn N W Division 23 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work shall include the furnishings of systems, equipment and materials specified in this Division and as called for on the Mechanical Drawings to include supervision, quality control, operation, methods and labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests for the complete mechanical installation. The work shall also include the furnishing of necessary hoisting facilities to set materials and equipment in place and the furnishing of any scaffolding and transportation associated with this work. B. Examine the project site and become familiar with existing conditions which will affect the work. Review the drawings and specifications of other trades and take note of conditions to be created which will affect the work. All conditions shall be considered in the preparation of bids; no additional compensation will be made on the behalf of this Contractor. C. Provide labor necessary to demolish the existing mechanical system as shown on the drawings, as described in Part 3, Existing Conditions, or as required. D. Where noted on the drawings or where called for in other sections of the specification, the Contractor for this division shall install equipment furnished by others, and shall make required service connections. Verify with the supplier of the equipment the requirements for the installation. This contractor shall be responsible for the removal and installation of railings, piping, ductwork, louvers, etc. as required to install new equipment. Coordinate shipping splits for all equipment provided by this contractor. 1.2 DAMAGE ary A. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to the work of other trades, orf he bung and it contents, caused by equipment installation. Dyildi 1.3 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS c?'< a n ca A. Obtain and furnish necessary permits and inspection certificates for material orjmrnishp Permits and certificates shall be obtained from the proper inspection authoriti a pCSt of ts, certificates and fees required in connection with the installation shall be borne;.., a Cpntrac rr, I unless otherwise noted in the detailed contractual description preceding thes&specifi Utions.'Where applications are required for the procuring of utility services to the building, see that sp �ppliaatjon is properly filed with the utility, and that information required for such an application is presentedtm the extent and in the form required by the utility company. I 1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS - A. Applicable provisions of the following codes and standards are hereby imposed on a general basis for the mechanical work (in addition to specific applications specified by individual work sections of these specifications): 1. ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Energy Standard for Buildings 2. ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1-2004 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality 3. ANSI/ASME B31 Standards of Pressure Piping (incl. all appendices) 4. ASHRAE Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration (ANSI B9.1) 5. AWWA Standards 6. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and State Boiler Code 7. American Gas Association Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-1 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 8. AWS Standards for Welding 9. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 10. 2012 International Building Code 11. 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code 12. 2012 International Mechanical Code 13. 2012 International Fuel Gas Code 14. 2012 International Energy Conservation Code 15. 2012 International Fire Code 16. 2005 National Electric Code 17. City amendments to Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes 18. 2011 NFPA 96 Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commerical Cooking 19. Perations 20. NFPA Standards and Pamphlets B. If any work indicated on the drawings or specified herein conflicts in any way with any of the rules and regulations of the above authorities, the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer in writing 72 hours before bids are opened. In the event the Contractor fails to notify the Architect/Engineer and changes are required by said conflicts, the Contractor shall make such changes as are required (•, without additional cost to this Owner. Installations must be safe in every respect, and must not create a condition which will be harmful to rtj M ,-building occupants; to operating, installing or testing personnel; to workmen; or to the public. The cbtttractor for each installation shall be solely responsible for providing installations which will meet ,�a conditions. If the Contractor believes that the installation will not be safe for all parties, report W c, UJIne beliefs in writing to the Architect/Engineer before any equipment is purchased or work is alled, giving recommendations. The Architect/Engineer will work out required changes and o stments in contract price where adjustments are warranted. CV >1 Ll 78AAE M .Z )GDmplete set of drawings shall be on the site at all times. Prior to installing any of the work, check N the drawings for dimensions and see that the work does not interfere with clearance required for ceilings, beams, foundations, finished columns, pilasters, partitions and electrical equipment as shown on -the drawings and details. After work is installed and it develops that interferences occur which have not been called to the Architect/Engineer's attention before the installation, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, make such changes in his work as directed by the Architect/Engineer. B. The contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, the Contractor shall make such changes as directed by the Architect/Engineer, without additional cost to the Owner. C. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings, access panels, and sleeves may not be shown; but where such items are required by other sections of these specifications or where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed. Rough -in dimensions and locations shall be verified with the supplier of equipment furnished by other trades, or by the Owner, prior to the time of roughing -in. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-2 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC D. Equipment specification may not deal individually with minute items required such as components, parts, controls and devices which may be required to produce the equipment performance specified, or as required to meet the equipment warranties. Where such items are required, they shall be included by the supplier of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. E. The drawings and the specifications are cooperative and supplementary. It is the intent of both said drawings and specifications to cover all mechanical requirements in their entirety as nearly as possible. The Contractor shall closely check the drawings and specifications for any obvious errors or omissions and bring any such condition to the attention of the Architect/Engineer prior to the receipt of bids, in order to permit clarification by means of a mailed Addendum. If there is no question prior to the bid proposal date, the Architect/Engineer shall assume that the drawings and specifications are complete and correct and will expect the intent of said documents to be complied with, and the installation to be complete in all respects, according to said intent. F. Locate equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Minor deviations from the contract drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility, but changes of magnitude, or which involve extra cost, shall not be made without prior approval. Ample space shall be allowed for removal of parts that may require replacement or service in the future. G. All valves, fire dampers, automatic dampers, smoke dampers, damper operators, reheat coils, etc. shall be accessible for maintenance purposes. Locate items carefully and coordinate with other trades so that each piece of equipment is accessible and functional. Items located above a non - accessible ceiling, chase, or soffit shall be accessible through an access door. Coordinates location of access doors with the general contractor. 'O 1.6 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor's responsibility shall not end with the installation and connectingZifheous apparatus. It shall include the services of an experienced superintendent, who be�nsta th ly in charge of the work, together with the qualified journeymen, helpers and laborers required to pmy unload, install, connect, adjust, start, operate and test the work involved, inclutIIh qui ent materials furnished by other trades or by the Owner, until such time as the enii'ii mechan cal installation functions properly in every detail. N 1.7 COORDINATION > A. Coordinate the work with other trades prior to installation. B. No piping, ducts or equipment foreign to the electrical equipment or architectural appurfe6.anc4s,4all be run over the top of any electrical panels or electrical equipment, in accordance with NEC 110-16 and 384-4. This does not prohibit sprinkler protection for the installation. C. The determination of quantities of material and equipment required shall be mate fronae dr4"s. Schedules on the drawings and in the specifications are completed as an aid, -but whey$ discrepancies arise, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide the required gWtity. D. Where the specifications state that equipment shall be furnished, installed or provided, it shall be understood to mean this Contractor shall furnish and install completely, unless it is specifically stated that the equipment is to be furnished and installed by others. E. The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between the piping and equipment of the various contractors. Conflicts between the drawings and specifications, or between requirements set forth for the various trades, shall be called to the attention of the Architect/Engineer. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required, and that the Contractor has submitted his bid in conformance with plans and specifications as issued and that no interference exists. No piping, ducts or equipment foreign to an elevator hoistway and machine room shall be run inside the hoistway and machine room in accordance with NEC 620-37 and ASME At 7.1, 102.2. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 05003 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC G. With reference to 1.5F above, when setting suspended equipment in place, the contractor shall obtain the owner's approval of equipment location to ensure adequate clearance for maintenance access is provided - the owner's review and approval of each location is necessary prior to routing and connection of any services: piping, ductwork, controls and/or electrical. Access deemed necessary by the owner may differ from the manufacturer's recommendation. Failure to obtain owner's approval will result in relocation of the unit at the contractor's cost. H. Complete coordination with the FSEC (Food Service Equipment Contractor) will be required to fulfill the complete installation of kitchen equipment and accessories as shown on the Food Service plans FS.01 thru FS.10 and as necessary for completely installed and operable systems. The contractor of this Section shall be responsible for all work referenced on the Food Service plans, including but not limited to stipulations to "provide", "furnish", "install", "connect", "disconnect", etc., whether or not work is related to existing equipment to be relocated/reused or new. Work noted on the Food Service plans is in addition to work shown on mechanical plans and specifications. 1.8 GUARANTEE AND MAINTENANCE A. Materials and equipment shall be guaranteed to be free from defects and to be new equipment; no secondhand, used or salvaged equipment will be allowed. The Owner's existing equipment which is to be relocated or reinstalled under this contract shall be refurbished, cleaned and repaired, and made subject to the guarantee and maintenance as herein specified, unless specifically noted otherwise. Keep the entire portion of the work in repair, without additional cost to the Owner, so far as defects in Lorkmanship, apparatus, material or construction are concerned for one (1) year from the date of Cc -s -final acceptance, except as otherwise specified herein. TV J F - �� — ^ (%p, Equipment, which fails to meet performance ratings as specified and shown on the drawings, shall be `., removed and replaced by new equipment that meets the specified requirements, without additional cost to the Owner. i D.. Materials and workmanship shall be subject to the review of the Architect/Engineer, in whose e, presence various tests shall be made as required by these specifications. % PART 2 ODUWS r 2"'11 S178M�' �i S w FP- t yi ractor to provide an equipment schedule to include: Equipment Tag, Room Location, Model #, C=) oriel #, Voltage/Ph, Location of respective electric panel, filter size and quantity. N T' V �+ By ►'8uF(nit shop drawings and catalog data for equipment of this Division as called for in the individual U z t tons and in Division 01. r C, Submittal data for mechanical equipment shall consist of shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data necessary to evaluate the material or equipment to include dimensions, wiring diagrams, performance curves, rating, control sequence, and other descriptive data necessary to describe fully the item proposed and its operating characteristics. Shop drawings shall be submitted on equipment and materials as required by the specifications. D. Approval of materials, including alternate or substitute items, shall be obtained in writing from the Architect/Engineer, verbal approval will not be considered binding. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-4 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC E. Shop drawings shall be submitted and shall have been signed, checked, approved, and initialed by the Contractor prior to submittal to the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer will review shop drawings to aid in interpreting the plans and specifications, and will in so doing assume that the shop drawings conform to specified requirements set forth in this specification. The approval of the shop drawing by the Architect/Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of complying with elements of the specification. The name of the job, Architect/Engineer, location, and specification section shall appear on all pages of shop drawings. Equipment marks (such as EF -1, RTU -1) shall be indicated for each item. F. At the completion of the job, prepare closeout documents to include parts lists, shop drawings, operating and maintenance instructions. See Division 01 for format and submittal requirements. G. At the completion of the project, prepare and submit to the Owner record drawings showing the location of piping, ductwork and accessories.. Drawing shall give accurate dimensions of such equipment for future use by the Owner. This drawing shall be submitted as soon as work is completed and before authorization of final payment. See Division 01 for format and submittal requirements. 2.2 SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS A. Submit to the Architect/Engineer for review, when requested, a list of subcontractors, nFierials and equipment proposed to be used. The list must be reviewed by the Architect/E a�}gf�er re ttU Contractor may enter into any subcontractual agreement. Equipment, materia add 'ces, eh shall be subject to the review of the Architect/Engineer, whether or not said iteFf�e Win specified.r < n p 2.3 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP =gym -0 m A. Materials shall be new, complete with manufacturer's guarantee or warranty, mall iM as li`tedby Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Inc., Air Movement and Control Association (A)MCA), Awrican Gas Association (AGA), Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI), etc., if a standardggbs been established by that agency for the type of material. B. Materials shall also comply with applicable standards of the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association, National Board of Fire Underwriters, National Fire Protection Association, National Safety Council, National Bureau of Standards, the National Electrical Code and the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. Such standards are hereby made a part of these specifications. C. Work shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft, shall be executed in a workmanlike manner, and shall present a neat mechanical appearance when oomplete6i Align, level and adjust equipment for satisfactory operation, and install so that connecting and disconnectingof piping and accessories can be made readily and so that parts are easily accessible for inspecdon t operation and maintenance. Methods and techniques of installation shall be subject to the revie .of the Architect/Engineer. 3-1 D. Materials shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged im the manufacture of the specific product. Materials of the same type of class shall be the products of one manufacturer. For example, fans shall be from the same manufacturer and pumps frop;the sar4 manufacturer. E. Materials shall be protected from damage, and stored indoors or protected from the weather at all times, unless other storage arrangements are approved by the Architect/Engineer. F. Bearing lubrication fittings shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and shall be extended, where necessary, to an accessible location. G. Material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-5 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 2.4 MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS A. Proposals as submitted shall be based on the products specifically named in the specification or on the drawings. Material or equipment by manufacturers other than those specified may be used only by permission of the Architect/Engineer. Such permission for substitution must be requested, in writing, in accordance with Division 01. B. The Architect/Engineer reserves the sole right for the approval of proposed material or equipment, and the phrase, "or approved equivalent", used in these specifications, or on the drawings, shall be interpreted to mean an equivalent approved by the Architect/Engineer. C. Changes required by alternate equipment shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner; and costs incurred by other trades, public utilities or the Owner, as a result of the use of such equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D. Furnish to the ArchitecUEngineer, when requested, samples of proposed material or equipment substitutions. These samples shall remain with the Architect/Engineer as long as needed. E. Identify the differences in alternate material or equipment as compared to that specified, and indicate the benefits to the project as a result of selecting the alternative. F. - The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to refuse approval of equipment which does not meet the t ' specification, in their opinion, or of equipment for which no local experience of satisfactory service is available. The ArchitecUEngineer further reserves the right to reject equipment for which maintenance service and the availability of replacement parts is questionable. g;5j JOINING MATERIALS _ A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos -free, 1/8 -inch (3.2 -mm) maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast -bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. 2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full - face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated. ® C;- �:,5I:t-ryge Bolts and Nuts: ASME 818.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. w DCL- tt6kc, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system 4dlkufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. CJ >-v E.y tBaWr Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to L zMENA B 813. r— F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general -duty brazing, to unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-6 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 2. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. I. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer. 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Products: Victaulic Style 47 Waterway or equivalent by Anvil. 2.7 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Manufacturers: a. Thunderline 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion -resistant coating of ler required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing elefent. 2.8 SLEEVESc� o �—i C A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239 -inch (0.6 -mm) minimum thickness; round tubgplood p4h we= longitudinal joint. --;n o r M B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends— r1 s [� C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated 'wall pipe" equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pi (D I p alai ends d integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. ry r„ P D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. E. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. G. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered -cup shaped, and smooth -outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. t'J 2.9 ESCUTCHEONSIJ i A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to dlbsely (it around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers*nini= B. One -Piece, Deep-Pattem Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with polished chrome�4ted U". C. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. D. Split -Casting, Cast -Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated. E. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome -plated finish. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-7 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC F. Split -Plate, Stamped -Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chrome -plated finish. G. One -Piece, Floor -Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate. H. Split -Casting, Floor -Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. 2.10 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, non -shrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volume -adjusting, non -staining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi (34.5-MPa), 28 -day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS Examine the existing site and become familiar with the conditions as they exist, or that will in any manner affect the work under this contract. No allowance will be made subsequently, in this connection, on behalf of the Contractor for any error or negligence by the Contractor. rT_ CF r -Existing equipment, such as duct or pipe, in or on the existing building and grounds which is to be replaced, or which interferes in any way with the remodeling of the existing facilities and/or installation T c� C-bf new equipment, shall be removed from the premises or relocated by this Contractor, as directed by ITI r= jhe Architect/Engineer. Do not remove from the premises, any equipment that may have �•1 " maintenance value to the Owner without permission of the Owner. Equipment, duct or pipe not to be reused shall be removed from the premises, unless otherwise noted herein or shown on the drawings. C. Where existing equipment is removed or changed, all duct and pipe no longer in service shall be removed and stubs plugged as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Building surfaces damaged and openings left by removal of equipment shall be repaired by the proper trades and paid for by this Contractor, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. The cutting and fitting shall be done by this Contractor. The cutting of floor, ceiling or wall surfaces shall be done by this Contractor with extreme care, in order to avoid any disrupting or damage of existing utility services which may be encountered. Coordinate with other trades and with the General Contractor, to minimize the damage to the building in order to reduce the amount of patching required. M D. #ere new openings are cut and concealed piping is encountered, such items shall be removed or _ 5?ieWcated as required. Where systems to be removed stub through floors, walls or ceilings, openings W [Z& all be patched so that no evidence of the former installation remains. J Fp C -I ting active services (water, gas, sewer, electric), when encountered, shall be protected against N >' I'Aage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services that are to remain. If active services c, encountered which require relocation, make request to authorities with jurisdiction for LL rmination of procedures. Where existing services are to be abandoned, terminate in '- cenformance with requirements of the utility or municipality having jurisdiction. F. The location, size and elevation of underground utilities shown on the drawings are in accordance with data supplied by the Owner and/or the various utility companies. The Contractor shall verify this data and shall report any discrepancies to the Architect/Engineer before submitting his bid. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 0500-8 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 3.2 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE A. Changes in service shall be made so as to provide a minimum of interference with the operation of services in the building. When changes require shutdown of building services, such shutdowns shall be scheduled for weekends or holidays: all associated costs for shutdowns shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Notify the owner in writing (14) days in advance of shutdown, also providing duration, systems affected and nature of shutdown. Temporary arrangements shall be approved by the Architect/Engineer and/or Owner. B. Any and all interruptions to building services shall be in accordance with Division 01. 3.3 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipme4looms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and serviagasEright • i angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specificolywdipted otherwise. DC7 0 -< r- rn E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling paneLrovas F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. CD :X _ o G. Install piping at indicated slopes. < H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep -pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. C. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type with spring 01 CDS d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces., One -ice, cast - brass type with polished chrome -plated finish. e e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped - steel type. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split -casting, cast -brass type with chrome -plated finish. Mercer Aquatic Center Boller & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-9 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed hinge and set screw. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split -casting, cast -brass type with rough - brass finish. i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split -plate, stamped -steel type with concealed or exposed -rivet hinge and set screw or spring clips. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split -casting, cast -brass type. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split -plate, stamped -steel type with set screw or spring clips. I. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split -casting, floor -plate type. M. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. N. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. r P. C. -Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. ' (7 _1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. rrl a" j, a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. 3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4 -inch (6.4 -mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum -board partitions. c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to 0 —p extend sleeve to 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Z '— W �> 1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout. O V~ N y4,c.) Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or C:1 !=< pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. L- Q= Ab&eground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical ® sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch (25 -mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches (150 mm) in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches (150 mm) and larger in diameter. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-10 f-. SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. R. Underground, Exterior -Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch (25 -mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. S. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. T. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. U. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing -in requirements. 3.4 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION o A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 ns Wcifyiat, piping systems. 3> � B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pin4 n C5 r C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings &store �Pemtlp D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indW;Fed, tpiube >!nd Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook 3ilsing lo* -free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. w E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. -' 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are cor gded(3r damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. y� G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and,welding 1, operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service a"lication. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Plastic Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-11 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 3. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other -than -schedule -number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 4. PVC Non -pressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. K. Plastic Non -pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. L. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain -End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. M. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PIPING CONNECTIONS qk , Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: rs :— 1,. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to r ' each piece of equipment. em >-2c Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final C3 connection to each piece of equipment. �'3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of r ! dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.6 OPENINGS, CUTTING, AND PATCHING A. The General Contractor shall coordinate the placing of openings in the new structure, as required for the installation of the mechanical work. ;;3. Furnish to the General Contractor the accurate locations and sizes for required openings. This shall Aot relieve this Contractor of the responsibility of checking to assure that proper size openings are provided. When additional patching is required due to this Contractor's failure to inspect this work, WC-) - phis Contractor shall make arrangements for the patching required to properly close the opening, to UJ V; elude patch painting. This Contractor shall pay any additional cost incurred in this respect. CD —J ". }.5Vhen cutting and patching of the structure is made necessary due to this Contractor's failure to install ¢pp' � (ping, ducts, sleeves or equipment on schedule, or due to this Contractor's failure to furnish, on U. 7C V 5Xchedule, the information required for the leaving of openings, it shall be this Contractor's r—=responsibility to make arrangements for this cutting and patching. This Contractor shall pay any additional cost incurred in this respect. D. Pebvfde cutting and patching and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of the work. Furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the ArchitectlEngineer. Extent of cutting shall be minimized. Use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-12 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 3.7 CONCRETE AND MASONRY WORK A. Concrete bases and pads for mechanical equipment will be furnished by General Contractor. This Contractor shall coordinate size. Size bases to extend minimum of 4" beyond equipment base in any direction, and 4" above finished floor elevation. Construct of reinforced concrete, roughen floor slab beneath base for bond, and provide steel rod anchors between floor and base. Locate anchor bolts using equipment manufacturer's templates. Chamfer top and edge corners. B. Furnish equipment anchor bolts and be responsible for their proper installation and accurate location. 3.8 ROOF OPENINGS A. Roof openings required by this Contractor that are not shown on the Structural or Architectural Drawings shall be cut and (if necessary) reinforced by an experienced roofing contractor. B. Roof penetrations for duct and piping shall be through curbed roof openings. Equipment supports shall be by curbed and flashed runners meeting current National Roofing Contractor Association (NRCA) standards and details. Pitch pockets, pitch pans, and wood blocking are not acceptable. C. All roof work shall be completed such that it does not void any existing roof warranty. 3.9 PAINTING A. The finish of any item that has been marred, scratched or damaged in any way -by this atractor shall be repainted at the expense of this Contractor, and to the satisfaction of tIQ Architegt/Engjmr and the Owner. D n o B. Painting and finishing of exposed mechanical systems (including but not limitedIS-�pir>i�;ductifJ'fiid supports) shall be provided. Finishes shall be as defined in Division 09 - Finish2 posed shT" defined as where accessible or visible to occupants of the building and/or the pu -V 3.10 CLEANING Z34 � 0 v A. Keep the premises clean of all debris, caused by the work as described in Division 01. u B. Keep the premises clean of all debris caused by the work at all times, and keep materials stored, in areas designated by the Owner, in such a manner as not to interfere with the progress of the work of other Contractors or with the operation of existing facilities. C. At the conclusion of the construction, the site shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rubble, debris and unused material and shall be left in good order. Closed off spaces shall be cleaned of waste such as material, cartons, and wood frame members used in the construction. I 3.11 SUSPENSION FROM WOOD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS A. In general, concentrated or other loads shall not be suspended directly from the bottom of wood I ' structural members, unless approved by the Architect/Engineer. Loads suspended from ppen web joists or trusses may be transferred to the bottom chord of the structural member at the panel pointe. Loads suspended from solid web joists shall be transferred to the joists only through the top flan -'or web. Suspension systems shall be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. 3.12 WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT L) A. The electrical contractor will provide power to and connection of motors and equipment furnished by this Contractor. Where disconnect switches are not specified to be furnished with the equipment, the electrical Contractor will furnish disconnect switches for equipment furnished by this Contractor. B. Provide integral wiring, alarm wiring, control wiring, temperature control wiring and interlock wiring for equipment furnished, whether or not such wiring is furnished by the equipment vendor. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500-13 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC C. Except where other Sections call for starters to be furnished by manufacturers as part of their equipment, the electrical contractor will furnish motor starters for motors furnished by this Contractor. D. Furnish to the electrical contractor, shop drawings and a schedule for motors and other mechanical equipment furnished, which require electrical services. The schedule shall include the locations for rough -ins, electrical loads, size, and electrical characteristics for services required. E. Additional costs incurred, where motors or equipment furnished by this Contractor require larger services or services of different electrical characteristics than those called for on the Electrical Drawings, due to the Contractor furnishing substitute equipment, shall be paid for by this Contractor. F. Review the Electrical Drawings and call to the attention of the Architect/Engineer, prior to bidding, omissions of electrical services required for equipment. G. Mechanical equipment which requires fuse protection, to maintain UL listing, shall be coordinated with the electrical contractor to provide such protection. 3.13 MOTORS A. TEFC and ODP motors for equipment supplied by this contractor, YHP and larger, shall meet NEMA PremiumTm efficiencies as specified within NEMA Standards Publication MG 1-2003. ¢:, All motors that are indicated to be used with Variable Frequency Drives (VFD's) shall be inverter duty rated. Coordinate all motor requirements with the electrical contractor. G. Provide motor shaft grounding kit for all VFD motors. '3.'1,4 i `ROTECTION t A. Special care shall be taken for the protection of equipment furnished by this Contractor. Equipment ;—f 1, and material shall be protected from elements such as weather, painting and plastering until the ,• project is completed. Damage from rust, paint or scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. B. Protection of equipment during the plastering and painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the contractor performing that work, but this shall not relieve this Contractor of the responsibility of checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. C. Where the installation or connection of equipment requires this Contractor to work in areas previously finished by other contractors, this Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. This Contractor shall aroange with the other contractors for repairing and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged. Q - n heavy materials must be placed upon or transported over the roof deck, sheeting shall be W p �ad to distribute the weight and support such materials. Any damage shall be immediately ected at no cost to the Owner. I sow VIBRATION 0 W � Zigesponsible for the installation of all equipment in such a manner as to control the transmission of nurse and vibration from any installed equipment or system, so that the sound level does not exceed NC35 in any occupied space. Be responsible for the correction of any objectionable noise in any occupied area due to improperly installed equipment. 3.16 MANUFACTURER'S START-UP A. Where indicated, manufacturer shall provide a factory authorized service representative or factory engineer as specified, for unit start up. Startup procedure and respective documentation shall be submitted as part of shop drawing review process. Completed start-up documentation shall be submitted directly to the owner/engineer by the manufacturer. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-14 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC B. Start-up shall be scheduled only once electrical, mechanical, sheetmetal and temperature controls contractors' are confirmed complete, AND the owner approves proceeding with start-up; confirmation by each shall be made to the GC in writing. C. Contractor's confirmation of complete installation prior to scheduling the start-up shall include: 1. All aspects of equipment installation shall be completely installed in permanent condition, to include but not limited to: sheetmetal, piping, final heat transfer fluids installed, controls and associated programming, insulation and electrical. 2. The owner/engineer shall confirm all aspects complete, prior to start-up being scheduled. The owner's signature on the manufacturer's satisfactorily completed prestart-up checklist will allow the manufacturer to then confirm start-up availability and schedule. D. Both the equipment start-up and temperature controls contractor start-up personnel shall be onsite together to assist each other as required for start-up. E. No portion of onsite test and balance shall proceed until start-up of all equipment has been satisfactorily documented by the manufacturer, and confirmed by the owner. 3.17 TEST AND BALANCE A. No portion of onsite test and balance shall proceed until satisfactory start-up of all equipgAnt has been satisfactorily documented by the manufacturer, and confirmed by the ownE5 Z 3.18 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS �� C D� t �� � A. Systems shall be tested and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrafn rl�nsteliiN to tl- Owner. {r- M rq B. Prior to acceptance of the mechanical installation, demonstrate to the Owner or esigRated representatives essential features and functions of all systems installed, and ins'4iuct theVwnerin e proper operation and maintenance of such systems. N v C. Furnish the necessary trained personnel to perform the demonstrations and instructions, and arrange to have the manufacturer's representatives for the system present to assist with the demonstrations. The Owner and Contractor shall each sign a certification stating that the training has been performed and the Owner accepts same. 3.19 EQUIPMENT LIST A. Consistent with the Valve & Damper schedule (Section 23 0553), submit an equipment list identify]rg all equipment on and consistent with the mechanical schedule: by equipment tag, room locatiorf, r model number, serial number, number & size of filters, voltage/phase with respective electrical fm I & panel location. Refer to Equipment Schedule Template 23 0500A. 1 B. Identify each glycol system by mechanical system served, with glycol type, system volume, desiT, ratio of glycol (by volume) and final ratio of glycol (by volume) as tested. 3.20 UTILITY REBATE APPLICATIONS A. This contractor shall be responsible for gathering all information necessary for and completion of utility rebate applications. Potential rebates include but not limited to: high efficiency gas boilers, chillers, heat pumps, ventilation equipment, energy recovery equipment, water heaters, thermostats, timeclocks, motors, variable speed drives, and other items furnished by the contractor of this Division. Submit to owner copies of all documentation provided to the utilities. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-15 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-16 SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 3.21 WARRANTY J> J_ A. At a minimum, warranties for all Sections of this Division shall comply with the two year warranty LL o Z period. Any warranties within this Division explicitly stipulating longer warranty periods than identified � ' in Performance Bond (i.e. compressors), shall be held to the longer warranty period. END OF SECTION c. it C. . V ti? Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-16 9C:)W 9 _LLJ a J> J_ O ti C )tom LL o Z ►- a t.�CR � O Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230500-16 SECTION 23 0513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for ODP motors for use on ac power systems up to 480 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTORS T n O n A. TEFC and ODP motors for equipment supplied by this contractor, % HP and Ia,P,ggM-1 hal5neet�i61 N PremiumTM efficiencies as specified within NEMA Standards Publication MG 1.S6. o r if7 B. All motors that are indicated to be used with Variable Frequency Drives (VFD's.J�spl bebivertMrty rated; motors specified for use in VFD applications shall be provided with motgE` Mllft gRrbndinakJ,. Coordinate all motor requirements with the electrical contractor. V �' IV PART 3 - EXECUTION W Not Used END OF SECTION ;7 O -JJ 0 H Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230513-1 SECTION 23 0516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide material, equipment, labor, and supervision necessary to install expansion joints as required by the Drawings and this Section. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. Flexonics, Keflex Mason Industries, Metraflex, Twin City Hose or Engineer -approved equivalent. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Flexible pipe connector shop drawing data including maximum allowable temperature and pressure rating, overall face-to-face length, and live length. B. Expansion joint shop drawings to include maximum allowable temperature and pressure rating, and maximum expansion compensation. C. Submit shop drawings showing piping systems with all anchors, guides and expansion compensators identified. Indicate amount of expansion at each loop or joint. Submit calculations. D. Product data. =r O T PART PRODUCTS D� � •1 2.1 HOT WATER HEATING MAINS __In r A. Mechanical Expansion Joints for Steel Pipe: Two-ply stainless steel bellows, carbonshrood an�ir fittings, internal guides and internal anti -torque device. Pressure shall be external bele! 15W d�s n pressure Flexonics Model H. N B. Mechanical Expansion Joints for Copper Pipe: All bronze with two-ply seamless phosphor brarme bellows, brass shroud and end fittings, internal guides and internal anti -torque device, non-ferrous metals for all internal parts. Pressure shall be external to bellows. 125 PSI design pressure. Flexonics Model HB. 2.2 EXPANSION LOOPS A. Pre -manufactured 1. Flexible loops shall be designed to impact no thrust loads on the anchors. The loop shall consist of two flexible sections of hose and braid, two 900 elbows, and a 180° return. Loops shall be installed in a neutral, pre -compressed or pre -extended condition as required for application. Install, size and guide per manufacturer's recommendations. .� 2. Each loop shall have a support bracket for mounting in horizontal position. 3. Provide bronze expansion loops with copper sweat ends for copper piping systems. y(J 4. Provide stainless steel expansion loops for steel piping systems. a L-2 B. Field Constructed Expansion Loops =icj .0 1. Size and construct expansion loops per ASHRAE. 2. Provide guides, anchors, etc. as shown and per ASHRAE. 3. Submit calculations and sizes for each loop. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230516-1 SECTION 23 0516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING C. Polypropylene (PP -R) piping 1. Provide expansion and contraction controls, guides and anchors to take into account the expansion and contraction of the pipe. Provide expansion loops or offsets as required and as indicated in the manufacturer's literature. 2.3 GUIDES A. Provide pre -manufactured guides. 1. Provide copper guides for copper piping systems. 2. Provide steel guides for steel piping systems. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXPANSION A. Provide for taking up expansion, heating hot water and steam lines and risers by means of installing loops, anchors, guides, offsets, bends, mechanical expansion joints/compensators. B. Prefabricated expansion loops shall be mounted in horizontal position and supported per manufacturer's recommendations. 1- C. Submit proposed methods to be used to the Architect/Engineer for approval. 11 3.2 JOINTS A. Use swing or swivel joints for connections from mains to risers and from risers to coils and equipment connections. Cold spring pipe during installation at points of bends or offsets. 3.3 EXPANSION LOOPS C, A. 'Provide expansion loops in heating hot water piping where shown on drawings and elsewhere as required. B. Prefabricated expansion loops shall be mounted in vertical or horizontal position and supported per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 ANCHORS A. Install anchors at proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ANSI B31, and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. B. Fabricate and install anchor by welding steel shapes, plates and bars to piping and to structure. Comply pyvith Atj$! B31 and with AWS standards. Q C. "'Stru A members for anchoring shall be firmly embedded or fastened into building members and shall cam.. ith Mforce of pipe expansion without straining building structure. _J> - D. &hef OMansion joints, compensators or loops are indicated, install anchors in accordance with expansion Cahit r)mii4acturer's written instructions, to limit movement of piping and forces to maximums recommended mruf%cturer for each unit. V E. Anchor 6�6cings: Where not otherwise indicated, install anchors at ends of principal pipe -runs, at fiermediate points in pipe -runs between expansion loops and bends. Make provisions for preset of anchors as required to accommodate both expansion and contraction of piping. F. Provide copper anchors for copper piping systems. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230516-2 SECTION 23 0516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 3.5 GUIDES A. Where expansion joints, compensators or loops are installed, piping shall be properly guided as recommended by expansion joint manufacturer, or to limit movement of piping. B. Provide copper guides for copper piping systems. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230516-3 n D� Z c o r D N CA* Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230516-3 SECTION 23 0519 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide equipment, materials, labor, and supervision necessary to install thermometers and gauges. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. Thermometers: Trerice BX9, Ashcroft, U.S. Gauge or Weiss. B. Gauges: Trerice 600CB for water, Ashcroft, U.S. Gauge or Weiss. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product and installation data. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 THERMOMETERS A. 9 in. adjustable angle industrial thermometer, brass stem, complete with double thi l&glass front, red reading mercury, separable socket and arranged so the unit can be set at any rsuired angle front to back or left to right during or after installation. p —+ n B. RangeD..:.t t c>—C 1. 30° F - 180° F for boiler applications. �n CV O r 2. Others as specified in documents. {rn M 2.2 GAUGES D tv A. 4-1/2 in. compound pressure vacuum gauge, aluminum case, white dial, lever hand40union cocks and 1/4 -in. male NPT. B. Range. 1. Boiler Applications: 0 to 100 psi pressure. 2. Hydronic pumps as scheduled: a. 5 30' head loss: provide 30 in. vacuum to 30 psi pressure gauge. b. > 30' ands 60' head loss: provide 0 to 30 psi pressure gauge. a C. > 60' ands 130' head loss: provide 0 to 60 psi pressure gauge. s LU d. > 130' and 5 225' head loss: provide 0 to 100 psi pressure gauge., . -< 3. Others as where specified in documents. L) -- r j 2.3 THERMOMETER WELLS A. Provide thermometer wells constructed of brass or stainless steel, pressure rated to r4atch piping system design pressure. Provide 2" extension for insulated piping. Provide cap nut with chain fastened permanently to thermometer well. B. Manufacturer: Same as thermometers. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METERS & GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230519-1 SECTION 23 0519 METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION = A. Install thermometers in discharge and return piping at: boilers, large heating & cooling coils, z O LLJ convertors and at each supply and return connection for large heating and cooling coils and at N U I— - other points as shown on the Drawings. B. Install gauge for each pump, mounted on 1/4 in. galvanized steel pipe manifold connected to the Z V O suction and discharge of the pump, with lever handle union cocks in the manifold on each side of the gauge, so that the gauge may be opened to either the suction or discharge pressure. C. Install gauges on boilers, pumps, heat exchangers, pressure reducing valves and at other points as shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION �s r M 5- F �. nl-- r v� 4 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METERS & GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230519-2 0 = x2 � o W z O LLJ J N U I— - }Z3 LL L Z V O Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METERS & GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230519-2 SECTION 23 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Gate and Check Valves Crane, Stockham, Lunkenheimer, Hammond Industrial C..A-- AIIM/ n KAH...... L.... Ball Valves Jamesbury, Jenkins, Milwaukee, Watts, Worchester, Powell, or NIBCO Butterfly Valves Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 Lined: Keystone, Demco, Milwaukee, Centerline, NIBCO High Performance: Jamesbury, Dezurik, Durco GENERAL DUTY VALVE FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-1 A. Provide equipment, materials, labor, and supervision necessary to install valves as indicated on drawings and in schedules, and herein specified. B. Valves of the same type shall be of a single manufacturer. Valves shall conform to ANSI standard dimensions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit detailed Product Data clearly indicating manufacturer, model, size, dimensions and pressure rating. B. Submit valve schedule, indicting valve ID, type, size and intended service and location. 1.3 PACKAGING A. Valves shall be furnished or provided with protective packaging to prevent damage during shipping or on the job site. 1.4 DEFINITIONS O v A. S.P. Saturated Steam Pressure �n a B. W.P. Working Pressure c), -G (V 0 C. W.O.G. Water, Oil, Gas Pressure < m D. m BR. Bronze _ o E. I.B.B.M. Iron Body, Bronze -Mounted w F. O.S.&Y. Outside Screw and Yoke G. N.R.S. Non -Rising Stem H. R.S. Rising Stem I. M.S.S. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry, Inc. (DI PART 2 PRODUCTS _ l� 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products manufactured by one of the fdlowing listed for each valve type, or Engineer -approved equivalent. Valve Type I Approved Manufacturer vi Gate and Check Valves Crane, Stockham, Lunkenheimer, Hammond Industrial C..A-- AIIM/ n KAH...... L.... Ball Valves Jamesbury, Jenkins, Milwaukee, Watts, Worchester, Powell, or NIBCO Butterfly Valves Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 Lined: Keystone, Demco, Milwaukee, Centerline, NIBCO High Performance: Jamesbury, Dezurik, Durco GENERAL DUTY VALVE FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-1 SECTION 23 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING Valve Type Approved Manufacturer Pluo Valves Rockwell -Nordstrom. Stockham. Dezurk. W -K -M CPVC Valves I ASAHI/America, Watts or Nibco 2.2 GENERAL A. Materials: Discs, gaskets, packings, seats, diaphragms and lubricants shall conform to recommendations of the valve manufacturer for the intended use. B. Body materials, unless otherwise stated: 1. Bronze: 125-150 lbs., ASTM B62 2. Iron: 200-300 lbs., ASTM B61 3. Cast Iron: ASTM All 26, Class B 4. Cast Iron: ASTM 448 rr 5. Ductile Iron: ASTM A395 - 6. Cast Steel: ASTM A216 2.3 GATE VALVES A. Provide gate valves complying with MSS SP -80. Gate valves shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 1. 2 in. and Smaller: 125 -Ib. saturated steam, screwed, solid wedge disc, and all parts high- grade bronze except wheel and packing. 2. 2-1/2 in. through 16 in.: 125 -Ib. saturated steam, O.S.&Y., flanged ends, bronze seats and stem, double -seated solid wedge disc, iron body and bonnet. f") �0 Steam lines over 16 in.: 150 -Ib. saturated steam, O.S.&Y., cast steel body, solid wedge disc, Wo all carbon steel construction. B. ip valves with packing suitable for intended service. &.4 >>40vide gate valves designed such that back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid .tM n valve is fully opened. Equip valves with gland follower. 2.4 CrIECK JRLVES A. Check,valves for water, steam, and air shall be as follows unless otherwise shown on the drawings: 1. 3 in. and smaller: 200 -Ib. saturated steam, swing type, threaded, bronze body meeting ASTM B62, pressure tight removable disc, hinge bumper to prevent sticking open, can be mounted horizontally or vertically. 2. Over 3 in.: 125 -Ib. saturated steam, swing check, flanged iron body meeting ASTM A126 Class B design to prevent disc sticking open, removable disc, bronze trimmed for steam or water, otherwise all iron construction. 3. Non -slam type for pump discharge duty — 2-1/2 in. and larger: I.B.B.M., flanged, class 300, wafer style. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL DUTY VALVE FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230523-2 I I 1 SECTION 23 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 4. Lift check type for boiler feed - 2 in. and smaller: 125 -Ib. saturated steam, ball cone, check valve with threaded bronze body and spring loaded seating action. 2.5 BALL VALVES A. 2 in. and smaller: ASTM B584 bronze body, 2 -piece, full port stainless steel ball, screwed or soldered ends with Teflon seats and seals, blow out proof stem, tee or lever handle rated to 150 SW P/600W O6. B. Over 2 in.: Carbon semi -steel or ductile iron body, 2 -piece, full port stainless steel ball, ANSI rated flanged ends with Teflon seats and lever handle. C. Ball valves for natural gas shall be AGA approved. 2.6 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Lined 1. Disc - Aluminum bronze ASTM B148 Class 9B or ASTM 8584 Alloy 876 for chilled, heating and condenser water, air, and fuels. 2. Seat a. Buna N hardback type ASTM D735-SB620AABEl E3G for chilled, hot and condenser water, air, fuels. b. Hypalon ASTM D735-SC62OA1 BF1JL for chemically treated water and water— 10° F to +180° F. C. EPT ASTM D735-RA620A BF2JL for hot water, low-pressure steam +]90° F to +230° F. 8 O� 3. Stem - Stainless steel dry journal type QQ-S-763. �n x 4. Bodies — Semi -steel; ASTM A126 Class B; cast iron, ASTM 448; dJ2nd<lirow.,aAST�6; or cast steel, ASTM A216. On insulated piping, butterfly valves shall h*,%ext�ir tied ck suitable for 2 in. thick insulation. �R M 5. Actuators x D a. Lever handle with infinite position lever with positive locking featurt n valve sizes 2 in. through 5 in. b. Provide geared hand wheel on valves 6 in. and larger. C. Provide chain operator for valves 6" and larger, where located I; feet or higher above the finished floor in mechanical and boiler rooms. 6. General Specifications. a. Butterfly valves may be of flanged, wafer, or lug type (lugs drilled and tapped). Grooved valve couplings may be used where grooved piping is applied, except at pump installations which shall be flange. b. Elastomer seats shall be bonded to a rigid backup ring, be field replaceable, and of the types listed above. C. The disc shall be aluminum bronze of the floating type with no external disc to stem fasteners. Drive is accomplished by a square stem engaging in a broached disc. d. Stems shall be stainless steel of the one-piece type, completely sealed from line flow. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 GENERAL DUTY VALVE FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-3 SECTION 23 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING e. Working Pressures: 28 in. vacuum to 250 Ib. working pressures, 300 Ib. test, with bubble -tight end of line shutoff. Dead end service at full pressure without the need of a downstream flange. B. High Performance Class 150, Single -Flange, High -Performance Butterfly Valves. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -68. b. CWP Rating: 285 psig at 100 deg F. C. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: Carbon steel, cast iron, ductile iron, or stainless steel. e. Seat: Reinforced PTFE or metal. I. Stem: Stainless steel; offset from seat plane. g. Disc: Carbon steel. h. Service: Bidirectional. 2.7 DRAIN VALVES (HOSE BIBBS) A. A Soldered or Threaded Ends: Bronze body, screwed bonnet, rising stem, composition disc, 3/4 in. threaded hose outlet connection; 125 psi, maximum pressure rating. 2.JJ-- PLL[6VALVES -V. A40k.<; P(u yalves shall not be furnished unless specifically shown on the drawings. When so indicated, this { �C' of valve shall meet the following specifications: O d Smaller than 2 in.: tapered plug valves, semi -steel, screwed, wrench operated with wrench. �! C5 2 in. and larger: tapered plug valves, carbon steel, flanged, lubricated plug wrench operated V with wrench. _hc� AAT QC VALVES _^ O Solenoid Valves - Coil and valve body assemblies. Solenoids to have UL listed Class F molded coils, direct operating, normally closed, 120V, in a NEMA 1 enclosure. 2 in. and under: 150 Ib. bronze body with stainless steel trim, screwed ends, packless and two position. 2. 2 1/2 in. and larger: 125 Ib. cast iron body with stainless steel trim, flanged ends, packless main valve with packless 3 -way external pilot solenoid valve. B. Pressure Reducing Valves Steam: 250 Ib. cast iron body with stainless steel trim, screwed ends for 2 in. and under, flanged ends for 2-1/2 in. and larger, inlet operating range of 60 to 150 lbs. 2. Gases 2 in. and under: 300 Ib. cast zinc body with brass trim, external steam, inlet operating range of 50 to 100 lbs. with built-in relief. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL DUTY VALVE FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230523-4 I SECTION 23 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 2.10 WRENCHES A. Provide one gas cock wrench for every 10 gas cocks sized 2 in. and smaller, minimum of one. Provide each gas cock sized over 2 in. with a wrench, with set screw. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE LOCATIONS — GENERAL A. Unless otherwise noted, shutoff valves shall be provided at all equipment connections (supply and return where applicable) for the following piping: pump suction and discharge, water, air, steam, condensate, fuel and gas and drain lines (except on gravity drains from pans). Equipment connections include such items as coils, condensers, tanks, pumps, heat exchangers, and similar items. B. Check valves of the non -slam type shall be installed at the discharge of pumps unless otherwise shown on the drawings. C. Install isolation valves at each branch off of horizontal mains and vertical risers. ' D. All valves 4 in. and larger used for dead end service (future connections) shall be high performance butterfly type, lugged style with tapped holes in a wafer body. 3.2 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A. Follow the manufacturer's recommended installation instructions conceminglolderino*ilver brazing, welding, threading, and installation of flanged valves in order to prevent dami5e to th"alve and ' assure its maximum efficiency. Additional specific installation requirements INS: `n 1. Thread pipe for threaded valves to standard length only, using new bfDek:diepa ::; n O r 2. Put pipe compound on the pipe end, not into the valve threads. SeobKscrew pip valve together. .� A 3. Blow out or otherwise thoroughly clean pipe sections before they aroristalleW 3 4. Close valve before installation. 5. Secure and adjust valves for no leaks and for easy operation. i 6. Install valves with stems horizontal or vertical above the pipe and square with building y construction. i 7. Install valves so piping does not place a stress or strain on the valve body. , ' 8. Provide extended -stem valves where insulation is indicated. Stems shall be eX1ftded such that the handle moves freely without contact with the insulation. For gate valves, provide rising stem. 9. Install drain valves at low points of piping, at each mechanical equipment item, and elsewhere, where indicated. 10. Locate valves, cock, and hose bibbs to allow easy accessibility for operation, maintenance and repair. 11. Lugged butterfly valves with rubber -lined seats shall be installed with the disc(s) partially open. Bolts shall be torqued to the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 PROVISION FOR WRENCHES A. One operating wrench shall be provided for every 10 valves of each type not equipped with hand - wheels or levers. A minimum of two wrenches shall be provided for each type of valve. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL DUTY VALVE FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230523-5 3.4 SECTION 23 0523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING VALVE SCHEDULE Valve Type Service Characterized Control - All Sizes Water, for HVAC systems; Suitable for on-off or throttling service. Check - All Sizes Water, air and steam for HVAC and process piping systems. Ball - All Sizes Water for HVAC piping systems; for operation up to 200 psi at 500° F. Butterfly - 2 in. and Larger (Lined) Water for HVAC piping systems; for operation up to 200 psi at 500° F. Valves at dead end service in including those for future extension shall be high performance. Drain HVAC systems. Plug - All Sizes Natural gas service. Refrigerant Piping and Automatic HVAC and piping controls. Gate Boiler and water heater service. 0 W J U. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GENERAL DUTY VALVE FOR HVAC PIPING Project No. 1164632 230523-6 SECTION 23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide equipment, materials, labor and supervision necessary to install pipe hangers and supports. B. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction. C. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be taken to prevent damage or weakening of the structural members. D. Where concrete inserts are to be used, it shall be this Contractor's responsibility to accurately locate and attach inserts to concrete forms. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute, ANSI: 1. ANSI B31.1: Power Piping. ' B. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, MSS, 1815 North Fort Myer Drive, Arlington, VA 22209. 11 I 1. MSS SP -58: Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and ManufacturEM Rod Diameter O 2. MSS SP -69: Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.�C3 Up to 1 '/." 3/8" 8'-0" PART 2 PRODUCTS C-) -G fV o 2.1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS �r =gym M A. Hangers and support devices shall be Grinnell, Fee and Mason, Michigan, B-ldoa r axovedo equivalent. Figure numbers based on Grinnell. 4" and 5" 5/8" 12'-0" PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORTS A. Hanger rods for steel, wrought iron and brass pipe shall be installed in accordance with the f4llowirtq schedule. Hanger rods for fiberglass pipe shall comply with the following schedule; harIger dieting•,' _ and type shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations: Pipe Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing Up to 1 '/." 3/8" 8'-0" 1 %" and 2" 3/8" 10'-0" 2 %" and 3" %" 10'-0" 4" and 5" 5/8" 12'-0" 6" '/." 12,-0" 8" 7/8" 14'-0" 10" and 12" 7/8" 16'-0" 14" and 16" 1" 16'-0" 18" 11/8" 18'-0" 20" and 24" 1 '/." 20'-0" Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 HANGERS & SUPPORTS 230529-1 B. C. SECTION 23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Hanger rods for copper pipe and tube shall be installed in accordance with the following schedule: Pipe Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing Up to 1" 3/8" 8'-8" 1'/." and 1%2" 3/8" 8'-0" 2" 3/8" 9'-0" 2'h" %2" 9'-0" 3" and 4" %2" 10'-0" In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe direction and at concentrated loads, large valves and strainers. D. Where more than one pipe is to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size to support the particular group of pipes. Trapeze hanger spacing shall be based on the smallest pipe on the rack. When hanging from light gauge metal trusses, coordinate pipe hanger spacing and hanger rod connection points with the truss manufacturer. 1. Where installed piping will be visible to occupants of the building, clevis supports shall only iC be used. Trapeze shall not be used where visible, beyond mechanical rooms. E For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls, use welded steel brackets; Fig. 194 for M : ' , loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1500 lbs; Fig 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs. Fc� Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use "Unistrut" pipe racks. I 71i 0 .: ; Attach all pipe hangers from support rods using double locknuts tightened to prevent loosening. 3,2 dtl@TALLATION - VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS QO pport vertical steel, wrought iron, copper and brass pipe at every other floor line. :2Z CC W 6' 3 4J In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at base of riser with base fitting set on concrete or J N V brick pier, or by hanger located on horizontal connection close to riser. LL-'�C. ti c'1Nhere pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below and support clamp V3extensions from inserts or other approved attachment. 3.3 PIPE!;�TTACHMENTS A. For horizontal steel and wrought iron pipe, use carbon steel adjustable clevis hanger, Fig. 260. For " floor support or support directly above steel beams, use pipe roll stand, Fig. 177. B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper -plated malleable iron split pipe ring with turn buckle adjuster, Figs. CT -109 and 114 combined. C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of %2" axially, use adjustable swivel pipe roll, Fig. 174, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177. D. For vertical, steel and wrought iron pipe, use extension pipe clamps, Fig. 261. E. For vertical copper pipe and tube, use copper -plated extension pipe clamp, Fig. CT -121. 3.4 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140, 141, 253, 254 as required. Continuous threaded rod: Fig. 146 may be used wherever possible. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HANGERS & SUPPORTS Project No. 1164632 230529-2 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 HANGERS & SUPPORTS 230529-3 SECTION 23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Chain wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be suspended from another pipe. 3.5 STRUCTURALATTACHMENTS A. For attaching steel or copper plated hanger rods to reinforced concrete, use galvanized malleable iron concrete inserts; Fig. 282 for loads up to 1140 lbs. I B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C -clamps; Fig. 87 with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C -clamps; Fig. CT -88 with hardened point cup set screw for loads up to 400 lbs. C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling flange; Fig. 153 for loads up to 1,270 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange: Fig. CT -128R for loads up to 180 lbs. D. Vertical expansion shields or toggles shall not be used for suspending hanger rods, except with permission in cases where inserts have been omitted or cannot be used. If permitted, use expansion shields; Fig. 117 for rod sizes up to 1/2", 320 lbs. max. load. For larger rods use attachment plate, Fig. ' 52, with wedge anchors. E. Powder actuated anchoring methods shall not be used. F. Piping, equipment and ductwork shall be supported from structure and not from metal deck. 3.6 PIPE COVERING PROTECTION A. Hangers and supports for insulated piping shall not injure or pierce insulation.de k"suI ti protection shields in conjunction with hanger or roll device. Use Fig. 160 and trot ion Saddles, in cases where a vapor barrier is not required. Use Fig. 171 where air bjer firdah�s required on the insulation. �n p, 3.7 SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL -M t • CD A. Provide supplemental steel required to hang or support mechanical equipmen9dripin7,- K r") END OF SECTION:.� : 1 J C2 `.. t Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 HANGERS & SUPPORTS 230529-3 I SECTION 23 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This specification pertains to the furnishing and installation of vibration isolation devices for HVAC piping and rotating or reciprocating mechanical equipment. I B. This work shall include all material and labor required for installation of the resilient mounting and suspension systems, adjusting each mounting system, and measurement of isolator system performance when so requested by the Architect/Engineer. Specific mounting arrangements for each item of mechanical equipment shall be as described herein and as indicated by schedules and details on the drawings. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. All rotating mechanical equipment shall be isolated from the structure by means of vibration isolators. The isolators and bases shall be as tabulated on the Vibration Isolation Schedule in this section. Any equipment not listed in this schedule shall be isolated with the isolator type and deflection shown in the 2003 ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook, Chapter 47, Table 42. B. Vibration isolators and bases shall be as manufactured by Peabody Noise Control, Mason Industries, Amber Booth or approved equivalent, and shall all be provided by the mechanical contractor from a single manufacturer to assure single -point responsibility for the performance of all isolation equipment. The isolator manufacturer's submittal shall include a tabulation of the design data with dimensions for both free and operating heights of the isolators. v C. Engage manufacturer to provide technical supervision of installation of support jToWion2Mits ' produced, and of associated inertia bases.D =r c _� C7 -< N D. The Contractor and the vibration isolation manufacturer or his regularly designnd factory r authorized representative shall perform the following tasks in addition to the supOPndinnstalla f isolation equipment: _ 1. Obtain from the Architect/Engineer the approved manufacturers name*lo el rwmber,�dfid other necessary identifying data for each item of mechanical equipment to be liently. , 1 mounted. Coordinate resilient mounting systems with the exact equipment to b mis"Fl , regard to physical size, isolator locations, weight, rotating speed, etc. Direct contact anA cooperation between the vibration isolation device fabricator and the equipment ,"nufaJWWr will be required. -i 2. Select piping systems isolators for proper coordination with the physical arrerigeirtent of pt� lines and with the physical characteristics of the building. ..s 3. Provide on-the-job supervision as required during installation of resiliently mounted equipment and piping to assure that vibration isolators are installed in strict accordance with normally accepted practices for critical environments. 4. Replace, at no extra cost to the Owner, isolators which do not produce the required deflection, are improperly loaded above or below their correct operating height, or which do not produce the required isolation. 5. Cooperate with other contractors engaged in this project so that the installation of vibration isolation devices will proceed in a manner that is in the best interests of the Owner. 6. Notify the Architect/Engineer of project conditions which affect vibration isolation system installation of performance and which are found to be different from conditions indicated by the drawings or described by the specifications. Should vibrations isolation system installation proceed without such notifications, remedial work required to achieve proper isolator performance shall be accomplished by the contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Mercer Aquatic Center Boller & HVAC Replacement VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS Project No. 1164632 230548-1 SECTION 23 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Be alert for possible short-circuiting of vibration isolation systems by piping supports, electrical connections, temperature control connections, drain lines, building construction, etc., and notify the involved contractor as to these problems or potential problems. Where such situations cannot be easily resolved, notify the Architect/Engineer so that preventive or remedial action can take place on a timely basis. Remedial measures required shall be undertaken by the contractor responsible at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Vibration isolation products furnished as part of factory -fabricated equipment are specified as part of the equipment assembly in other Division 23 sections. F. Refer to other sections of these specifications for equipment foundations, hangers, sealants, gaskets and other work related to vibration isolation work. G. Where equipment manufacturer's recommendations differ from specified vibration isolation, submit to Architect for approval. H. Furnish templates to fabricators of equipment bases, foundations and other support systems, as needed for coordination of vibration isolation units with other work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, detailed drawings, performance characteristic data and installation instructions for each type of unit required. Indicate equipment to be installed with isolator, tabulation of design data with dimensions for both free and operating heights of isolators, and load on each. $ART2.PRODUCTS 'r rIENERAL Cs �- -The vibration isolation systems described herein and identified by type number designations shall be _applied to specific classifications of mechanical equipment as indicated in the Vibration Isolation Schedule. -WP6YpIOLATORS (RUBBER & GLASS FIBER PADS AND HANGERS) C=— V 4r �y3DBcompressed Molded Fiberglass Vibration Isolation Pads, individually coated with a flexible 63Froisture impervious elastomeric membrane. Pads shall be fine (.00018 dia.) bonded annealed glass .>-E5ers which have been stabilized during manufacture by overloading the material ten times. Pads !—Gall have a constant natural frequency over the operating load range, and the stiffness shall increase LJL = U�10oportionately with load applied. Pads shall be no taller than the shortest horizontal dimension. 52here the equipment base does not provide a uniform load surface, steel plates shall be bonded to the top of the pads. Alternately, Neoprene Mounts incorporating completely enclosed metal inserts to permit bolting the supported unit may be used. 2.3 TYPE 2 ISOLATORS (PAD AND HANGER TYPE) A. Molded isolators shall come in a range of 30 to 70 durometer and shall be designed for up to 1/2" deflection. B. Hangers shall be designed for a 20" to 35" misalignment. 2.4 TYPE 3 ISOLATORS (SPRINGS) A. Freestanding, Unhoused, Laterally Stable Steel Springs with leveling bolts and'/. -in. thick ribbed isolation pads. To assure stability, the spring shall have a lateral spring stiffness equal to the rated vertical stiffness, and shall be designed to provide 50% overload capacity. In capacities up to 5,000 lbs., springs shall be replaceable. In capacities over 5,000 lbs., springs shall be welded to the top and bottom load plate assemblies. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS Project No. 1164632 230548-2 I LJI SECTION 23 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Combination Spring and Rubber Hangers. The pre -compressed fiberglass shall be coated with a moisture impervious elastomeric membrane in series with springs, all encased in welded steel brackets. Springs shall be as specified for Type 3 isolators. Hangers shall be designed for 50% overload capacity, and shall accommodate rod misalignment over a 300 arc. Brackets shall be designed to carry 500% overload without failure. 2.5 TYPE 4 ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable Spring Isolators with vertical limit stops to assure a constant operating height if the supported weight is removed, and to reduce movement due to wind loads. Limit stops shall be isolated from the housing to prevent short-circuiting. 2.6 TYPE A BASES A. No base required. Isolators may be attached directly to the supported equipment. 2.7 TYPE B BASES A. Structural Steel Base, designed and supplied by reducing the mounting height of equipment. To assure adequate stiffness, the height of the members shall be a minimum of 8% of the longest span between isolators, or at least 6 inches. Where thinner sections are necessary due to head room limitations, the section modulus of the members selected shall be equivalent to or exceed the section modulus of wide flange steel members whose thickness is 8% of the longest span between isolators. 2.8 TYPE C BASES A. Reinforces Concrete Inertia Base, the steel members of which are designed and supplied by the isolator manufacturer. The concrete shall be poured into a welded steel frame with pre -located equipment anchor bolts,'/ -in. diameter reinforcing bars on nominal 8 -in. centers each vo, and recessed isolator mounting brackets to reduce the mounting height of the equilaent, bWa(et remain within the confines of the base. The thickness of the base shall be a minimumsZf e% oQe longest span between isolators, at least 6 in., or as indicated on the drawings. Where�Rd b s are Rd to mount pumps, the bases shall be wide enough to support piping elbows. t? -f ry 2.9 TYPE D BASES �r r _rT7 � 1 f, A. Roof Curb Isolators: Fabricated frame units sized to match roof curbs as shob�,�rmedwith isolation springs between extruded aluminum upper and lower sections, whic re shaped an positioned to prevent metal -to -metal contact. Provide continuous airtight and waterprM seal LJ between upper and lower extrusions. Include provisions for anchorage of frame unit goof curband for anchorage of equipment to unit. Equivalent to Mason Type CMAB or RSC as required. 2.10 DUCTWORK ISOLATION -JJ A. Provide flexible duct connections wherever ductwork connects to vibration isolated egpigment. Construct flexible connections of neoprene -coated flameproof fabric crimped into duct flanges for attachment to duct and equipment. Make airtight joint. Provide adequate joint flexibility to allow for thermal, axial, transverse, and torsional movement, and also capable of absorbing vibrations of connected equipment. B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flexible connections of one of the following: 1. American / Elgin Company - Energy Division 2. Duro Dyne Corporation 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548-3 SECTION 23 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2.11 PIPING ISOLATION A. Piping over 1 in. diameter in mechanical equipment rooms, and piping three supports away from other mechanical equipment shall be isolated from the structure by means of vibration and noise isolators. B. Suspended piping shall be isolated with Type 2 Hangers. C. Floor mounted piping shall be isolated with Type 2 Isolators (spring mounts). D. Flexible members shall be incorporated in the piping adjacent to all equipment housing pipe connections (cooling tower, unit heaters, air handling units, chillers, etc.). 2.12 PUMP CONNECTORS 2.13 ti ;z% i� W J A. Provide braided stainless steel flexible connectors by Metraflex or approved equivalent. B. For pump suction, provide model CRV Flex with integral stationary turning vanes, 90° long radius elbow, 150# plate flanges, and integral concentric reducer where reduction is required. Use for both end suction and in-line hydronic pumps; end suction shall include mount for support stanchion on exterior housing of elbow. Note: Use of the CRV replaces the requirement for typical suction diffusers in end suction applications. C. For pump discharge, provide Vaneflex with 150# plate flanges, and integral concentric reducer where reduction is required. Use for both end suction and in-line hydronic pumps. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO RESILIENTLY MOUNTED EQUIPMENT E4 Electrical connections to equipment which is supported or suspended by vibration isolators shall be made with long lengths of flexible conduit or flexible armored cable. These flexible connections must be located so as to prevent rigid conduit connections between the resiliently mounted equipment and the building structure. VISRATION ISOLATION SCHEDULE ". UP TO 20ft 20ft to 30ft 30ft to 40ft ON GRADE FLR SPAN FLR SPAN FLR SPAN EQUIPMENT TYPE J TYP MIN TYP MIN TYP MIN TYP MIN c �t— E B-1 DFL E B-1 DFL E B -I DFL E B -I DFL Pu�a,Lar elnline 5 HP A-3 0.75 A-3 1.75 A-3 1.75 A-3 1.75 >_3o HP A-3 1.75 A-3 1.75 A-3 1.75 A-3 2.50 Base Types: A. No base, isolators attached directly to equipment B. Structural steel rails or base C. Concrete inertia base D. Curb -mounted base Isolator Types: 1. Pad, rubber, or glass fiber 2. Rubber floor isolator or hanger 3. Spring floor isolator or hanger 4. Restrained spring isolator 5. Thrust restraint (see ASHRAE, 1999 Handbook) Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS Project No. 1164632 230548-4 I SECTION 23 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.1 EXECUTION A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's instructions for the installation and load application to vibration isolation materials and units. Adjust to ensure that units do not exceed rated operating deflections or bottom out under loading, and are not short-circuited by other contacts or bearing points. Remove space blocks and similar devices (if any) intended for temporary protection against overloading during installation. B. Anchor and attach units to substrate and equipment as required for secure operation and to prevent displacement by normal forces, and as indicated. C. Adjust leveling devices as required to distribute loading uniformly onto isolators. Shim units as required where leveling devices cannot be used to distribute loading properly. D. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Refer to other section of these Specifications for the installation of flexible pipe connectors. E. Install vibration isolators that are furnished with equipment. END OF SECTION •^7 � � sir (7 -C N r— m �m Z �� IV c.i _._ * (� �11t _n ^U r� Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 VIBRATION & SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548-5 SECTION 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide materials, equipment labor and supervision necessary to install piping identification products. B. Comply with ANSI At 3.1 for lettering size, length or color field, colors, and installed viewing angles of identification devices. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. W.H. Brady, Industrial Safety Supply, EMED Co., Seton Nameplate or Brimar. 1.3 SCHEDULES A. Submit valve and damper schedule for each system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve and damper number, system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve and damper (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves and dampers that are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. B. Provide schedule as identified above, posted in the mechanical room. Coordinate location with owner's representative. C. Electronic copy of schedules shall be included in O&M's at project closeout. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data. o B. Submit sample of each type of identification product. ci n IV C. Submit a list of proposed label content for each system type. - Ick o -<i— M PART2 PRODUCTS � v CJ _ 2.1 PIPE AND DUCT MARKERS 3> iV A. Provide manufacturer's standard preprinted, semi-rigid snap -on or self -sticking, color -§died pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. B. Provide full -band pipe markers, extending 360° around pipe at each location or self -sticking pipe markers, fastened in the following method: (.'�l 1. Secure to piping using adhesive banding tape on both ends of each pipe label. ' t 1 2. ANSI standard is based on pipe diameter, which shall be defined as outside diameter of pipe plus insulation. C. Lettering shall be manufacturer's pre-printed nomenclature which best describes. piping system in each instance, as selected by Architect/Engineer in cases of variance. D. Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions) or on banding tape. Include pipe size with service lettering. For example: 2" HWS , E. Print each pipe and ductwork marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as separate unit of plastic or on banding tape. F. Based on outside diameter of pipe plus insulation, provide the following: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT 230553-1 SECTION 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1. :5 2" �, use 8" minimum length of label field and 1" lettering 2. > 2" � use 12" minimum length of label field color, with 1.25" lettering for <6"�, 2.5" lettering up to 10" �. 3. Banding tape for pipe markers shall be 2" wide with preprinted flow arrows. 2.2 EQUIPMENT MARKERS A. Provide engraved signage nameplates and tags constructed of multi -layered acrylic that has been treated for outdoor use and can withstand temperatures up to 160° F. Nameplates shall have beveled edges with contrasting color core, letters, and border. Minimum size of nameplate shall be 2" high by 6" long. Attachment shall be by screws. For equipment that doesn't allow for direct attachment, furnish sheet metal backing to integrate with equipment such that signage can be read from 5 feet above the finished floor. Unless noted otherwise, signage shall be provided with black lettering, black border, and yellow core. All signage shall include up to 14 characters per line, minimum 3 lines per tag. Furnish signage for the following equipment: B. Equipment markers shall be provided for all installed equipment, identified consistent with tags shown on plans and specifications, including as referenced on scheduled equipment. Markers shall reflect the following format examples. 1. Include the full name of equipment, scheduled tag, description of system or space served and fluid type. Tags shall reflect the following format examples. r,1 a. Geothermal Hydronic Pump, P- 1 A. Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain or solid brass S -hooks of sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves and dampers, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT Project No. 1164632 230553-2 c> �— 30% Propylene Glycol .r. b. Ventilation Heat Pump, VHP - 2 -^I `.;->j.:- N Gymnasium 30% Propylene Glycol 0 a Auto Glycol Feed, GF -1 C4 30% Propylene Glycol 2. All air handling unit filter sections shall be labeled with the exact quantity of filters, size, and c� C type of filter such as "14 — 24"x24"x2", 30% Pleated Filters." 0 C; 4Squipment shall be named consistent with the plans and specifications as indicated on the W cL or as directed by the Owner. S� �Js�,,iedules vr+�VE AND DAMPER TAGS LL At tpide manufacturer's standard brass valve and damper tags with stamped black filled lettering, with z � g system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2" high, and with 3AW hole for fastener. B. Provide 1-1/2" round brass tags with black lettering. Seton 250 BL or equal. 2.4 VALVE AND DAMPER TAG FASTENERS A. Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain or solid brass S -hooks of sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves and dampers, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT Project No. 1164632 230553-2 SECTION 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require insulation, painting or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. B. Install pipe markers on each system, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow. C. Locate pipe markers as follows: wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) above lay -in type ceilings and exterior non -concealed locations. 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch, excluding short take -offs for fixtures, mark each pipe at branch where there could be question of flow pattern. 3. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floorstceilings, (both sides) or center non - accessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. O �+ 6. At each pipe passage to underground. A c? 2C -t 7. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping &ill" ixcag redut` spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment. --IC 8. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, maximum spacing of on�gach i I g run. _ 9. Where self -sticking labels are used, the pipe or its covering surface shall be tiperiy prepared. This consists of removal of loose dirt, oil and grease, loose paint or peeling insulation covering. This can be done with a brush and cloth; washing is not required. Use solvent for removal of oil or grease. 10. Banding tape must be used on both ends of all self -sticking labels. The tape shef0encircle the pipe completely and overlap itself so the banding tape can adhere to itself. r..Z D. Provide valve tags for all major valves 314" size or larger. Included are all main, zone and branch . I valves, valves in all equipment rooms, etc. All types of valves, ball, globe, butterfly, cocks, control, regulating, relief, reducing, solenoid, etc. are to be identified except check valves. Do not identify ead use point valves for plumbing fixtures, and similar rough -in connections. r� E. Provide damper tags on all automatic control dampers, motorized dampers, and smoke dampers: 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING ; A. Relocate any mechanical identification device which has become visually blocked by work of this division or other divisions. B. Clean face of identification devices, and glass frames of valve schedules. 3.3 PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Piping systems that shall be identified by their controls (including directional arrows) on this project shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT Project No. 1164632 230553-3 SECTION 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1. Heating Hot Water (supply and return). 2. Domestic Cold Water 3. Domestic Hot Water 4. Domestic Hot Water Recirc. 5. Natural gas relief vent. 6. Air vents. 7. Provide name plates for all equipment scheduled on the drawings. Coordinate nameplate tag with Owner's sequencing system. If the Owner has no preference, the nameplates shall correspond with the equipment schedule. B. Equipment/Ductwork 1. Pumps. 2. Provide name plates for all equipment scheduled on the drawings. Coordinate nameplate tag with Owner's sequencing system. If the Owner has no preference, the nameplates shall correspond with the equipment schedule. H 3. Identification and directional arrows indicating Flow of air at discharge(s) and inlet(s) ductwork ca _. serving air handling units. V rrL ? r r;. _I U r_' V, r,. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT Project No. 1164632 230553-4 rh d Q YC) W a � O J?= LL Z V1 O_ END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT Project No. 1164632 230553-4 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. B. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of hydronic, refrigeration systems. C. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. D. Sound measurement of equipment operating conditions. E. Testing and balancing shall be performed by an independent certified testing and balancing contractor. The Contractor shall be certified by AABC (American Association of Balancing Contractors), NEBB (National Environmental Balancing Bureau), or SMARTA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning and Roofing Trade Association). The Balancing Contractor shall provide labor, services, and test equipment required to test, adjust, and balance the specified systems. Personnel involved in the execution of the work under the Balancing Contract shall be experienced and trained in the total balancing of mechanical systems, as well as being regular employees of the Balancing Contractor. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Field Reports (punch list): Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper taing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified perfo®ance..a Z B. Prior to commencing work, submit report forms or outline indicating adjusting, 0tnm"cinizand equipment data required. n-< O C. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. 1302 final copie�ith Architect/Engineer and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. rn Z D. Provide reports complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identif;�;X afAont an? side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identifiedRb corraWnd with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations. c.► E. Include detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms and copy of AABC National Project Performance Guaranty prior to commencing system balance. F. Test Reports: Indicate data on AABC National Standards for Total System Balance forms or NEBB forms containing information indicated in Schedules 1.3 SEQUENCING A. Sequence work to commence after completion of systems installation and schedule completic" balancing work before Substantial Completion of Project. W B. Do not proceed with balancing work until systems scheduled for testing, adjusting, and balandng are clean and free from debris, dirt, and discarded building materials. C. Completion of balancing work is required before Substantial Completion of Project. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-1 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 3 • EXECUTION 3.1 OTHER CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Mechanical and Plumbing Contractors shall cooperate with the balancing agency by: 1. Including balancing dampers as required by the Drawings and Specifications. 2. Putting complete system into operation during duration of balancing period. 3. Providing up-to-date set of Drawings and advising immediately of changes made to the system during construction. 4. Providing labor and equipment and cost of performing corrections such as dampers, belts, and pulley changes, etc. as required without undue delay. 5. Providing complete submittal information for mechanical equipment complete with pertinent engineering information. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions. 1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. rr `- n 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. .� c C-' .3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. T] i, ><- .-4. Duct systems are clean of debris. 5. Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented. c'n G1 6. Pumps are rotating correctly. 7. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 8. Service and balance valves are open. B. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services which prevent system balance. I•') Q C._ 0 nencement of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3,3PIEPA�Rj.fifON J LLJ� J A cD 44tWde instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. Make instruments N >rr4illable to Architect/Engineer to facilitate spot checks during testing. LL BZ Broaide additional balancing devices as required. n CD 3.4 INNIfALLATTON TOLERANCES A. Hydronic.,Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. B. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-2 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC C. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. D. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostat to specified settings. E. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by the Owner. 3.6 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURES A. Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities. B. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. C. Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing. D. Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfet elemes. r E. Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cockQg*s,aid fittiNa Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance prgpC74 F. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individt4eifstelIPpartst full flow in one part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts. -<r- -0 ' ' r �.r� G. Three way valves shall be tested and balanced for flow capacities at full coil fl m n d fuXXll bypAMow, as indicated on the drawings or at a maximum coil flow, whichever is less. N H. Provide assistance to the hydronic pumps' VFD startup technician for calibration of Mign flow with VFD's. 1. The temperature controls contractor and contractor for work of this section shall coordinate calibration of VFD's to set minimum and maximum operating values and ensure those values are sustained when operating VFD's'ln hand'. 3.7 SCHEDULES A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. All equipment shown on mechanical and plumbing schedules require complete work of this section as applicable to equipvpnt type. 1. Variable volume rooftop units 2. VAV boxes with HW re -heat LU 3. Hot water heating boilers j C:) L 4. Hydronic heat exchangers 1. V p 5. Chilled water cooling coils 6. Plumbing pumps _ o w 7. HVAC hydronic pumps 8. Exhaust fans 9. Existing supply diffusers and supply grilles Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-3 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-4 B. Report Forms 1. Title Page: a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency b. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency C. Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency d. Project name e. Project location f. Project Architect g. Project Engineer h. Project Contractor i. Project altitude j. Report date c 2. Summary Comments: a. Design versus final performance 1 n' [15 —I` b. Notable characteristics of system J tr 7r. t1' - C. Description of systems operation sequence cel d. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate amount of building pressurization e. Nomenclature used throughout report f. Test conditions 3. Instrument List: a. Instrument b. Manufacturer Vol) C. Model number Q �3cp d. Serial number w o- J} e. Range O V ! f. Calibration date LL zElectric Moors: O r— a. Manufacturer b. Model/Frame c. HP/BHP d. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load e. RPM Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-4 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-5 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC I. Service factor g. Starter size, rating, heater elements h. Sheave Make/Size/Bore 5. V -Belt Drive: a. Identification/location b. Required driven RPM C. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM d. Belt, size and quantity e. Motor sheave diameter and RPM f. Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual 6. Pump Data: a. Identification/number GV b. Manufacturer 0 V zc n T (31 / C. Size/model d. Impeller ~nr :gym rn e. Service q� f. Design flow rate, pressure drop, BHP 1V 9. Actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHP c.1 h. Discharge pressure i. Suction pressure j. Total operating head pressure M k. Shut off, discharge and suction pressures I. Shut off, total head pressure —IU O 7. Air Moving Equipment ;jam tI� w a. Location00 b. Manufacturer .�► C. Model number d. Serial number e. Arrangement/Class/Discharge f. Supply air flow, specified and actual g. Return air flow, specified and actual h. Relief air flow, specified and actual Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-5 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-6 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC i. Outside air flow, specified and actual J. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual k. Inlet pressure I. Discharge pressure M. Sheave Make/Size/Bore n. Number of Belts/Make/Size o. Fan RPM P. Fan BHP 8. Return Air/Outside Air Data: a. Identification/location b. Design air Flow ,^ C. Actual air flow ►`= • d. Design return air Flow e. Actual return air flow v C"') ~ f. Design outside air Flow r g. Actual outside air flow h. Return air temperature i.? L Outside air temperature j. Required mixed air temperature k. Actual mixed air temperature h I. Design outside/return air ratio C=O m. Actual outside/return air ratio W _ "- J>: 9. Exhaust Fan Data: J I-- N }V a. Location ILLH V� b. Manufacturer r� CD c. Model number d. Serial number e. Air flow, specified and actual f. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual g. Inlet pressure h. Discharge pressure L Sheave Make/Size/Bare Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-6 I Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-7 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC j. Number of Belts/Make/Size k. Fan RPM I. Fan BHP 10. Duct Traverse: a. System zone/branch b. Duct size C. Area d. Design velocity e. Design air flow f. Test velocity g. Test air flow h. Duct static pressure i. Air temperature -`— Clz+ j. Air correction factor Wit= z 11. Variable Air Volume Units (VAV Box) Data: � c7'C -tom t N CD _ r a. Manufacturer ;<m rn b. Type, constant, variable, single, dual duct 3 .. 0 C. Identification/number tV d. Location e. Model number f. Size g. Minimum static pressure _?moi _� W h. Minimum design air flow 7-2V p L i. Maximum design airflow �� y j. Maximum actual air flow r- k. Inlet static pressure 13. Air Distribution Test Sheet (Diffusers, Registers and Grilles): a. Air terminal number b. Room number/location C. Terminal type d. Terminal size e. Area factor Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-7 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC f. Design velocity g. Design air flow h. Test (final) velocity i. Test (final) air flow J. Percent of design air flow END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-8 c _ i- z Q X =O W a J>^ J �, CD N C-,t- a Z ~� O_ Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230593-8 SECTION 23 0700 HVAC INSULATION PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide equipment, materials, labor and supervision necessary to provide insulation for all hot and cold surfaces of piping including dual temp piping, tanks, ductwork, fittings and other surfaces. B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other materials as required to complete the insulating work. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Insulating materials, jackets and mastics shall meet flame spread, fuel contribution and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating in accordance with NFPA 255, ASTM E-84 or UL 723 of not more than 25; smoke developed rating of not more than 50, unless otherwise noted in this section. B. Insulation that has been treated with a flame-retardant additive to meet the flame spread and smoke developed ratings shown above is not permitted. C. Insulation materials shall be noncorrosive to the materials they are applied to, including stress corrosion cracking of stainless steel, and shall not breed or promote fungus and bacteria. D. Insulation shall meet or exceed all requirements of ASHRAE/IES 90.1. 1.3 QUALIFICATION A. Insulating materials by Owens-Corning, Armstrong, Pittsburgh -Corning, Knauf, RubateQFchuller, CertainTeed Manson, Pabco, Thermacor or approved equivalent. j y B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer. :r; 1.4 SUBMITTALS --.ttc--� A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation jrn rctiona for t type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's prod um r. flayr={ spread and smoke development rating, k -value, density, temperature limitatiq 6 ourttgibso coefficients, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical systerequirigg insulatior nly PART PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION A. Description 1. Type A: Preformed, sectional, heavy density fiberglass insulation, suitable for operating temperatures form —20" F to +850° F. Equipped with factory -applied, all -service vapor barrier jacket constructed of white Kraft paper bonded to aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass yarn, with pressure -sensitive, self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU-in/hr-ft? °F @ 750 F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of 0.02 penes. Schuller "Micro -Lok AP -T" or approved equivalent. 2. Type B: Flexible, elastomeric pipe and sheet insulation with expanded, closed -cell structure. Suitable for operating temperatures from —40° F to 220° F. Outdoor applications, and where otherwise noted, shall receive a weather -resistant, protective, vinyl -lacquer finish. Thermal conductivity of 0.28 BTU-in/hr-ft? °F @ 75° F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of 0.20 perms. Insulation shall be equivalent to Armstrong AP Armaflex; adhesive equivalent to Armstrong 520; finish equivalent to Armstrong WB Armaflex finish. 3. Type H: Rigid fiberglass board formed from inorganic glass fibers bonded with thermosetting fibers, 3.0 PCF, with factory applied foil Skrim-Kraft (FSK)foil Skrim-Kraft (FSK) suitable for Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HVAC INSULATION Project No. 1164632 230700-1 SECTION 23 0700 HVAC INSULATION operating temperature of –20" F to +450° F. Thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU-in/hr-ft2-"F @ 75" F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of 0.02 perms. Knauf "Insulation Board" or approved equivalent. 4. Type I: Fiberglass duct wrap, 1.5 PCF density, fabricated of inorganic glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin with factory applied foil Skrim-Kraft facing, suitable for operating temperature up to +250° F. Thermal conductivity of 0.26 BTU-in/hr-ft2-°F @ 75" F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of 0.02 perms. or engineer approved equivalent. 5. Type J: Flexible fiberglass duct liner, 1.5 PCF density, fabricated of inorganic glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin, with mat face suitable for air velocities up to 4000 FPM and operating temperatures up to +250° F. Thermal conductivity of 0.25 BTU-in/hr-ft2 °F @ 75" F mean temperature. Knauf "Duct Liner E -M" or engineer approved equivalent. 6. Type Z: Custom fabricated equipment insulation enclosure. Celotex Thermax polyisocyanurate, 2", clad in 0.040" stucco embossed aluminum sheet grade 3004 on exterior surface and aluminum foil faced on the inside surface. Panel -to -panel joints shall be sealed with 1/8" insulating tape and fastened using stainless steel spring tension hook latches. Enclosure shall cover all surfaces except bottom. Contact Larry McNabb, Insulation Fabricators, Inc., (800) 775-4485. 2.2 INSULATION JACKETS A. 20 -mil high impact PVC secured with spray contact adhesive. All PVC jacketing shall meet the 25/50 SDR. Manville "Zeston 2000" or equivalent. Q. '6-oz/sq yd UL listed cotton canvas fabric secured with Childers CP50 lagging adhesive. (� O;Zitting and valve jackets shall be premolded PVC with joints and seams sealed with a spray contact adhesive or vapor barrier mastic. Premolded jackets shall be Manville "Zeston 2000" or approved © — X�`Italent. 7t; �— w DaAt W44Sonetrations provide an additional jacket of 0.020 inch thick smooth finish aluminum. Metal jacket J o have factory applied moisture barrier. Fitting and valve covers to be preformed of same material �CV yagWjacent metal jacket. U- Q1Vh84VC or metal jackets are used, delete the factory applied ASJ on pipe and equipment operating aiMve 75" F. F;.�PVC jackets shall be used in the following areas and systems: 6. Whenever piping is routed exposed through occupied spaces. 7. Piping exposed below ceilings or to 10'-0" where no ceiling exists. 8. Premolded PVC at all fittings and valve jackets. G. Insulated Fittings: 6. Use "Valve Wrap" insulated wraps at all fittings and valves. Provide reusable insulated wraps for unions, strainers, autoflow valves, circuit setters, check valves and components integral to heat pump hose kits. 7. Provide with insulation values (i.e. thickness) consistent with insulation specified for associated piping service. Valve wrap shall be provided in sufficient length to completely conceal all integral components including 2" minimum overlap on pipe at each end. 8. Wraps shall be No SweatT reusable wraps (www.valvewraps.com) or approved equivalent. 9. Wraps shall be sized and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HVAC INSULATION Project No. 1164632 23 0700-2 SECTION 23 0700 HVAC INSULATION 10. Ensure locations of all wrapped components are clearly identified on mechanical contractors' record drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected. Application details shall be in accordance with the insulation materials supplier's recommendations, except where a higher standard is specified. B. Install materials after systems have been tested and approved. Material such as rust, scale, dirt and moisture shall be removed from surfaces to be insulated. C. Insulation shall be kept clean and dry at all times. D. Where pipes and ducts pass through fire rated walls, floors and partitions, a fire seal shall be provided. E. When flexible cellular insulation is used, it shall be installed with seams and joints sealed with contact adhesive. 6. Wherever possible, the insulation shall be placed over the pipe before it is installed. Seal the butt joints with Armstrong 520 adhesive, or equal. 7. Where the insulation cannot be slipped on, cut the insulation longitudinally andly it to the piping. Seal longitudinal seam and butt joints with Armstrong 520 adhesive, or eal. In all cases, the insulation, equal to Armstrong Rigid Armaflex, protected witFt L--rouag PVC sleeves the length of three times the nominal pipe size, minimum lengt 8 Mhes. 3.2 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION n_<N �c-i o r A. Insulate fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections and expansion%;i is with prem molded or mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe cq�g..:X B. Pipe insulation shall continue through sleeves and hangers with vapor barrier and/oi�acket. C. Insert to be between support shield and piping but under the finish jacket. Provide an insert at at honeQars not less than 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation, to prevent insn from sagging at support points. Inserts shall be cork or other heavy density insulating material""" suitable for the planned temperature range. Factory fabricated inserts may be used. D. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions and interruptions. 6. On hot systems where fittings are to be left exposed, insulation ends shall be beveled away from bolts for easy access. 7. On cold systems, valve stems shall be sealed with caulking which allows free movement of the stem, but provides a seal against moisture incursion. E. For outdoor pipe insulation, increase pipe insulation thickness by %:" from thickness listed in schedule. F. Exterior metal jackets shall overlap at longitudinal and circumferential joints not less than 2", and shall be secured with bands at not more than 12" centers. Longitudinal joints shall be overlapped down to shed water and shall be located at 4 or 8 o'clock positions. Joints shall be sealed with a moisture barrier. Installation shall include provision for thermal expansion. G. Wherever piping penetrates a floor or is exposed in a finished area such as kitchens, furnish a floor pipe escutcheon and/or PVC (white) jacket to protect insulation and allow for a smooth finish for cleaning. 3.3 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Do not insulate factory -insulated equipment. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HVAC INSULATION Project No. 1164632 230700-3 SECTION 23 0700 HVAC INSULATION B. Apply insulation as close as possible to equipment by grooving, scoring and beveling insulation, if necessary. Secure insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires or bands. C. Fill joints, cracks, seams and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor barrier cement. D. Cover insulation with metal mesh and finish with''/," coat of insulating cement applied in two 1/8" layers, if non -faced insulation is used. E. Do not insulate over nameplate or ASME stamps. Bevel and seal insulation around such F. When equipment with insulation requires periodical opening for maintenance, repair or cleaning such as at manway covers or strainer plugs, install insulation in such a manner that it can be easily removed and replaced without damage. Removable insulation shall have a vapor -proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier. G. Joints shall be sealed with 2" wide vapor barrier tape or strips to match insulation jacket, using a fire - resistive adhesive. 3.4 INSULATION SCHEDULES A. Pipe Insulation SERVICE TYF c L.: DorAestic Cold and Hot Water, A "C Hot Water Recirculation r" Chilled water A i MHWS.8* Piping A �UJI 3J EWIPI44Etff INSULATION SCHEDULE N }. C.) 1—Q SERVICE TY 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1%" Chilled Water Pump Bodies B 1!/2" Up to 1-1/4" pipe 11/2" & up pipe < 1-1/2" pipe size All pipe sizes 3.6 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE (BASED ON 2010 ASHRAE 90.1 -CLIMATE ZONES 5 AND 6) END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 HVAC INSULATION 23 0700-4 SECTION 23 0800 MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for commissioning the HVAC system and its subsystems and equipment. This Section supplements the general requirements specified in Division 01 Section 01 9113 "Commissioning Requirements". B. This Section describes the requirements for start-up and commissioning for Division 23 installed work, including but not limited to: 1. All systems and alarms connected to the Building Automation System (BAS) 2. Packaged, outdoor, central -station air handling units (RTU) 3. Boilers 4. Heatexchanger 5. Variable frequency drives 6. Variable air volume boxes 7. Exhaust fans 9o 8. Direct digital control system performance or other control system type as applicawsKor vacuracr, 1 conformance, and operational sequences.= to o 171 -73 M 9. Testing and balancing 1c 10. Glycol feeders •• � N 11. Domestic water heaters c 12. Domestic hot water recirculation pumps 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate commissioning work with the requirements of Division 01 Section 01 9113 "Commissioning Requirements". B. Coordinate commissioning requirements noted in other Division 23 Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Architect: Includes Architect identified in the Contract for Construction between Owner and CentraIfor, plus consultant/design professionals responsible for design of HVAC, electrical, communications;`contr or HVAC systems, and other related systems. r� cn , B. BOD: Basis of Design. C. CxA: Commissioning Authority. D. OPR: Owner's Project Requirements. E. Systems, Subsystems, and Equipment: Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as -built" systems, subsystems, and equipment. F. TAB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 230800-1 ..z SECTION 23 0800 MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1.4 COMMISSIONING TEAM A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): Individuals, each having the authority to act on behalf of the entity he or she represents, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated action. The commissioning team shall consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of the Construction Manager and each Contractor, including project superintendent and subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate by the CxA. B. Members Appointed by Owner: CxA: The designated person, company, or entity that plans, schedules, and coordinates the commissioning team to implement the commissioning process. Owner will engage the CxA under a separate contract. 2. Representatives of the facility user and operation and maintenance personnel. 3. Architect and engineering design professionals. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The following responsibilities are components of the General Contractor scope identified in other related r sections. This information is highlighted here for convenience and is not a list of additional services. The only exception to the responsibilities specified elsewhere is that the CxA must be present during these operations in order to comply with the commissioning specification. t �,• 1. Attend with responsible subcontractors commissioning progress meetings and cooperate with CxA c for resolution of issues related to commissioning. 2. Integrate and coordinate commissioning process activities with construction schedule. 3. Review and authorize responsible sub -contractors to complete Pre -Functional and Functional ' Performance Testing (FPT) checklists provided by the CxA. 4. Authorize subcontractors to make available technicians and/or coordinate with the manufacturer's authorized technicians to startup HVAC systems, assemblies, and equipment and simulate conditions for the purpose of completing Functional Performance Testing. 5. Attend with responsible sub -contractors testing, adjusting, and balancing review and coordination meeting. 6. Participate with responsible sub -contractors in HVAC systems, assemblies, equipment, and C3 component maintenance orientation and inspection as directed by the CxA. V3 a .X.a equipment operational and maintenance and related information requested by the CxA for = ommissioning documentation. dUJI 8. that TAB work is complete. CD J B. TAc* JI Subcontractor: LL :71Aitl TAB verification testing. r _ �.a Provide measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data, and data acquisition equipment to record data for the complete range of testing for the required test period. C. HVAC Instrumentation and Control Subcontractor: With the CxA, review control designs for compliance with the OPR and BOD, controllability with respect to actual equipment to be installed, and recommend adjustments to control designs and sequence of operation descriptions. D. Testing and Balancing Subcontractor: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 230800-2 1 SECTION 23 0800 MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Contract Documents Review: With the CxA, review the Contract Documents before developing TAB procedures. a. Verify the following: 1) Accessibility of equipment and components required for TAB work. 2) Adequate number and placement of duct balancing dampers to allow proper balancing while minimizing sound levels in occupied spaces. 3) Adequate number and placement of balancing valves to allow proper balancing and recording of water flow. 4) Adequate number and placement of test ports and test instrumentation to allow reading and compilation of system and equipment performance data needed to conduct both TAB and commissioning testing. 5) Air and water flow rates have been specified and compared to central equipment output capacities. 6) Identify discontinuities and omissions in the Contract Documents. 29 7) This review of the Contract Documents by the TAB Subcontractor s4qfies r rement for a design review report as specified in Division 23, Section 23 0593, ]E*91%g,(justing rd Balancing. D- I -C �-- b. Additional Responsibilities: Participate in tests specified in Division 23, Seggm2315900 'Instrumentation and Control for HVAC'. -,<m -u m E. Electrical Subcontractor: c5 -,J Q *x _ 1. With the Mechanical Subcontractor, coordinate installations and connections baiween el�b among electrical and HVAC systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Attend TAB verification testing. i9�KelululFR3101JI ICY9191e1Nlu1:42Yfit dreffil A. The following are in addition to documentation specified in Section 01 9113 "Commissioning Requirements". B. Test Checklists: CxA shall develop test checklists for HVAC systems, subsystems, and egtljpment, including interfaces and interlocks with other systems. In addition to the requirements specifi�C in Division 01 Section 01 9113 "Commissioning Requirements", checklists shall include, but notbalimif6C to, t EM following: t' f W 1. Calibration of sensors and sensor function. N 2. Testing conditions under which test was conducted, including (as applicable) arab ent ccoditionSSet points, override conditions, and status and operating conditions that impact the results optest. " J 3. Control sequences for HVAC systems. wo 4. Responses to control signals at specified conditions. 5. Sequence of response(s) to control signals at specified conditions. 6. Narrative description of observed performance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. Notation to indicate whether the observed performance at each step meets the expected results. 7. Interaction of auxiliary equipment. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 230800-3 SECTION 23 0800 MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 8. Deficiency log. C. Contractors shall provide the following information to the CxA for inclusion in the Commissioning Process Final Report: 1. Copy of contractor's 'as-built'drawings indicating changes that occurred during the construction phase. The original as -built drawings are processed in accordance with requirements specified elsewhere. 2. Copies of plan and documentation requirements for start-up and initial checkout. 3. Copies of completed pre -functional and functional performance testing checklists. 4. Copies of commissioning corrective action report. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. The following submittals are in addition to those specified in Section 01 9113 "Commissioning Requirements". B. r.Qertificate of Readiness: CxA will compile certificates of readiness from the Contractor certifying that -systems, subsystems, equipment, and associated controls are ready for testing. C. " Certified Pipe Cleaning and Flushing Report: CxA will collect and document that pipe cleaning; Flushing, hydrostatic testing, and chemical treating have been completed. .r.1 D. Test and Inspection Reports: CxA will compile and submit test reports and certificates, and shall include M them in,systems manual and commissioning report. E. Corrective Action Documents: CxA will maintain and submit corrective action documents. F. • Certified TAB Reports: CxA will submit verified, certified TAB reports. G. Certificates of Completion of installation, pre -start, and start-up activities. PART 2—PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.1 TEST NG PREPARATION h QA. *PreregtVites for Testing: d �j�gfy that HVAC systems, subsystems, and equipment have been completed, calibrated, and W �ted; are operating according to the OPR, BOD, and Contract Documents; and that Certificates of J CD tfi&'diness are signed and submitted. N >-u LL tZedfy that HVAC instrumentation and control systems have been completed and calibrated; are Ccsrating according to the OPR, BOD, and Contract Documents; and that pre-test set points have ^ bbd recorded. Certify that TAB procedures have been completed, and that TAB reports have been submitted, discrepancies corrected, and corrective work approved. 4. Test systems and intersystem performance after approval of test checklists for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 5. Set systems, subsystems, and equipment into operating mode to be tested (e.g., normal shut down, normal auto position, normal manual position, unoccupied cycle, emergency power, and alarm conditions). Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 230800-4 SECTION 23 0800 MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 6. Verify each operating cycle after it has been running for a specified period and is operating in a steady-state condition. 7. Inspect and verify the position of each device and interlock identified on checklists. Sign off each item as acceptable, or failed. Repeat this test for each operating cycle that applies to system being tested. 8. Check safety cutouts, alarms, and interlocks with smoke control and life -safety systems during each mode of operation. 9. Annotate checklist or data sheet when a deficiency is observed. 10. Verify equipment interface with monitoring and control system and TAB criteria; include the following: a. Supply and return Flow rates for VAV and constant volume systems in each operational mode. b. Operation of terminal units in both heating and cooling cycles. c. Minimum outdoor -air intake in each operational mode and at minimum and maximum airflows. d. Building pressurization. e. Total exhaust airflow and total outdoor -air intake. f. Operation of indoor -air-quality monitoring systems. -+ g. Verify proper responses of monitoring and control system controllers and §WZgrs nclucj.& following: n -c " r 0 1) For each controller or sensor, record the indicated monitoring and co5ys rea and the test instrument reading. If initial test indicates that the test readil is ide QpL�t� control range of the installed device, check calibration of the installed i.1 and adjuLt required. Retest malfunctioning devices and record results on checklipr datf4heet. 2) Report deficiencies and prepare an issues log entry. s h. Verify that HVAC equipment field quality -control testing has been completed and approved. CxA shall direct, witness, and document field quality -control tests, inspections, and startup specified in individual Division 23 Sections. B. Testing Instrumentation: Install measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data for the required test period. Instrumentation shall monitor and record full range of operating conditions and shall allow for calculation of total capacity of system for each mode of operation. Operational modes include the following: 1. Occupied and unoccupied. f� 2. Warm up and cool down. •� '_t 3. Economizer cycle. 4. Life -safety and safety systems. •, c� :? 5. Fire safety. n —y`, m 2.2 TESTING at A. Test systems and intersystem performance after test checklists for systems, subsystems, and equipment have been approved. B. Perform tests using design conditions whenever possible. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 230800-5 SECTION 23 0800 MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Simulate conditions by imposing an artificial load when it is not practical to test under design conditions and when written approval for simulated conditions is received from CxA. Before simulating conditions, calibrate testing instruments. Set and document simulated conditions and methods of simulation. After tests, return settings to normal operating conditions. 2. Alter set points when simulating conditions is not practical and when written approval is received from CxA. 3. Alter sensor values with a signal generator when design or simulating conditions and altering set points are not practical. Do not use sensor to act as signal generator to simulate conditions or override values. C. Scope of HVAC Subcontractor Testing: Testing scope shall include entire HVAC installation, from central equipment for heat generation and refrigeration through distribution systems to each conditioned space. It shall include measuring capacities and effectiveness of operational and control functions. 2. Test all operating modes, interlocks, control responses, responses to abnormal or emergency conditions, and verify proper response of building automation system controllers and sensors. D.Lbetailed Testing Procedures: CxA, with HVAC Subcontractor, TAB Subcontractor, MEP Engineer of C -Record and HVAC Instrumentation and Control Subcontractor, shall prepare detailed testing plans, ,-procedures, and checklists for HVAC systems, subsystems, and equipment. E.c 41VAC Instrumentation and Control System Testing: r-.1. Field testing plans and testing requirements are specified in Division 23 Sections 23 0900 " Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC". The CxA, HVAC Subcontractor, and the HVAC Instrumentation and Control Subcontractor shall collaborate to prepare testing plans. F. 1: Pipe cleaning, flushing, hydrostatic tests, and chemical treatment requirements are specified in Division 23 piping sections. HVAC Subcontractor shall prepare pipe system cleaning, flushing, and hydrostatic testing plan. CxA shall review and comment on plan and final reports. CxA shall certify that pipe cleaning, flushing, hydrostatic tests, and chemical treatment have been completed. Plan shall include the following: 1. Sequence of testing and testing procedures for each section of pipe to be tested, identified by pipe zone or sector identification marker. Markers shall be keyed Drawings for each pipe sector showing the physical location of each designated pipe test section. Drawings keyed to pipe zones or sectors shall be formatted to allow each section of piping to be physically located and identified when referred to in pipe system cleaning, flushing, hydrostatic testing, and chemical treatment plan. 0 2. @ ,scription of equipment for flushing operations. y� 0 =3. imum flushing water velocity. a W 4. racking checklist for managing and ensuring that all pipe sections have been cleaned, flushed, J CD � hErostatically tested, and chemically treated. G.=C�;)ef� Testing: LL rte. if9ts cannot be completed because of a deficiency outside the scope of the HVAC system, the deficiency shall be documented and reported to the Construction Manager or CxA. Deficiencies shall be resolved and corrected by appropriate parties and test rescheduled. 2. If the testing plan indicates specific seasonal testing, appropriate initial performance tests shall be completed and documented and additional tests scheduled. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS Project No. 1164632 230800-6 1 SECTION 23 0800 MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS H. Testing Reports: 1. Reports shall include measured data, data sheets, and a comprehensive summary describing the operation of systems at the time of testing. 2. Include data sheets for each controller to verify proper operation of the control system, the system it serves, the service it provides, and its location. For each controller, provide space for recording its readout, the reading at the controller's sensor(s), plus comments. Provide space for testing personnel to sign off on each data sheet. 3. Prepare a preliminary test report. Deficiencies will be evaluated by Architect/Engineer to determine corrective action. Deficiencies shall be corrected and test repeated. 4. If it is determined that the system is constructed according to the Contract Documents, Owner will decide whether modifications required to bring the performance of the system to the OPR and BOD documents shall be implemented or if tests will be accepted as submitted. If corrective work is performed, Owner will decide if tests shall be repeated and a revised report submitted. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 END OF SECTION MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230800-7 .J ci O �C:)e Dn -.a z �� osrn r rn �V o 0 K w Ji REQUIREMENTS 230800-7 .J ci �V o 1 K w Ji C� REQUIREMENTS 230800-7 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Controls work shall take place under a future project, 1163230 City of Iowa City BAS Upgrades. 1. All new mechanical equipment furnished under this project shall come with BACnet compatible controllers. Contractors providing new mechanical equipment shall coordinate with Baker Group to ensure compatible controllers are provided. 2. The installing mechanical contractor shall coordinate with Baker Group to ensure control device installation takes place during the final stage of this project's construction schedule. 3. The mechanical contractor shall include the amount of $90,000 for the project's control work. B. Provide materials, labor, and supervision necessary to furnish and install a web -based Direcaygital Control (DDC) system. The DDC system herein specified shall be fully integrated an&stallej' s a complete package by the Direct Digital Control Manufacturer. The system shall inCwaii accouter software and hardware, operator input/output devices, automation sensors and cont nTPi iri piping— installation, supervision and labor, calibration, adjustments and check out necessaryOs�orSete fully operational system. – I� m fO C. General Description: —r -n _ r 1. The DDC control system shall include: T (V r a. All points described and/or indicated in this project and shall be capable of point expansion in the future; future expansion shall not be limited to less than 1000 additional points of control. b. Graphics, trending and scheduling that is consistent with the most recent ICCSD projects. 2. The DDC system components shall be BACnet BTL certified, utilizing an operator workstation at the LAN (local IP at building) level; this LAN shall be sufficient to operate this building's systems as stand alone. 3. All components on IP subnets (field busses) shall support MSITP architecture, with full functionality and communication both with and without the building controller. 4. Each controller shall be capable of full and complete stand alone operation of respective unit. C. Project Specific Description: 1. All hardware, equipment and material shall be completely installed two (2) weeks prior to Substantial Completion, to allow immediate start by the temperature controls contractor (TCC) as identified directly below. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. The control system shall meet specifications and qualifications as described. The controls contractor shpil have a minimum of five years experience associated with geothermal systems, variable air vdfu'tne systems and constant volume systems and other systems as required by the sequence of operations. B. The temperature controls system allowed on this project shall be the following: Baker Group C. All work is to be installed by a qualified person skilled in the installation of electronic automatic control systems. The control contractor is responsible for the proper installation of the control system. The Installer shall have an established working relationship with the Control System Manufacturer of not less than three years. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-1 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 2. The installer shall have a service office within 50 miles of the project site and provide 24-hour response in the event of a customer call. D. The contractor may elect to subcontract the installation of the electronic control system but will be responsible in total as outlined above. E. All products used in this installation shall be new, currently under manufacture, and shall be applied in similar installations for a minimum of 2 years. This installation shall not be used as a test site for any new products unless explicitly approved by the Owner's representative in writing prior to bid date. Spare parts shall be available for at least 10 years after completion of this contract. List below only products, construction, and equipment that the reader might expect to find in this Section but are specified elsewhere. 1.3 WORK BY OTHERS A.` -he following incidental work shall be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor under the supervision of this -Contractor. j ::.1. . Install automatic valves and separable wells. r 2. Furnish and install all necessary valves, pressure taps, flow meters, water, drain and overflow connections and piping. 3. Furnish and install all necessary piping connections required for flow devices, valve position indicators, etc. 4. Install all automatic dampers and minimum outdoor air stations, airflow stations. 5. Provide necessary blank off plates (safing) required to install dampers that are smaller than duct size. 6. Assemble multiple section dampers with required interconnecting linkages and extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper motors. 7. Provide necessary sheet metal baffle plates to eliminate stratification and provide air volumes specified. Locate baffles by experimentation and affix and seal permanently in place only after stratification problem has been eliminated. 8. Provide access door or other approved means of access through ducts for service to control equipment. 1.4 DESCRIPTION A._Dir �gital Control (DDC) technology shall be used to provide the functions necessary for control of Q ee&230cal systems on this project. w B. cL.Throl system shall accommodate simultaneous multiple user operation. Access to the control Qsys ata should be limited only by operator password. Multiple users shall have access to all valid o4syse ata. An operator shall be able to log onto any workstation on the control system and have access LL ?o ropriate data. C=The con%ol system shall be designed such that each mechanical system will be able to operate under aa%tand-alone control. As such, in the event of a network communication failure, or the loss of any other controller, the control system shall continue to independently operate under control. D. Communication between the control panels and all workstations shall be over a high-speed network. All nodes on this network shall be peers. The operator shall not have to know the panel identifier or location to view or control an object. Application Specific Controllers shall be constantly scanned by the network controllers to update point information and alarm information. E. The documentation is schematic in nature. The Contractor shall provide hardware and software necessary to implement the functions and sequences shown. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-2 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall provide shop drawings and manufacturers' standard specification data sheets on all hardware and software to be provided. No work may begin on any segment of this project until submittals have been reviewed by the Engineer and Owner for conformity with the plan and specifications. All shop drawings shall be done on AutoCAD, and provided to the Engineer for review and to the Owner on electronic media. B. Quantities of items submitted shall be reviewed by the Engineer and Owner. Such review shall not relieve the contractor from furnishing quantities required for completion. C. Provide the Engineer and Owner, any additional information or data which is deemed necessary to determine compliance with these specifications or which is deemed valuable in documenting the system to be installed. 1. The TCC shall cross -review goethermal and rooftop equipment submittals (Sections 23013, 23 7500 and 23 8146) for consistency, and if any items are not consistent, shall resolve ch disl0pancies prior to submitting to the Contractor. Include with submittals of this Section a w4gEnstagllMent signifying all issues relating the integration of equipment (by specific Sections 2PM 1, 750M 23 8146) and controls have been fully and completely coordinated to ensure fulfgar,ocomplete r operation per the contract documents. �n o 1 r 2. Submittal will be considered incomplete and subject to rejection without the writ[erltent a10 specified D. Submit the following within 30 days of contract award: IV s 1. A complete bill of materials of equipment to be used indicating quantity, manufacturer and model number. 2. A schedule of all control valves including the valve size, model number (including pattern and connections), flow, CV, pressure rating, and location. 3. Provide manufacturers cut sheets for major system components. When manufacturer's cut sheets apply to a product series rather than a specific product, the data specifically applicable to the project shall be highlighted or clearly indicated by other means. Each submitted piece of literature and drawings shall clearly reference the specification and/or drawing that the submittal is being submitted to cover. Include: a. Building Controllers, Custom Application Controllers, and Application Specific Contrpgers b. Operator Interface Computer c. Auxiliary Control Devices :z d. Proposed control system riser diagram showing system configuration, device locations, (� addresses, and cabling. e. Detailed termination drawings showing all required field and factory terminations. Terminal numbers shall be clearly labeled. f. Points list showing all system objects, and the proposed English language object names. g. Sequence of operations for each system under control. This sequence shall be specific for the use of the Control System being provided for this project. h. Color prints of proposed graphics with a list of points for display. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-3 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC E. Project Record Documents: Upon completion of installation submit five (5) copies of record (as -built) documents. The documents shall be submitted for approval prior to final completion and include: 1. Project Record Drawings - These shall be as -built versions of the submittal shop drawings. One set of magnetic media including CAD .DWG or.DXF drawing files shall also be provided. a. A hard copy of the record drawings for each piece of equipment shall be placed within that unit's associated control panel. 2. Operating and Maintenance (O & M) Manual - These shall be as -built versions of the submittal product data. In addition to that required for the submittals, the O & M manual shall include: a. Names, address and 24-hour telephone numbers of Contractors installing equipment, and the control systems and service representative of each. b. Operators Manual with procedures of operating the control systems including logging on/off, alarm handling, producing point reports, trending data, overriding computer control, and changing set points and other variables. Programming Manual with a description of the programming language including syntax, �; . statement descriptions including algorithms and calculations used, point database creation and _ Tii r modification, program creation and modification, and use of the editor. d. Engineering, Installation and Maintenance Manual(s) that explains how to design and install new points, panels, and other hardware; preventative maintenance and calibration procedures; how to debug hardware problems; and how to repair or replace hardware. e: A listing and documentation of all custom software created using the programming language including the point database. One set of magnetic media containing files of the software and database shall also be provided f. One set of magnetic media containing files of all color -graphic screens created for the project. g. A list of recommended spare parts with part numbers and supplier. h. Complete original issue documentation, installation and maintenance information for all third party hardware provided including computer equipment and sensors. i. Complete original issue diskettes for all software provided including operating systems, programming language, operator workstation software, and graphics software. 0 tih j.,X Licenses, Guarantee, and Warrantee documents for all equipment and systems. Q Recommended preventive maintenance procedures for all system components including a W d J} schedule of tasks (inspection, cleaning, calibration, etc.), time between tasks, and task J0 V descriptions. F."r rapZn Manuals: The Contractor shall provide a course outline and training manuals for all training U1 ocla t least six weeks prior to the first class. The Owner reserves the right to modify any or all of the _ prainlnt5ourse outline and training materials. Review and approval by Owner and Engineer and shall be Rfompl€ ed at least 3 weeks prior to first class. 1.6 CODES &STANDARDS A. Input/output devices, specified or future, associated with the DDC control system shall be ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange) coded with standard EIA (Electronic Industries Association) interface hardware. B. Wiring performed by the DDC Contractor shall be installed in accordance with all applicable local, state, and national codes. Mercer Aquatic Center Boller & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 0900-4 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC C. Instrumentation hardware shall be supplied to directly interface with Instrument Society of America (ISA) Standards. D. Meet requirements of all applicable standards and codes, except when more detailed or stringent requirements are indicated by the Contract Documents, including requirements of this Section. 1. Underwriters Laboratories: Products shall be UL-916-PAZX listed. 2. National Electrical Code - NFPA 70. 3. Federal Communications Commission - Part J. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Labor & materials for control system specified shall be warranted free from defects for a period of twelve (12) months after final completion acceptance by the Owner. Control System failures during the warranty period shall be adjusted, repaired, or replaced at no charge or reduction in service to the Owner. The Contractor shall respond to the Owner's request for warranty service within 24 hours during customary business hours. B. Operator workstation software, project specific software, graphics, database, and firm uRfttes s4" be provided to the Owner at no charge during the warranty period. Written authorize O5@er must, ` however, be granted prior to the installation of such changes. NO r 1.8 OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY MATERIAL- t� m �rn -a A. All project developed hardware and software shall become the property of the OwnsAclud tel are not limited to: Project graphic images, Record drawings, Project database, Job - is gMlicatio le programming code, All documentation. s 1.9 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Performance Standards. The system shall conform to the following: 1. Graphic Display. The system shall display a graphic with a minimum of 20 dynamic points. 2. Graphic Refresh. The system shall update all dynamic points with current data within 30 seconds. 3. Object Command. The maximum time between the command of a binary object by the operator and the reaction by the device shall be 30 seconds. Analog objects shall start to adjust within 30 seconds. 4. Object Scan. All changes of state and change of analog values shall be transmitted overthe high-speed network such that any data used or displayed at a controller or workstation wlllte current, within the prior 60 seconds. 5. Alarm Response Time. The maximum time from when an object goes into alarm to when 3t is annunciated at the workstation shall not exceed 45 seconds. 6. Program Execution Frequency. Custom and standard applications shall be capable'of running aw- often as once every 5 seconds. The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting execution times, consistent with the mechanical process under control. 7. Performance. Programmable Controllers shall be able to execute DDC PID control loops at a selectable frequency from at least once every 5 seconds. The controller shall scan and update the process value and output generated by this calculation at this same frequency. 8. Multiple Alarm Annunciation. All workstations on the network shall receive alarms within 5 seconds of each other. 9. Reporting Accuracy. Table 1 lists minimum acceptable reporting accuracies for all values reported by the specified system. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 0900-5 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC a. TABLE I -- REPORTING ACCURACY Measured Variable Reported Accuracy U.N.O Space temperature ±1°F Ducted air t2°F Outside air t2°F Water temperature ±1°F Delta -T ±0.25°F Relative humidity ±5% RH u Water flow ±5% of full scale Air flow (terminal) ±10% of reading 'Note 1 n Air flow (measuring stations) ±5% of reading a c'3 Air pressure (ducts) ±0.1" W.G. M r ,; Water pressure ±2% of full scale 'Note 2 Electrical power 5% of reading Cr Carbon dioxide (co2) ±20 PPM Note 1: 10%-100% of scale Note 2: for both absolute and differential pressure PART PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATORINTERFACE A. Operator Interface. Furnish 1 PC based work-station(s). Each workstation shall be able to access all information in the system and shall reside on the same high-speed network as the building controllers, and o also be able to dial into the system. 00 B _ Op§[ Wg System. Furnish a commercially available, concurrent multi -tasking operating system. The Q =optgHog system shall also support the use of other common software applications that operate under W a-MiA-A Windows. J COH1V,%Each operator work -station shall consist of the following: LL =1. twsonal Computer. Fumish IBM compatible PCs. Each PC shall be as follows: ar The CPU shall be a minimum of an Intel Corel Duo with processor speed of 3 GHz. b. A minimum of 4GB system memory (DDR2 SDRAM). c. Provide with a minimum of six (6) USB 2.0 ports. d. Hard Drive shall be a minimum of 80 Gigabyte with a minimum access time of 12 milliseconds. A two -button mouse shall also be provided. Furnish all required serial, parallel, and network communication ports, and all cables for proper system operation. e. The PC shall be provided with a 19" minimum LED monitor, 1600 x 900 resolution. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-6 I SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 2. Printer. Each workstation shall be provided with one (1) printer and associated USB or serial communication cables. Each printer speed shall be capable of up to 17 ISO ppm black and 4 ISO color minimum. Supply one box of minimum 2000 sheets of printer paper and two (2) printer cartridges. PP'iY91*GP169;4 ij1 7_VkVkTe1 A. Provide five (5) working days (40 hours) of supervised training for up to 6 of the Owners representatives simultaneously to include system operation, programming, report generation, and construction of graphics. Training shall take place at the project site during the normal work hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. weekdays. Training shall include: 1. Explanation of drawings, operations and maintenance manuals. 2. Walk-through of the job to locate control components. 3. Operator workstation and peripherals. 4. DDC custom application controllers, ASC, TEC, SAC operation and function. 5. Operator control functions including graphic generation and field panel programming. gj 6. Explanation of adjustment, calibration and replacement procedures. 0 2 *n O B. Provide operator orientation to the overall operational program, equipment functionin�duallQd as part of the total integrated system), commands, advisories, and appropriate oper l e tion ` required in responding to the systems operation. An Owner's manual prepared for tl152Oject by th C manufacturer shall be used in addition to the instruction. Five copies of the Owner's anual gall b provided. O Q C. The technical training will also include adequate instruction and documentation to enaVe maiglanance staff to trouble shoot, repair, and maintain entire system and recreate all programming without factdFy assistance. D. The technical training will also include adequate instruction and documentation to allow expansion by the maintenance staff of the system in the future to interface with existing pneumatic, electric, and electronic control systems. This would include activities associated with hardware and software. E. The training and instructions to operating personnel shall be video taped. Training shall be recorded on compact disc and shall be a maximum of two hours in length. The original CD and two copies shall be labeled and turned over to the owner. i 2.3 COMMISSIONING OF SYSTEM 'j A. The Temperature Control Contractor shall verify that each analog and binary device and operator resp bels correctly to the signal given at the control panel by physically changing each parameter and witnessing the correct corresponding reaction. The results of this testing shall be logged in a written report and submitted to the Owner and Engineer. B. The Owner's representative shall witness the commissioning of the system. —+ C. The Temperature Control Contractor shall participate with the Owner's Commissioning Agenner Section 01 9113, once TCC has completed the commissioning of the system. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 0900-7 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 2.4 SYSTEM GRAPHICS SOFTWARE A. System Graphics. The Operator Workstation software shall be graphically oriented. The system shall allow display of up to 10 graphic screens at once for comparison and monitoring of system status. Provide a method for the operator to easily move between graphic displays and change the size and location of graphic displays on the screen. The system graphics shall be able to be modified while on line. An operator with the proper password level shall be able to add, delete, or change dynamic points on a graphic. Dynamic points shall include analog and binary values, dynamic text, static tent, and animation files. Graphics shall have the ability to show animation by shifting image files based on the status of the point. 1. Custom Graphics. Custom graphic files shall be created with the use of a graphics generation package furnished with the system. The graphics generation package shall be a graphically based system that uses the mouse to create and modify graphics that are saved in industry standard formats such as PCX, TIFF, and GEM. The graphics generation package shall also provide the capability of capturing or converting graphics from other programs such as Designer, or AutoCAD. 2. Graphics Library. Furnish a complete library of standard HVAC equipment such as chillers, boilers, air handlers, terminals, unit heaters, fan coils, and unit ventilators. This library shall also include standard symbols for other equipment including fans, pumps, coils, valves, piping, dampers, and t ductwork. The library shall be furnished in a file format compatible with the graphics generation ppckage program. All individual pieces of equipment shall be graphically represented with input and rj ;' output values (both binary and analog). ---� C.3. Engineering Units. Allow for selection of the desired engineering units in the system. Unit selection shall be able to be customized by locality to select the desired units for each measurement. ri.. Engineering units on this project shall be Standard Inch Pound. :.2.5 SYSTEM APPLICATIONS As . Each workstation shall provide operator interface and off-line storage of system information. Provide the following applications at each workstation. 1. Automatic System Database Save and Restore. Each workstation shall store on the hard disk a copy of the current database of each building controller. This database shall be updated whenever a change is made in any panel in the system. The storage of this data shall be automatic and not require operator intervention. In the event of a database loss in a building management panel, the first workstation to detect the loss shall automatically restore the database for that panel. �. Manual Database Save and Restore. A system operator with the proper password clearance shall be 4n abO to archive the database from any system panel and store on magnetic media. The operator shall l!?& be able to clear a panel database and manually initiate a download of a specified database to ipanel in the system. 3. LLJ LeJem Configuration. The workstation software shall provide a graphical method of configuring the CD J m. The user with proper security shall be able to add new devices, assign modems to devices, obtain a visual riser diagram of the system. This shall allow for future system changes or otmer-ions. x '3. Ong{- .ine Help. Provide a context sensitive, on line help system to assist the operator in operation and �i editing of the system. On line help shall be available for all applications and shall provide the relevant data for that particular screen. Additional help information shall be available through the use of hypertext. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 0900-8 7 L SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 5. Security. Each operator shall be required to log on to the system with a user name and password in order to view, edit, add, or delete data. System security shall be selectable for each operator. The system supervisor shall have the ability to set passwords and security levels for all other operators. Each operator password shall be able to restrict the operator's access for viewing and/or changing each system application, full screen editor, and object. Each operator shall automatically be logged off of the system if no keyboard or mouse activity is detected. This auto logoff time shall be set per operator password. All system security data shall be stored in an encrypted format. 6. Alarm Processing. Any object in the system shall be configurable to alarm in and out of normal state. The operator shall be able to configure the alarm limits, warning limits, states, and reactions for each object in the system. a. Alarm Reactions. The operator shall be able to determine what actions, if any, are to be taken, by object (or point), during an alarm. Actions shall include logging, printing, starting programs, displaying messages, dialing out to remote stations, paging, providing audible annunciation or displaying specific system graphics. Each of these actions shall be configurable by workstation and time of day. An object in alarm that has not been acknowledged within an operator specified time period shall be re-routed to an alternate operator specified alarm receipt device. b. Binary Alarms. Each binary object shall be set to alarm based on the operator sped state. Provide the capability to disable alarming when the associated equipmenLis turne ff or is being serviced. CD -� �n C c. Analog Alarms. Each analog object shall have both high and low alarm lincl, s d 4ningS. Alarming must be able to be automatically and manually disabled. -n p Trend Logs. The operator shall be able to define a custom trend log for any da2I5iF*e $Vtem.. 4his definition shall include interval, start -time, and stop -time. Trend intervals of 1,630'and 610 minutes as well as once a shift (8 hours), once a day, once a week, and once a:*dMh 9MII be selectable. All trends shall start based on the hour. Each trend shall accomma'd9te up*064 system objects. The system operator with proper password shall be able to determine how mA samples are stored in each trend. Trend data shall be sampled and stored on the Building Controller panel and be archived on the hard disk. Trend data shall be able to be viewed and printed from the operator interface software. They shall also be storable in a tab delimited ASCII format for use by other industry standard word processing and spreadsheet packages. a. The initial tread log shall be set up for all points described and/or indicated in this project at a 15 minute interval for a period of 6 months. 8. Alarm and Event Log. The operator shall be able to view all logged system alarms and Events from any location in the system. Events shall be listed chronologically. An operator -with the proper security level may acknowledge and clear alarms. All that have not been cleared by the operator shall be archived to the hard disk on the workstation. 9. Object and Property Status and Control. Provide a method for the operator with proper password protection to view, and edit if applicable, the status of any object and property in the system. These statuses shall be available by menu, on graphics, or through custom programs. 10. Clock Synchronization. The real time clocks in all building control panels and workstations shall be synchronized on command of an operator. The system shall also be able to automatic911jr synchronize all system clocks, daily from any operator designated device in the system. The system shall automatically adjust for daylight savings and standard time if applicable. 11. Reports and Logs. Provide a reporting package that allows the operator to select, modify, or create reports. Each report shall be definable as to data content, format, interval, and date. Report data shall be archived on the hard disk for historical reporting. Provide the ability for the operator to obtain real time logs of designated lists of objects. Reports and logs shall be stored on the PC hard disk in a format that is readily accessible by other standard software applications including spreadsheets and word processing. Reports and logs shall be readily printed to the system printer. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-9 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC a. Custom Reports: Provide the capability for the operator to easily define any system data into a daily, weekly, monthly, or annual report. These reports shall be time and date stamped and shall contain a report title and the name of the facility. b. Standard Reports. The following standard system reports shall be provided for this project. These reports shall be readily customized to the project by the owner. 1) Weather Data Report: Provide a monthly report showing the daily minimum, maximum and average outdoor air temperature and the number of heating and cooling degree days for each day. Provide an annual (12 month) report showing the minimum, maximum and average outdoor air temperature for the month and the number of heating and cooling degree days for the month. 2) Tenant Override Reports: Provide a monthly report showing the daily total time in hours that each tenant has requested after hours HVAC and lighting services. Provide an annual summary report that shows the override usage on a monthly basis. B. Workstation Applications Editors. Each PC workstation shall support full screen editing of all system applications. Provide editors for each application at the PC workstation. The applications shall be ,Aownloaded and executed at the appropriate controller panels. Ca 1. Controller. Provide a full screen editor for each type controller and application that shall allow the F operator with proper password to view and change the configuration, name, control parameters, and system set -points. ��. Scheduling. An editor for the scheduling application shall be provided at each workstation. Provide rn r .. a monthly calendar for each schedule. Exception schedules and holidays shall be shown clearly on 2 the calendar. Provide a method for allowing several related objects to follow a schedule. The advance and delay time for each object shall be adjustable from this master schedule. a. An operator with proper password level shall be able to modify the schedule. Schedules shall be able to be easily copied between objects and/or dates. b. Occupied/Unoccupied schedules shall be individually adjustable for each terminal unit. The user shall be able to easily change the schedule of rooms, etc. An occupied space shall automatically start the unit in normal start up mode. 3. Custom Application Programming. Provide the tools to create, modify, and debug custom application c programming. The operator shall be able to create, edit, and download custom programs at the 4r3 s ,%a time that all other system applications are operating. The system shall be fully operable while Q _ c m routines are edited, compiled, and downloaded. The programming language shall have the _ ing features: UJ Ul - --a.>-The language shall be English language oriented and be based on the syntax of programming J o V languages such as BASIC. It shall allow for free form or fill in the blank programming. +.. Z" >—L'Altematively, the programming language can be graphically -based using function blocks as long LL O Q as blocks are available that directly provide the functions listed below, and that custom or UO compound function blocks can be created. N b. A full screen character editor/programming environment shall be provided. The editor shall be * ur'sor/mouse-driven and allow the user to insert, add, modify, and delete code from the custom programming. It shall also incorporate word processing features such as cut/paste and find/replace. c. The programming language shall allow independently executing program modules to be developed. Each module shall be able to independently enable and disable other modules. d. The editor/programming environment shall have a debugging/simulation capability that allows the user to step through the program and to observe any intermediate values and or results. The debugger shall also provide error messages for syntax and execution errors. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 0900-10 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC e. The programming language shall support conditional statements (IF/THEN/ELSE/ELSE-IF) using compound Boolean (AND, OR, and NOT) and/or relations (EQUAL, LESS THAN, GREATER THAN, NOT EQUAL) comparisons. f. The programming language shall support floating point arithmetic using the following operators: + -, /, x, square root, and xy. The following mathematical functions shall also be provided: natural log, log, absolute value, and minimum/maximum value from a list of values. g. The programming language shall have pre -defined variables that represent clock time, day of the week, and date. Variables that provide interval timing shall also be available. The language shall allow for computations using these values. h. The programming language shall have ability to pre -defined variables representing the status and results of the System Software, and shall be able to enable, disable, and change the values of objects in the system. 2.6 POWER FAIL RESTART A. In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of the digital panels and workstation to prevent the loss of data base or operating system software. Non-volatile memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data, and battery backup shall be provided to support the clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours. B. Upon restoration of normal power, the panels shall automatically resume full operatiMhoolinanue" intervention.D� i C. Should Digital panel memory be lost for any reason, the user shall have the capabil'i�eloUing tfi_ panel via the local RS -232 port, or telephone line dial -in. <m = m 2.7 SYSTEM SOFTWARE o A. Furnish the following applications software for building and energy management. Alftoftwaf%applications shall reside and run in the system controllers. Editing of applications shall occur at the operftr workstation. B. System Security 1. User access shall be secured using individual security passwords and user names. 2. Passwords shall restrict the user to only the objects, applications, and system functions_4 assigned by the system manager. 3. User logon/logoff attempts shall be recorded. "n 4. The system shall protect itself from unauthorized use by automatically logging off following the Ipst keystroke. The delay time shall be user definable. C. Scheduling. Provide the capability to schedule each object or group of objects in the system. Each of! these schedules shall include the capability for start, stop, optimal start, optimal stop, night setback, and economizer actions. Each schedule may consist of up to 10 events. When a group of objectit are scheduled together, provide the capability to define advances and delays for each member. 'Each schedule shall consist of the following: Weekly Schedule. Provide separate schedules for each day of the week. Provide separate scheduling that is easily edited by the operator to define the occupied hours for each office, classroom, gym, and room. 2. Exception Schedules. Provide the ability for the operator to designate any day of the year as an exception schedule. This exception schedule shall override the standard schedule for that day. Exception schedules may be defined up to a year in advance. Once an exception schedule is executed it will be discarded and replaced by the standard schedule for that day of the week. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-11 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 3. Holiday Schedules. Provide the capability for the operator to define up to 99 special or holiday schedules. These schedules may be placed on the scheduling calendar and will be repeated each year. The operator shall be able to define the length of each holiday period. 4. Optimal Start/Stop. The scheduling application outlined above shall support an optimal start/stop algorithm. This shall calculate the thermal characteristics of a zone and start the equipment prior to occupancy to achieve the desired space temperature at the specified occupancy time. The algorithm shall calculate separate sets of heating and cooling rates for zones that have been unoccupied for less then and greater than 24 hours. Provide the ability to modify the start/stop algorithm based on outdoor air temperature. Provide an early start limit in minutes to prevent the system from starting before an operator determined time limit. D. Alarm Reporting. The operator shall be able to determine the action to be taken in the event of an alarm. Alarms shall be routed to the appropriate workstations based on time and other conditions. An alarm shall be able to start programs, be logged in the event log, printed, generate custom messages and display graphics. E. Remote Communications. The system shall have the ability to dial out in the event of an alarm. Receivers shall include PC Workstations and text messages to cell phones. The alarm message shall include the name of the calling location, the device that generated the alar, and the alarm message itself. The operator shall be able to remotely access and operate the system using dial up communications. F. Maintenance Management. The system shall monitor equipment status and generate maintenance messages based upon user designated run time, starts, and/or calendar date limits. — y G. ' PID Control. A PID (proportional -integral -derivative) algorithm with direct or reverse action and _ ` anti -wind-up shall be supplied. The algorithm shall calculate a time -varying analog value used to position r j Gran output or stage a series of outputs. The controlled variable, set -point, and PID gains shall be G:'-user-selectable. The set -point shall optionally be chosen to be a reset schedule. H. Staggered Start. This application shall prevent all controlled equipment from simultaneously restarting after a power outage. The order in which equipment (or groups of equipment) is started, along with the time delay between starts shall be user -selectable. I. Anti -Short Cycling. All binary output points shall be protected from short cycling. This feature shall allow minimum on-time and off -time to be selected as noted above for the chillers. 2.8 BUILDING CONTROLLERS 0 A. 4%eneralct Provide Building Controllers to provide the performance specified in this section. Each of these Q—panpk�all meet the following requirements. = Cr— w 04. JL r Building Automation System shall be composed of one or more independent, stand-alone, J O t5v=processor based Building Controllers to manage the global strategies described in System fV ysMware section. y t— $. ag Building Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and r► pcMramming requirements. The controller shall provide a communications port for connection of a Portable Operators Terminal. 4. The operating system of the Controller shall manage the input and output communications signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information and allow central monitoring and alarms. 5. Data shall be shared between networked Building Controllers. 6. The Building Controller shall continually check the status of its processor and memory circuits. If an abnormal operation is detected, the controller shall: Mercer Aquatic Center Boller & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-12 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC a. Assume a predetermined failure mode. b. Generate an alarm notification. B. Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. Controller used in conditioned ambient shall be mounted in an enclosure, and shall be rated for operation at 32 F to 120 F. C. Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communications, and processor. All wiring connections shall be made to field removable, modular terminal strips or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable. D. Memory. The Building Controller shall maintain all BIOS and programming information in the event of a power loss for at least 72 hours. E. Immunity to power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shut -down below 80% nominal voltage. 2.9 CUSTOM APPLICATION CONTROLLERS A. General. Provide Custom Application Controllers to provide the performance specified in this specification. Each of these panels shall meet the following requirements. 1. The Building Automation System shall be composed of one or more independent, stanIllone, microprocessor based Building Controllers to manage the local strategies des®bed in 9&tem..n software section. DC") t 2. The Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its operating system, da0t:176e, r programming requirements. -4r m v 3. The operating system of the Controller shall manage the input and output comrtprtio;* sign allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual point information and allow..isal mronitorir and alarms. D tv Jr, 4. Data shall be shared between networked Controllers. 5. The Controller shall continually check the status of its processor and memory circuits. If an abnormal operation is detected, the controller shall: a. Assume a predetermined failure mode. b. Generate an alarm notification. B. Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. 1. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within NEMA Type 4.Waterpt p enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at —40° F to 150° F. 1 2. Controllers used in conditioned ambient shall be mounted in dust -proof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at 32° F to 120° F. C. Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communications, and processor. All wiring connections shall be made to field removable, modular terminal strips or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable. D. Memory. The Controller shall maintain all BIOS and programming information in the event of a power loss for at least 72 hours. E. Immunity to power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shut -down below 80% nominal voltage. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-13 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 2.10 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS A. General. Application specific controllers (ASC) are microprocessor -based DDC controllers which through hardware or firmware design are dedicated to control a specific piece of equipment. They are not fully user programmable, but are customized for operation within the confines of the equipment they are designed to serve. Each ASC shall be capable of stand-alone operation and shall continue to provide control functions without being connected to the network. 2. Each ASC will contain sufficient 1/0 capacity to control the target system. B. Environment. The hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within NEMA Type 4 waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at —40° F to 150° F. 2. Controller used in conditioned ambient shall be mounted in dust -proof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at 32° F to 120° F. C. Serviceability. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, and communications. All wiring connections shall be made to field removable, modular terminal strips or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable. D. Memory. The Application Specific Controller shall maintain all BIOS and programming information in the FT_ event of a power loss for at least 90 days. E. Immunity to Power and noise. Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage M rating and shall perform an orderly shut -down below 80%. F.: 'Transformer. Power supply for the ASC must berated at minimum of 125% of ASC power consumption, and shall be fused or current limiting type. 2.11 c6iAMUNI6ATIONS A. The controls Contractor shall provide all communication media, connectors, repeaters, hubs, and routers necessary for the inter -network. B. a Building Controllers shall have a communications port for connections with the operator interfaces. C. GommuVtions services over the inter -network shall result in operator interface and value passing that is Qranrrrt to the inter -network architecture as follows: 4f. Mection of an operator interface device to any one controller on the inter -network will allow the ...✓1 CD C40rator to interface with all other controllers as if that interface were directly connected to the other 4 >eZrollers. Data, status information, reports, system software, custom programs, etc., for all ILL x V� rollers shall be available for viewing and editing from any one controller on the inter -network. ,^2. fLWatabase values (i.e. points, software variable, custom program variables) of any one controller shall be readable by any other controller on the inter -network. This value passing shall be automatically performed by a controller when a reference to a point name not located in that controller is entered into the controller's database. An operatorrinstaller shall not be required to set up any communications services to perform inter -network value passing. D. The time clocks in all controllers shall be automatically synchronized daily. 2.12 INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACE A. Hard -wired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through Building, Custom, or Application Specific Controllers. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-14 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC B. All input points and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to itself, another point, or ground will cause no damage to the controller. All input and output points shall be protected from voltage up to 24V of any duration, such that contact with this voltage will cause no damage to the controller. C. Binary inputs shall allow the monitoring of on/off signals or from remote devices. The binary inputs shall provide a wetting current of at least 12 me to be compatible with commonly available control devices. D. Pulse accumulation input points. This type of point shall conform to all the requirements of Binary Input points, and also accept up to 2 pulses per second for pulse accumulation, and shall be protected against effects of contact bounce and noise. E. Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of low voltage (0-10 Vdc), current (4-20 me), or resistance signals (thermistor, RTD). Analog inputs shall be compatible with, and field configurable to commonly available sensing devices. F. Binary outputs shall provide for on/off operation, or a pulsed low voltage signal for pulse width modulation control. Outputs shall be selectable for either normally open or normally closed operation. G. Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs shall provide either a 0-10 Vdc or a 4-20 ma signal as required to provide proper control of the output device. 2.13 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES v A. Electronic damper/valve actuators. D c 1. The actuator shall have electronic overload or digital rotation sensing circuitryve ama the actuator throughout the rotation of the actuator. Furnish a separate dampivafor ac�h m damper greater than 48" in any dimension. Gr 1 + 1 r- 2. Where shown, for power-failure/safety applications, an internal mechanical, sp$_ tur mec ni m shall be built into the actuator housing. c %" ry 3. All rotary spring return actuators shall be capable of both clockwise and counter clockwi5'e spring return operation. Linear actuators shall spring return to the retracted position. 4. Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 VDC or 0-20 me control signal and provide a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 me operating range. 5. All 24 VAC/DC actuators shall not require more than 10 VA for AC or more than 8 W for DC applications. Actuators operating on 120 VAC or 230 VAC shall not require more than 11 VA. 6. All non -spring return actuators shall have an external manual gear release to allow manual positioning of the damper when the actuator is not powered. Spring return actuators with more than 60 irl-Ib. torque capacity shall have a manual crank for this purpose. 7. All modulating actuators shall have an external, built-in switch to allow the reversing of direction of rotation. 8. Actuators shall be provided with a conduit fitting and a minimum 1m electrical cable and shall be = pre -wired to eliminate the necessity of opening the actuator housing to make electrical connections. 9. Actuators shall be Underwriters Laboratories Standard 873 listed. 10. Actuators shall be designed for a minimum of 60,000 full stroke cycles at the actuator's rated torque. Actuators shall include a stroke limiting device. B. Automatic Dampers (low leakage) 1. Dampers shall include the frame, blades, and linkage assembly. Coordinate damper sizes and quantities with exhaust air fans, plenums, air handling units, and built up air handling units. Dampers shall be as follows: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 0900-15 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC a. Opposed blade configuration and suitable for operating temperatures between –40° F and 200' F. b. The assembly shall include airfoil type blades with the linkage out of the airstream and concealed in the frame. c. The seals shall include extruded vinyl blade edge seals and flexible metal compression type jamb seals. Bearings shall be stainless steel sleeve. The axles shall be 1/2" plated steel hex. d. The Damper shall be constructed of a minimum of 16 gauge galvanized steel. e. Damper shall have a maximum leakage performance rating of 4 cfm per square foot at 1 inch water gauge static pressure differential (based on a 36 "wide x 24" high damper). f. Dampers shall bear the AMCA certification for air leakage. g. Low leakage dampers shall be by Ruskin or approved equal. 2. Reference the drawings for minimum and economizer outdoor air damper sizes. 3. Submit product data, performance and installation data. Clearly indicate profile of damper size, materials, damper blade configuration, damper linkage, leakage characteristics and operators. C. Control Valves 1. Control valves shall be two-way or three-way type for two -position or modulating service as scheduled, shown, or as indicated in the sequence of operation. M r,2. Close -off (differential) Pressure Rating: Valve actuator and trim shall be furnished to provide the � y following minimum close -off pressure ratings: a: Water Valves: 1) Two-way: 150% of total system (pump) head. 2) Three-way: 300% of pressure differential between ports A and B at design flow or 100% of total system (pump) head. 3. Water Valves: 4) Valves 1/2" through 2" shall be bronze body or cast brass ANSI Class 250, spring loaded, Teflon packing, quick opening for two -position service. Two-way valves to have replaceable composition disc, or stainless steel ball. 5) 2-1/2" valves and larger shall be cast iron ANSI Class 125 with guided plug and Teflon packing. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 0900-16 C: a. Body and trim style and materials shall be per manufacturer's recommendations for design r� > onditions and service shown, with equal percentage ports for modulating service. 0 cSizing Criteria: W d LU - -) Two -position service: Line size. 'J C CV }C-2) Two-way modulating service: Pressure drop shall be equal to the pressure drop through heat exchanger (load), 50% of the pressure difference between supply and return mains, or r• a maximum of 4 psi. 3) Three-way Modulating Service: Pressure drop equal to the pressure drop through the coil exchanger (load), 4 psi maximum. 4) Valves 1/2" through 2" shall be bronze body or cast brass ANSI Class 250, spring loaded, Teflon packing, quick opening for two -position service. Two-way valves to have replaceable composition disc, or stainless steel ball. 5) 2-1/2" valves and larger shall be cast iron ANSI Class 125 with guided plug and Teflon packing. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 0900-16 1 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 4. General a. Water valves shall fail normally open or closed as scheduled on plans or as follows: 1) Heat pumps (2 -way and 3 -way valves) - normally open. 2) Packaged air-to-air energy recovery heat pump (2 -way and 3 -way valves) - normally open. 3) Other applications - as scheduled or as required by sequence of operation. D. Sensors: Room and duct humidity sensors shall be of the thin film capacitance type containing a humidity sensitive material that modifies its dielectric constant to maintain accuracy of + 5% RH @ 77" F, range of 20% to 95% RH, including hysteresis, linearity, and repeatability. The sensor shall be rated for operation between 15 to 170 degrees F. 2. All temperature and humidity sensors shall be of the electronic type. The temperature sensors shall be resistance temperature device (RTD) or thermistor type. a. Room sensors shall include covers for horizontal or vertical mounting and concealed adjustments. Sensors shall include adjustable slide temperature sensors, and two-hour push button override. All wall sensors located on exterior walls or surfaces that will causobnormal sensor readings shall be furnished with an insulated base. Z b. Room sensors shall have a range of 32-120 degrees F with a factory calif olmVel" F. Accuracy shall be plus or minus 1 degree F at calibration point. �� N 0 c. Sensors located in areas of common areas (i.e. high density occupancy,ging space/or foot traffic) shall be provided with high impact plastic guards, including but•nat*tlmit_to cSurs, cafeteria, gymnasium, weight room. Covers shall be Grainger model 2E3qulvalent.0 d. Mounting: typical space sensors at 48" above floor to center; sensors in cer lmon aWs at 96" above floor to center. F e. Duct Temperature Sensors - accuracy of + 1 ° F @ 77 deg F. Duct air sensors shall be duct single point, averaging probe or averaging bulb as required under sequence of operation. f. Outside air sensor shall have watertight inlet fitting and contain a shield from direct sunlight. 3. Duct pressure sensors shall be compatible for use in HVAC air distribution or air handling systems and shall have an accuracy of plus or minus .1" w.g. Sensors shall have an operating tempe range from 0-175° F and 10-90% relative humidity. Sensors shall be Mamac Systems or approv, equal. 4. The Carbon Dioxide sensors shall have a measurement range from zero to 2000 parts per million-_ (ppm) and an initial accuracy of plus or minus 20 ppm with a deviation of no more that 100 ppm after two years of continuous service. The response time shall not exceed 120 seconds. The operating temperature shall be between 55" F and 90" F and the operating relative humidity range shall be from 5 to 100%. The carbon dioxide sensor shall be by Vaisala or Engineer approved equal..; E. Differential Pressure Switch (static) - shall sense static differential pressure for negative application (exhaust air duct), positive pressure (supply duct), or a differential pressure switch (filters) and shall be automatic reset type with an adjustable range from .05-12" WC. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900-17 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC F. Low Temperature Detection 1. Electric low temperature warning thermostats shall have 20 ft low point sensitive elements (not averaging type) installed in parallel or series to serpentine the entire coil face area of the chilled water coil. These thermostats shall be two position reset type. Where coils are in banks, multiple low limit thermostats, wired in series, shall be provided and wired to initiate the freeze condition sequences specified and signal a remote alarm to the facilities management console. 2. The low temperature thermostat shall be automatic reset type as described in the sequence of operations. 3. Thermostat shall be adjustable between the temperatures of 35° to 45° F. G. Current Sensing Relays - shall be split core type with adjustable high and low trip settings. Range shall not exceed 175% of expected input. Coordinate special requirements for systems with variable speed drives. H. Flow Switches 1. Flow -proving switches shall be either paddle or differential pressure type for proof of flow application. 2. Paddle type switches (water service only) shall be UL listed, SPDT snap -acting with pilot duty rating (125 VA minimum). Adjustable sensitivity with NEMA Type 1 enclosure unless otherwise specified: 3. Differential pressure type switches (air or water service) shall be UL listed, solid state, SPDT snap -acting, pilot duty rated (125 VA minimum), NEMA Type 1 enclosure, with scale range and �--� c^ differential suitable for intended application, or as specified. Mercoid type switches shall not be used for equipment that vibrates such as chillers, etc. Differential pressure switches shall be by Orange 1 Research or approved equal. :4. Current sensing relays may be used for flow sensing or terminal devices. I. delays 1. Control relays shall be UL listed plug-in type with dust cover. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage suitable for application. 2. Time delay relays shall be UL listed solid-state plug-in type with adjustable time delay. Delay shall 4, be adjustable plus or minus 200% (minimum) from set -point shown on plans. Contact rating, c-� conf uration, and coil voltage suitable for application. Provide NEMA Type 1 enclosure when not Q _ in _ ed in local control panel. W J. _ anyrtrrGers and Power Supplies ..J N 4D:L*ol transformers shall be UL listed, Class 2 current -limiting type, or shall be furnished with bv6Dcurrent protection in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service. ? f—Q y. 5SEoutput shall match the required output current and voltage requirements. Current output shall r— ally for a 50% safety factor. Output ripple shall be 3.0 mV maximum Peak -to -Peak. Regulation N shall be 0.10% line and load combined, with 50 microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in over -voltage protection. 3. Unit shall operate between 0° C and 50° C. 4. Unit shall be UL recognized. K. Local Control Panels 1. All indoor control cabinets shall be fully enclosed NEMA Type 1 construction with hinged door, key -lock latch, removable sub -panels. A single key shall be common to all field panels and sub -panels. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-18 11 .1 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 2. Interconnections between internal and face -mounted devices pre -wired with color -coded stranded conductors neatly installed in plastic troughs and/or tie -wrapped. Terminals for field connections shall be UL listed for 600 -volt service, individually identified per control/interlock drawings, with adequate clearance for Feld wiring. Control termination's for field connection shall be individually identified per control drawings. 3. Provide on/off power switch with over -current protection and main air gauge for control power sources to each local panel. L. Auxiliary Devices Furnish and install all necessary auxiliary electronic devices as appropriate to accomplish the sequence as specified. These totally electronic devices shall include (but not be limited to) such items as load limiting controllers, low signal selectors, high signal selectors, remote reset control devices, floating alarm units, staging networks, damper position indicators, unison amplifiers, reversing networks, sequencing networks and electronic power supplies. M. Smoke Detectors 1. The smoke detectors for units over 2000 cfm shall be furnished and installed by the elaoirical contractor. N. Emergency Shutoff SwitchC? • i 1. Provide separate mushroom type push button (pull to reset) with protective co%"y Kshfwown electrical power to boilers and water heaters at each entrance to space, refertty7ilpps f6 locati Provide label for each switch. Tf ; -p S 2.14 AIR FLOW MONITORING DEVICES (AT FAN INLETS) A. Furnish fan inlet airflow probes to traverse the inlet of a fan. The probe shall be capffbble of CIWZ usly measuring the air handling unit air volume for the respective fan. Coordinate the number of inlets required with fan type indicated on the drawings. B. The probes shall not adversely affect the performance of the fan and shall have an accuracy of 3% of the actual flow based on a 6:1 turndown ratio. C. Probes shall be VOLU-probe FI by Air Monitor Corporation or Engineer approved equivalent. 2.15 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME DAMPERS L_. rt A. Units shall be completely factory assembled, manufactured of corrosion protected welded steel, and fabricated with a minimum of 18 -gauge metal on the high pressure (inlet) side of the VAV damper andr 22 -gauge metal on the low pressure (outlet) side and unit casing. J B. Inside surfaces shall have lining material suitable to provide required acoustic performance, thermal insulation, and prevent sweating. Lining thickness shall be not less than 1 inch. Lining shall'be secured to supporting surfaces in such a manner that it will not delaminate, sag or settle. Surfaces, including edges, shall be faced with solid metal. C. Casing shall have removable panels large enough to provide access to all moving parts for in9pection, adjustment, and maintenance without disconnecting ducts. Panels shall be flush, gasketed airtight, and held in place by screwdriver operated quarter -turn latches. D. Units shall be rigidly supported so they remain stationary at all times. Cross -bracing or other means of stiffening shall be provided as necessary. Method of support shall be such that distortion and malfunction of units cannot occur. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 0900-19 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC E. Locate air volume damper and automatic flow control assembly inside unit casing. Construct from extruded aluminum or 20 gauge galvanized steel components. Key damper blades into shaft with nylon fitted pivot points. Flow sensor shall be provided regardless of control chosen. Flow sensor shall be a ring or cross. F. Air volume control damper shall be factory calibrated assembly consisting of air modulation damper and extension for connection to control actuator. All Actuator linkage shall be protected by a sheet metal enclosure. G. Electric normally open actuator shall position damper. Electric actuator shall be factory mounted. H. Provide variable air volume units by Trane, Titus, Carrier, Carnes, Price, Enviro-Tec, Metal -Aire, Nailor, or Engineer approved equivalent. 2.16 WIRING A. All electric wiring required for the control system and any interlock wiring required for the controls sequence shall be provided by the Temperature Control Contractor. B. All line voltage control wiring shall be run in conduit. Reference Division 26 for requirements. C. -S/Vire shall be a minimum of #18 gauge, color coded, stranded wire for all low voltage, electronic circuit with fr "spares" installed (one for every group of 10 wires) in conduit. �--� D. r Coordinate the requirements for 120V circuits for the ASC's. All control transformers shall be the t responsibility of this contractor. Reference the electrical drawings for circuit locations. 7 SE�61JENCE OF OPERATION `` A.* General 1. All HVAC equipment control points recognized by the controllers, both factory and field installed, shall be integrated into the new BAS for full control and manipulation via the operator's interface/workstation. 2. Control points (i.e. Indications, Adjustments, Alarms, faults, remote reset, etc.) as identified shall be provided as equipment manufacturer's factory options. Where the specified item is not available as a factory option, the equipment manufacturer shall coordinate with the TCC to provide. All non -factory option solutions shall be highlighted within the shop drawing submittals of both the equipment ci manufacturer and the TCC. h apiece of equipment with potential of being automatically locked out of operation due to unit shall be capable of being reset remotely from the District's central workstation. Specific W d tpk_mdures to do so shall be demonstrated for each type of equipment installed on this project. ,J ilS�iece of equipment with potential of being automatically locked out of operation due to unit shall be capable of being reset remotely from the Owner's workstation. Specific procedures to LL z shall be demonstrated for each type of equipment installed on this project. O Owner's general requirements: a. Provide summary page to show current data for all heat pump points. b. Each graphics page shall contain a link to the control diagram and sequence for that particular piece of equipment. c. Occupied Heating/Cooling set points (VAV Boxes): 70F / 74F. d. Unoccupied Heating/Cooling set points (VAV Boxes): 68F / 76F. e. Occupied Heating/Cooling set points (RTU): 70F / 74F Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 0900-20 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC f. Unoccupied Heating/Cooling set points (RTU): 65F / 80F g. Occupied/Unoccupied relative humidity set points (all units): 50% / 60% h. Units shall have a +/- 2F deadband. i. The 'effective set point' shall be displayed on each graphic. j. Thermostat adjustment shall be displayed on each graphic. B. Rooftop Unit RTU -1 1. Units shall be furnished with all self contained temperature controls for space temperature control. The temperature control contractors shall provide the start stop signal to the unit and provide the occupied/unoccupied schedules through the building automation system. 2. Temperature control contractor shall field mount, wire, and terminate unit manufacturer furnished space sensors for occupied and unoccupied space temperature and humidity control. 3. Factory controls shall be DDC controls with BACnet MS/TP interface capabilities. The control contractor shall provide any required interface device necessary to interface with BACnet MS/TP and provide the points associated with the unit to the Building Automation System operator workstation. 4. The local unit DDC control shall be provided with a touch pad with L.E.D. screen to enter and modify internal DDC set points. 5. During cooling operation, the unit will cool and dehumidify air through DX cooling coil anf�lihen reheat through hot gas reheat (HGRH). HGRH to be modulating and not two position. O v 6. Provide unit with free cooling option such that when the outdoor air represents r tal coo lr load and unit is calling for cooling, the wheel shall stop and the outside air dampgr all'Sodula" maintain discharge air temperature. Wheel rotation shall not alarm when the, shed t{idlY free cooling operation. t -- m 'v 7. When the unit is indexed to the unoccupied mode and space temperatures reaET& re?6ced got., back set point, the unit shall come on cycling the compressor stages as requir o a"ain V unoccupied set points for humidity and temperature in the summer and the ga ired furgpce shall modulate to maintain unoccupied set point for temperature in the winter. In unoccupieiFmode, the exhaust fan shall be de -energized, the outdoor air and exhaust air dampers shall remain closed. 8. The unit's supply fan shall be controlled by variable speed drive; VFD is factory installed.`In the cooling mode, the supply airflow, shall be as scheduled per drawing M6.01. A&the space temperature decreases to below the cooling set point, the supply airflow shall modulate incrementally between 100% and 60% (adjustable) minimum to maintain the space set point. On a further decrease in space temperature, the supply airflow shall be set to heating mode airflow (60% adjustable) and the control of the gas furnace shall be modulated, as required, to maintain the space heating temperature set point. The speed of the exhaust fan VFD shall be modulated in response to the outside air damper position. 9. The unit manufacturer shall make the following points available to the temperature cont contractor to tie into BAS provided by the temperature control contractor. The control contractor shall interface to the unit provided controls through BACnet MS/TP and provide the following points at the operating work station: 10. Provide the following: indications (1), adjustments (A) and command (C) is defined as the ability to deactivate the specified component while the RTU continues to operate. (') Indicates critical alarm point. a. Outdoor air temperature (1) b. Outdoor air relative humidity (1) Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-21 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC c. Unit Start/Stop (1) d. Unit On/Off Status (1, A, *) e. Cooling Mode Status (1) Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-22 f. Furnace Status (1) g. Supply Fan Status (I,*) h. Supply Fan Variable Speed Drive (Hz) (1) i. Supply Airflow (1) j. Exhaust/Relief Fan Status (I,*) k. Exhaust/Relief Fan Variable Speed Drive (Hz) (1) I. Exhaust Airflow (1) o. Hot Gas Reheat Command (C) p. Occupied/Unoccupied Mode Status (1) q. Discharge Air Temperature (1, *) r.. Discharge Air Relative Humidity (1, A) of s. Zone Temperature (I, *) Outdoor Air Filter Status (1, *) Compressor High/Low Pressure (*) each stage c- t.u. Outside Air and Exhaust Air Damper Status (*) each damper G ^. :w. General Fault (1) a x. Occupied Cooling Set Point (I, A) o y. Occupied Heating Set Point (1, A) Dehumidification set point (I, A) 0 ��z.. <X�Occupied K& -'Unoccupied Cooling Set Point (I, A) r Unoccupied Heating Set Point (I, A) C �... *9Unoccupied Dehumidification Set Point (l, A) i G ^ bCooling/Heating Prop Band (l, A) ae. Compressor Stage (1) each stage af. Outdoor Air Damper Position (1) ag. Duct static pressure (1) ah. Building static pressure (1) Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-22 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC C. Exhaust Fans -A motorized damper at each fan shall be controlled so that the damper is closed when the fan is de -energized and open when the fan is energized. The fan shall not start until the respective damper is proven open. Provide all interconnecting wiring. Exhaust fan EF -1 (Gang restroom fan): Fan operation shall be interlocked with rack oven so that the fan operates when the rack oven is energized. Provide the following indications (1) and adjustments (A) for exhaust fans at the operator work station. (`) Indicates critical alarm point. Alarms for fans shall be signaled if the fan is de -energized and the controls call for the fan to be energized. a. Fan start/stop (I, A) b. Fan status (1, ') H. Heat Exchanger HX -1 1. Whenever loop temperature is below setpoint of 45F (adjustable), the lead heating pump (P-1 or 2) shall be energized, the pool heating pump (P-3) shall be energized, the'cold side' 3 -way control valve and the'hot side' 3 -way valve shall open permitting flow through both sides of the heat exchanger. 2. The'hot side' control valve shall modulate to maintain the heat exchanger'cold side' discharge temperature set point of 50F (adjustable). 3. As the heating -demand signal decreases and the loop temperature is 5F (adjustable) al&te set point,. the 'hot side' 3 -way control valve shall go to full bypass. The lead heating pum&-1 orZ,jshall be de -energized when the loop temperature is 1 O (adjustable) for a period of 15L ifmstat�Y�f6) mint 4. Indications/adjustments: Provide the following indications (1) and adjustment r 4 '+, 1 heating/cooling plant. (') Indicates critical alarm points. O Ir -n` a. Source supply temperature (from heat exchanger) (I, ') � r • 1 b. Source return temperature (to heat exchanger) (1) �` tV c. Source control valve position (I,') d. Load supply temperature (heating water to heat exchanger) (1) e. Load return temperature (heating water from heat exchanger) (1) f. Load heating water control valve position (I, ") Chilled Water Pumps (P-4 and 5): Ul 1. Each pump shall be controlled by a dedicated variable speed drive. In the auto mode, either pkmp shall be designated as the standby pump. Provide a pump sequencer program to allow rpanual.aad automatic switchover between the lead and standby pumps to equalize run time. If the lead pu nIS' should fail, the flow switch shall alert the BAS and energize time delay relay. If the flow it inter(4tld for more than 20 seconds (adjustable), the BAS shall simultaneously de -energize -the lead.pump, energize the standby pump, and activate an alarm. The variable speed drive shall be u6id for balancing purposes only. 2. TCC shall review 23 2114 Hydronic Specialties for requirements pertaining to interconnection with flow transducers associated with metering station of venturi-type flow balancing valves. Output signals shall be integrated into BAS to monitor flowrate; coordinate preferred output signal with the mechanical contractor. 3. Indications/adjustments: Provide the following indications (1) and adjustments (A) for the heating/cooling plant. (') Indicates critical alarm points. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-23 W U. SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC a. Pump P-4, 5 start/stop (I, A) b. Pump P-4, 5 lead/lag (I, A) c. Pump P-4, 5 status (I, *) d. Pump P-4, 5 VFD fault (*) e. Flowrate (I,*) [each pump] Heating Hot Water Boilers and Pumps: The heating system consists of two hot water boilers with dedicated circulation pumps and two new main distribution pumps. a. Heating distribution pumps (P-1, 2): Each pump shall be controlled by a dedicated variable speed drive. In the auto mode, either pump shall be designated as the standby pump. Provide a pump sequencer program to allow manual and automatic switchover between the lead and standby pumps to equalize run time. If the lead pump should fail, the flow switch shall alert the BMS and energize time delay relay. If the flow is interrupted for more than 20 seconds (adjustable), the BMS shall simultaneously de -energize the lead pump, energize the standby pump, and activate an alarm. The variable speed drive shall control the speed of the pump in response to a differential pressure controller. C ' b. TCC shall review 23 2114 Hydronic Specialties for requirements pertaining to interconnection with flow transducers associated with metering station of venturi-type flow balancing valves. Output signals shall be integrated into BAS to monitor flowrate; coordinate preferred output signal with the mechanical contractor. c- ,c. Hot Water Boilers (B-1,2): The packaged boiler control system shall control each boilers and respective circulating pumps (CP -1, 2) to maintain the supply water temperature set point. The temperature controls contractor shall provide sequencing of the boilers as required. 1) The supply and return temperature sensors shall be installed to provide feedback to the boilers. 2) The hot water supply temperature setpoint shall be reset in response to the outdoor air sensor as follows: a 0 N CD �l Outdoor Air Temperature I Heating Hot Water Supply v K Ji - UH Below 30F 160F 180F The temperature controls contractor shall install any required inter connecting wiring, including interface with the outdoor air sensor, water temperature sensors and reset program. d. Indications/adjustments: Provide the following indications (1) and adjustments (A) for the heating/cooling plant. (*) indicates critical alarm points. 1) P-1, 2 start/stop (I,A) 2) P-1, 2 lead/lag (I,A) 3) P-1, 2 status (1, *) Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-24 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 5) P-1, 2 VFD fault (') 6) CP -1, 2 start/stop (I,A) 7) CP -1, 2 status (l,') 8) B-1, 2 enable/disable (I, A) 9) B-1, 2 lead/lag (l, A) 10) B-1, 2 status (I,`) 11) Hot water supply temperature (l, A) 12) Hot water return temperature (1) 13) Flowrate (I,') [each pump] 14) Boiler, DWH Emergency Stop Button Status (I, `) K. Variable Air Volume Boxes with Hot Water Re -Heat Coils C? 1. When the zone space temperature falls below the zone setpoint, the reheat coilk;r4vatk?valve 11 be modulated to maintain zone temperature. n—<V _,� ro r 2. When the zone temperature rises above the setpoint, the reheat coil hot water--14shag closa�gd the damper shall modulate open as required to maintain the zone temperature, intim 3. In the unoccupied mode, VAV boxes shall be controlled to maintain the night sj aback temperat setpoint. A two hour (adj.) button on the zone temperature sensor shall reset the setpolp to the occupied setpoint temporarily. If any VAV boxes are in the occupied mode, the RTU sh511 be indexed to the occupied mode. 4. Indications/adjustments: Provide the following indications (1) and adjustments (A) for the heating/cooling plant. (') indicates critical alarm points. [typical for each VAV box] a. VAV box discharge air temperature, setpoint (I, A) b. HW Valve control, position feedback (I, A) c. VAV box damper position, feedback (l, A) L. Automatic Glycol Feeder 1. Confirm pump activation pressure when system pressure is satisfactorily adjusted. - 2. Provide the following alarms (') when pump is activated due to loss in system pressure. a. Feed Pump start M. Domestic Hot Water/Tempered Circulation Pumps. 1. HWCP-1 and the existing recirculating pump shall be scheduled to operate during normal building j occupied hours. 2. Provide the following indications (1), adjustments (A) and alarms (') for each pump: a. Start/Stop (I,A). b. Status (I,'). Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-25 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wiring in a neat and workmanlike manner. Wiring to finished spaces shall be run concealed. B. All work is to be installed by a qualified person skilled in the installation of electronic control systems. The control company representative is responsible for the proper installation of the control system and will provide supervision of the installation. C. Wire the flow switches and other chiller control devices not factory wired. Reference the chiller specification. D. Install damper actuators for all automatic dampers. E. Install terminal equipment controllers on terminal boxes and provide all necessary control wiring. F. Install system and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and roughing -in drawings, and :57,details and drawings. Install electrical work and use electrical products complying with requirements of .=-applicable Division 26 sections of these specifications. Mount controllers at convenient locations and n -n heights. G. Check and verify location of thermostats with plans and room details before installation. Install thermostats c 48 inches above floor to meet the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Align with lighting switches and humidistats. > ! H. Wiring. The term "wiring" is defined to include providing of wire, conduit and miscellaneous materials as required for mounting and connecting electric control devices. I. Wiring System. Install complete wiring system for electric -electronic temperature controls. Conceal wiring, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. Provide multi -conductor instrument harness (bundle) in place of single conductors where number of conductors can be run along common path. Fasten flexible conductors bridging cabinets and doors, neatly along hinge side, and protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors neatly. J. Number -code or color -code conductors, appropriately for future identification and servicing of control system. 3.2 ON-SITE TESTING A. Provide Engineer and/or Owner approved operation and acceptance testing of the complete system. The Engineer and/or Owner will witness all tests. 0 B. &Tield Taft. When installation of the system is complete, calibrate equipment and verify transmission .:�nedo�eration before the system is placed in line. All testing, calibrating, adjusting and final field tests Q isha completed by the installer. Provide a cross-check of each control point within the system by nmaki comparison between the control command and the field -controlled device. Verify that all W ystays-ere operable from local controls in the specified failure mode upon panel failure or loss of power. J �ubtyitUe results of functional and diagnostic tests and calibrations to the Engineer for final system �- 7accAgtagpe. LL C", v3 C. ;F-omplidMe Inspection Checklist. Submit in the form requested, the following items of information to the �wner's representative and ArchitecUEngineer for verification of compliance to the project specifications. ilure to comply with the specified information shall constitute non-performance of the contract. The contractor shall submit written justification for each item in the checklist that he is unable to comply with. The Owner's Representative and the Architect/Engineer will initial and date the checklist to signify Contractor's compliance before acceptance of system. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 0900-26 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 1. Verify to the Owner's Representative and Architect/Engineer in letter form that supplier has in-place support facility. Letter shall show location of support facility, name and titles of technical staff, engineers, supervisors, fitters, electricians, managers and all other personnel responsible for the completion of the work on this project User Date 2. Manually generate an alarm at the remote DDC Controller as selected by the Architect/Engineer to demonstrate the capability of the workstation and alarm printer to receive alarms within 5 seconds. User Date A/E Date 3. Disconnect one DDC Controller from the network to demonstrate that a single device failure shall not disrupt or halt peer-to-peer communication. Panel to be disconnected shall be selected by the Architect/Engineer. User Date A/E Date 4. At a DDC Controller of the Architect/Engineer's choice, display on the portable operator's terminal: a. At least one temperature setpoint and at least one status condition; i.e.: on or off for a system or piece of equipment attached to the panel as well as for points at another DDC Controller on the network. t3 b. The diagnostic results as specified for a system or piece of equipment attt togt parlgI as well as for a system or piece of equipment attached to another DDC Con qtr• c c. The ability to add a new point to the DDC Controller with the POT and ha!AHutticair-- uploaded to the workstation to modify that panel's stored database. -C r— m r*1 Z User Date A/E Date c 5. At the Architect/Engineer's choice, disconnect the trunk connection to demonsifate its k of reliance on a DDC Controller to maintain full control functionality. r User Date A/E Date 3.3 SERVICE AND GUARANTEE c7 A. General Requirements. Provide all services, materials and equipment necessary for the successful operation of the entire BAS System for a period of one year after completion of successful performance test. Provide necessary material required for the work. Minimize impacts on facility.operations when performing scheduled adjustments and non-scheduled work. B. Description of Work. The adjustment and repair of the system includes all computer equipment, software updates, transmission equipment and all sensors and control devices. Provide the manufacturer's required adjustment and all other work necessary. C. Personnel. Provide qualified personnel to accomplish all work promptly and satisfactorily. C;vner shall be advised in writing of the name of the designated service representative, and of any changes in personnel D. Schedule of Work. Provide two minor inspections at 6 month intervals and two major'Ihspections offset equally between the minor inspections to effect quarterly inspection of alternating magnitud6.,and all work required as specified. Schedule major inspections in July and January. Minor inspections shall include visual checks and operational test of all equipment delivered. Major inspections shall include all work described for minor inspections and the following work: 1. Clean all equipment, including interior and exterior surfaces. 2. Perform signal, voltage and system isolation checks of system workstations and peripherals. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-27 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 3. Check and calibrate each field device. Check all analog points and digital points. 4. Run all diagnostics and correct all previously diagnosed problems. 5. Resolve and correct any previous outstanding problems. E. Emergency Service. Owner shall initiate service calls when the system is not functioning properly. Qualified personnel shall be available to provide service to the complete system. Furnish Owner with a telephone number where service representative can be reached at all times. Service personnel shall be at the site within 4 hours after receiving a request for service. Restore the control system to proper operating condition within 24 hours. F. Operation. Performance of scheduled adjustment and repair shall verify operation of the system as demonstrated by the initial performance test. G. Systems Modifications. Provide any recommendations for system modification in writing to Owner. Do not make any system modifications, including operating parameters and control settings, without prior approval of Owner. Any modifications made to the system shall be incorporated into the operations and maintenance manuals, and other documentation affected. H. Software. Provide all software updates and verify operation in the system. These updates shall be accomplished in a timely manner, fully coordinated with the system operators, and shall be incorporated I nto the operations and maintenance manuals, and software documentation. .3.4 EXAMINATION A. . The project plans shall be thoroughly examined for control device and equipment locations, and any discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer for resolution before rough -in work is started. 3:5 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP A. ,Install equipment, piping, wiring/conduit parallel to building lines (i.e. horizontal, vertical, and parallel to walls) wherever possible. B. Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. C. tttatall all equipment in readily accessible location as defined by chapter 1 article 100 part A of the NEC. e"dntrol p&Pels shall be attached to structural walls unless mounted in equipment enclosure specifically Q J&sig r that purpose. Panels shall be mounted to allow for unobstructed access for service. O D.rifyt1_a rity of all wiring to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and grounds. E. Q{ll a [ ri� t, installation, and wiring shall comply with acceptable industry specifications and standards ,- f p Rance, reliability, and compatibility and be executed in strict adherence to local codes and Li cs n ractices. F. 2oordin.2i with the testing and balancing contractor to adjust low leakage dampers if damper leak rate Wceeds specifications. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS A. Install sensors in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Mount sensors rigidly and adequate for the environment within which the sensor operates. C. Room temperature sensors shall be installed on concealed junction boxes properly supported by the wall framing. D. All wires attached to sensors shall be air sealed in their conduits or in the wall to stop air transmitted from other areas affecting sensor readings. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-28 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC E. Install duct static pressure tap with tube end facing directly down -stream of airflow. F. Sensors used in mixing plenums, and hot and cold decks shall be of the averaging type. Averaging sensors shall be installed in a serpentine manner horizontally across duct. Each bend shall be supported with a capillary clip. G. All pipe mounted temperature sensors shall be installed in wells. Install all liquid temperature sensors with heat conducting fluid in thermal wells. H. Wiring for space sensors shall be concealed in building walls. EMT conduit is acceptable within mechanical and service rooms. I. Install outdoor air temperature sensors on north wall complete with sun shield at designated location. 3.7 FLOW SWITCH AND PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL SWITCH INSTALLATION A. Install using a thread -o -let in steel pipe. In copper pipe use C x C x F Tee, no pipe extensions or substitutions allowed. B. Mount a minimum of 5 pipe diameters up stream and 5 pipe diameters downstream or 2 feet whichever is greater, from fittings and other obstructions. zt C. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions. C3 D. Assure correct flow direction and alignment. y c E. Mount in horizontal piping - flow switch on top of the pipe. -� ry o -... r -�C> F. Pressure differential switches mounted on horizontal sections of pipe shall be installeal6phe side or onf pipes to avoid accumulation of debris. { x -3= 3.8 ACTUATORS A tV r A. Mount and link control damper actuators per manufacturer's instructions. B. Check operation of damper/actuator combination to confirm that actuator modulates damper smoothly throughout stroke to both open and closed positions. C. Valves - Actuators shall be mounted on valves with adapters approved by the actuator manufacturer. Actuators and adapters shall be mounted following manufacturer's recommendations. 3.9 WARNING LABELS L� A. Affix plastic labels on each starter and equipment automatically controlled through the Contrasyst rq I including all air handling unit fans at doors. Label shall indicate the following: ••"+'$ G CAUTION '-~r This equipment is operating under cD automatic control and may start at 7. -=e any time without warning. 3.10 IDENTIFICATION OF HARDWARE AND WIRING A. All wiring and cabling, including that within factory -fabricated panels, shall be labeled at each end within 2" of termination with a cable identifier and other descriptive information. B. Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show the instrument or item served. C. Identify control panels with minimum 1 cm letters on laminated plastic nameplates. D. Identify all other control components with permanent labels. Identifiers shall match record documents All plug-in components shall be labeled such that removal of the component does not remove the label. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-29 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 3.11 CONTROLLERS A. Provide a separate Controller for each major piece of HVAC equipment. Points used for control loop reset such as outside air or space temperature are exempt from this requirement. B. Building Controllers and Custom Application Controllers shall be selected to provide a minimum of 15% spare 1/0 point capacity for each point type found at each location. If input points are not universal, 15% of each type is required. If outputs are not universal, 15% of each type is required. A minimum of one spare is required for each type of point used. C. Future use of spare capacity shall require providing the field device, field wiring, point database definition, and custom software. No additional Controller boards or point modules shall be required to implement use of these spare points. 3.12 PROGRAMMING A. Provide sufficient internal memory for the specified control sequences and trend logging. There shall be a minimum of 25% of available memory free for future use. B. Point Naming. System point names shall be modular in design, allowing easy operator interface without the use of a written point index. C. Software Programming ' 1. Provide programming for the system as per specifications and adhere to the strategy algorithms C111 provided. All other system programming necessary for the operation of the system but not specified C= in this document shall also be provided by the Control System Contractor. Imbed into the control program sufficient comment statements to clearly describe each section of the program. The Q comment statements shall reflect the language used in the sequence of operations. D. Operators' Interface c 4. Standard Graphics. Provide graphics for each major piece of equipment and floor plan in the building. This includes each Chiller system, Air Handlers, all VAV terminals. These standard graphics shall show all points dynamically as specified in the points list. 2. The controls contractor shall provide all the labor necessary to install, initialize, start-up, and trouble -shoot all operator interface software and their functions as described in this section. This n incudes any operating system software, the operator interface data base, and any third party software in Ration and integration required for successful operation of the operator interface. C:) a.art of this execution phase, the controls contractor will perform a complete test of the operator w roti rface. Test duration shall be a minimum of 16 hours on-site. Tests shall be made in the presence JN qtQ Owner or Owner's representative. E. :lDemQ®k8tion. A complete demonstration and readout of the capabilities of the monitoring and control Wst4l _ Il be performed. The contractor shall dedicate a minimum of 4 hours on-site with the Owner and tb reproUntatives for a complete functional demonstration of all the system requirements. This Wonstration constitutes a joint acceptance inspection, and permits acceptance of the delivered system for on-line operation. 3.13 CLEANING A. This contractor shall clean up all debris resulting from his or her activities daily. The contractor shall remove all cartons, containers, crates, etc. under his control as soon as their contents have been removed. Waste shall be collected and placed in a location designated by the Construction Manager or General Contractor. B. At the completion of work in any area, the Contractor shall clean all of his/her work, equipment, etc., making it free from dust, dirt and debris, etc. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-30 SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC C. At the completion of work, all equipment furnished under this Section shall be checked for paint damage, and any factory finished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match the adjacent areas. Any metal cabinet or enclosure that has been deformed shall be replaced with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas. 3.14 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by his/her work or workers, and shall be liable for all damage thus caused. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for his/her work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and accepted. The Contractor shall protect his/her work against theft or damage, and shall carefully store material and equipment received on site that is not immediately installed. The Contractor shall close all open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign objects. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. All work, materials and equipment shall comply with the rules and regulations of applicable local, state, and federal codes and ordinances as identified in Part 1 of this Section. B. Contractor shall continually monitor the field installation for code compliance and quality of workmanship. All visible piping and or wiring runs shall be installed parallel to building lines and properly suorted. C. Contractor shall arrange for field inspections by local and/or state authorities havingig$ctiQover the— work. 3.16 ACCEPTANCE A. The control systems will not be accepted as meeting the requirements of Completion] until allMts described in this specification have been performed to the satisfaction of both the E :Rr a Ow Any tests that cannot be performed due to circumstances beyond the control of the ntractWnay by exempt from the Completion requirements if stated as such in writing by the Owner' represfOative. Such tests shall then be performed as part of the warranty. r END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 230900-31 SECTION 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide equipment, materials, tools, labor, and supervision necessary to furnish, fabricate, and install a complete Natural Gas piping system. B. Domestic water heating; kitchen equipment. 1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES A. Pipe materials specified in this Section shall apply to technical sections of Division 23 of the Project Manual where applicable. Special requirements as may be called for in the technical sections, or shown on the Drawings, shall take precedence over General Requirements herein. Piping located in plenums shall be plenum rated for fire and smoke. B. Gas piping and connections to equipment shall be in accordance with NFPA-54, the City Gas Code and the local utility company. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Provide factory -applied plastic end -caps on each length of pipe and tube. Maintain end -caps through shipping, storage, and handling as required to prevent pipe -end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe and tube. B. Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate well above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping. C. Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosu®q or by ckaging with durable, waterproof wrapping. D c7 -t C5 PART 2 PRODUCTS n -G N 2.1 MATERIAL �Cm Material Service T+�x Black steel pipe ERW, Schedule 40, ASTM A53. Aboveground natural gas. See finish and Pa identification requirements. Welded black steel Schedule 40, coated with Gas vents and underground gas piping asphalt and wrapped, ASTM A120. within 5'-0" of building. A. Fittings 1. Threaded pipe - malleable iron fittings, 125 -pound standard flat band water pattern. 2. Welded pipe - welded neck fittings and welded neck flanges, same material and strength as pipe 3. Carbon steel pipe - material and strength shall correspond to pipe specifications ANSLIJ 831.5. ' 4. Plastic underground natural gas piping - all fittings shall be manufactured (tee's, elbows, reducers and transitions to steel pipe), by the piping manufacturer. B. Joints 1. Threaded pipe - make joints using approved pipe joint compound, applied to male threads only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean, remove burrs, and ream ends to full size of bore. Threads shall not be exposed on chromium -plated pipe. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING 231123-1 SECTION 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING 2. Welded pipe - Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators. C. Nipples and Unions 1. Nipples shall conform to size, weight, and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples. 2. For pipe 3" and smaller, use screwed unions; over 3", use flanged unions. For steel and wrought iron pipe, use malleable iron ground joint unions, black or galvanized, to conform to pipe. Cast iron flanged unions are to be gasket type. For threaded brass pipe, use bronze ground joint unions with octagon ends. Install unions on equipment intended to be disassembled. 2.2 PLUG VALVES A. Plug valves shall not be furnished unless specifically shown on the Drawings. When so indicated, this type of valve shall meet the following specifications: 1. Smaller than 2 in.: Tapered plug valves, semi -steel, screwed, wrench operated with wrench. 2. 2 in. and larger: Tapered plug valves, carbon steel, flanged, lubricated plug wrench operated with a wrench. PART 3 EXECUTION c.. 3.1 �tNSTALLATION Install piping and make service connection as shown on the Drawings. Y r"� da�: ?-Rnish: 1: In typically unoccupied spaces (i.e. concealed spaces, above ceilings, mechanical rooms, etc.) paint and prime all exposed piping with epoxy primer and two coats epoxy "yellow" paint. :2-, In occupied spaces leave steel pipe unfinished but mark with mechanical identification. r' C. Do not install rusted fittings. D. Pipe size 2 in. and larger or 2 psig and greater shall have welded joints; pipe less than 2 in. and less v than 2 psig shall have threaded joints made up with gas resistant joint compound. CV E.• shutoff plug valve in main, in each branch line and at each appliance. �y PzdJ j*'J'gas C7eral: Comply with requirements of basic piping material sections for installation of piping (V >49611'rials. Install piping products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, with tYOcable installation requirements of ANSI Z 223.1, and in accordance with recognized industry LL _ Cpl ices to insure that products serve intended functions. Hre Use sealants on metal gas piping threads that are chemically resistant to LP and natural gas. Use sealants sparingly and apply to only male threads of metal joints. 1. Remove cutting and threading burrs before assembling piping. J. Do not install defective piping or fittings. Do not use pipe with threads that are chipped, stripped or damaged. K. Plug each gas outlet, including valves, with a threaded plug or cap immediately after installation, and retain until continuing piping or equipment connections are completed. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING Project No. 1164632 231123-2 SECTION 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING L. Install dirt -legs in gas piping at connections to equipment and elsewhere as indicated, and where required by code or regulation. M. Install tee fittings with bottom outlet plugged, or capped, at bottom of pipe risers. N. Do not install gas piping through foundations or under buildings. Where unavoidable, install in welded conduit, ventilated to outdoors on both ends, and tested to same requirements as gas piping. O. Gas piping shall be electrically grounded and continuously grounded within the project, and bonded tightly to the grounding connection. P. Use dielectric unions where dissimilar metals are joined together. Q. Install piping with 1/64" per foot (1/8%) downward slope in direction flow. R. Install piping parallel to other piping, but maintain minimum of 12" clearance between gas piping and steam or hydronic piping above 200° F (93° C). S. Gas Service: 1. General: Arrange with utility company to provide gas service to indicated location with shutoff at terminus. Consult with utility as to extent of its work, costs, fees and permits involved. Pay such costs and fees; obtain permits. 2. Extend service pipe from utility's terminus to inside building wall, under utility's direction. 3. Provide shutoff outside building where indicated. Provide shutoff in gas service pipe at entry in building. 4. Provide concrete foundations and pads for gas meters per utilities directions. pal T. Installation of Valves: CZ 1. Gas Cocks: Provide at connection to gas train for each gas-fired equiR94 iteg and Qg. risers and braces where indicated. —ice O r 2. Locate gas cocks where easily accessible, and where they will be pro V1ted fronaposslf" injury. O = v 3. Control Valves: Install as indicated. Refer to Division 26 for wiring, no ork 9t;his section. 4. Pressure Regulating Valves: Install where shown and where required; comply with Utility requirements. Pipe atmospheric vent to outdoors, full size of outlet. Install gas shutoff valve upstream of each pressure regulating valve. 3.2 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Fuel Gas Piping Tightness Test: Prior to initial operation, test and purge fuel gas�p!pinA:3 accordance with ANSI Z 223.1, National Fuel Gas Code. B. General: Connect gas piping to each gas-fired equipment item, with dirt leg and shutoff gas cock and pressure regulator where required. Comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions. C. Replace all gas connection hoses when reconnecting kitchen equipment. D. Piping Tests: 1. Using dry nitrogen, purge each segment to be tested. Cap or otherwise seal the segment to be tested. Fill system with dry nitrogen and test in accordance with NFPA 54. 2. Repair or replace fuel gas piping as required to eliminate leaks, and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance. Mercer Aquatic Center Boller & HVAC Replacement FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING Project No. 1164632 231123-3 SECTION 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING 3. All welded pipe shall be pressure tested to 90 prig for a minimum period of one hour. Submit test results. E. Purge System: 1. After all segments have been tested and entire system completed, purge the system free of air in accordance with NFPA 54. Do not leave purge discharge points unattended. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING Project No. 1164632 231123-4 F. Spare Parts: 1. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, 2 valve wrenches for each type of gas valve installed, requiring same. END OF SECTION c� 1� N � Q � O = a W J_ O U F— N L O ~a U � Z � O a� Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FACILITY NATURAL GAS PIPING Project No. 1164632 231123-4 SECTION 23 2113 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide equipment, materials, tools, labor, and supervision necessary to fumish, fabricate, and install complete piping system. 1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES A. Pipe materials specified in this Section shall apply to technical sections of Divisions 22 and 23 of the Project Manual where applicable. Special requirements as may be called for in the technical sections, or shown on the Drawings, shall take precedence over General Requirements herein. Completed piping installations located in plenums shall be plenum rated for fire and smoke. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Provide factory -applied plastic end -caps on each length of pipe and tube. Maintain end -caps through shipping, storage, and handling as required to prevent pipe -end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe and tube. B. Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate well above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping. C. Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit piping schedule listing each pipe material used and systems served. _s d B. Product data for typical fittings and couplings. s>� C. Submit shop drawings at 1/4" per foot scale indicating exact routing and elevati ,fpr aipingr— systems, specifically focused on but not limited to mechanical rooms, crawispaq�"nd other of of condensed installations. urn —0 PART PRODUCTS 0 tV 2.1 MATERIAL r' Material Service Copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. Type L Chilled Water, H dronic heating i in _< 2"o. Type M Aboveground condensate drain lines Black steel pipe, Schedule 40, ASTM A53. Chilled Water, Hydronic heating piping ii2"o ' A. Fittings 1. Cast iron water pipe - Class 250, ANSI A21.20, AWWA C110, standard mechaniFal joint fitting with lugs for connecting to pipe. 2. Copper water tube, cast bronze or wrought copper, solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and B16.22. 3. Copper drainage tube (M) - Cast bronze fittings, solder joint fittings. ANSI B.16, 23-69. 4. Threaded pipe - malleable iron fittings, 125 -pound standard flat band water pattern. 5. Welded pipe - welded neck fittings and welded neck flanges, same material and strength as pipe. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS Project No. 1164632 232113-1 SECTION 23 2113 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 6. Grooved fittings - may be used for chilled water, heating water, glycol/water blended geothermal loop, as approved by Code. Grooved fittings shall be Victaulic, Anvil or Grinnell. Referring to Victaulic as a basis of design, acceptable fittings shall be in the model: a. In general and as otherwise noted below, No. 10 thru No.110, excluding outlet couplings (i.e. No. 72 and similar) b. No. 30 & 30R series (45 deg lateral) for branch piping >: 3"using tee wyes and reducing tee wyes. C. No. 20 & 25 (branch and reducing tees) for branch piping < 2-1/2". d. Elbows for piping z 3" shall be long radius No. 100 e. Reductions shall utilize concentric and eccentric reducers (No. 50& 51); specific usage as defined on plans. f. Hole cut fittings (i.e. 92_ series) are not acceptable. g. Joints shall be completed using Style 75 Standard Flexible Coupling with Grade 'E' EPDM nitrile gaskets. Joints between Sch 40 A53 black steel and HDPE shall utilize Style 994 plain end flange adapter. 7. Carbon steel pipe - material and strength shall correspond to pipe specifications. ANSI 831.5. B. Joints c� 4: 1.- Threaded pipe - make joints using approved pipe joint compound, applied to male threads TT- only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean, remove burrs, and ream ends to full size of bore. Threads shall not be exposed on chromium -plated pipe. c_- o1j,-, Copper water and drainage tube - use 95-5 tin antimony or silver solder, cut pipe square, ni C_ I . clean and polish tube ends and inner surface of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as _ recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Use same methods for copper refrigerant pipe, except use silver solder with 15% silver content, equivalent to Sil-Flos 15. 3. Welded pipe - welding shall conform to welding section of ANSI B31.1 "Code for Power Piping". Pipe up to 2" diameter shall be screwed. Pipe 2 Y2" diameter and over shall be welded. EY) am NI@ples and Unions •- �m Q �5o Nipples shall conform to size, weight, and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of W J W unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close J o V>- nipples. N >2U For pipe 3" and smaller, use screwed unions; over 3", use flanged unions. For steel and U'< wrought iron pipe, use malleable iron ground joint unions, black or galvanized, to conform to C:) pipe. Cast iron flanged unions are to be gasket type. For threaded brass pipe, use bronze ground joint unions with octagon ends. Install unions on equipment intended to be w disassembled. 3. Dielectric unions shall not be installed between connections of copper and ferrous piping; provide line -size Victaulic Style 47 Dielectric Waterway at each such connection. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS Project No. 1164632 232113-2 SECTION 23 2113 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install pipe for plumbing and mechanical systems as shown on the Drawings, as called for in other Sections, and as specified herein. B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated, straight, plumb, and as direct as possible, form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls, partitions, and ceilings, offsetting only where necessary to follow walls and avoid interference with other mechanical items. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. Branch piping shall come off the tops of mains unless shown otherwise. D. Locate valves within reachable distance from equipment being served for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal. E. Check piping for interference with other trades. 1. Hydronic piping shall not be placed or routed over electrical equipment. , 2. Piping concealed in chases or hard surface soffits shall be welded, or sRj joints otherwise not directly accessible. System of welded pipe shall extE feet beyond the limits of the chase (in plan view) before transitioning to j; Note: the existence of an access panel or other means of entry to a chars this requirement. Where rough -ins are required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact with Owner or equipment supplier before roughing -in. prev7l !s not prev�Ye dlmensionT !V XT G. Provide drains in low point of each piping run; drain shall include full -port ball valve with threaded cap. H. Install automatic temperature control valves, separable wells, humidifiers, pressure taps, and other items as called for and furnished by the temperature controls section. 3.2 PIPING TESTS ALL HEATING SYSTEMS PIPING A. Test pressure piping in accordance with ANSI B31. B. General: Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump and gauges. Test pipfho system before insulation is installed whenever feasible, and remove control devices before testing. Test eaco natural section of each piping system independently, but do not use piping system valves to isolate sections where test pressure exceeds valve pressure rating. Fill each section with water or air and I� pressurize for the indicated pressure and time. L 1. Required test period is 2 hours. 2. Test each piping system at 150% of operating pressure indicated, but notiess tha?�5-psi test pressure. H 3. Observe each test section for leakage at end of test period. Test fails if leakage is observed or if pressure drop exceeds 5% of test pressure. C. Repair piping systems sections that fail the required piping test, by disassembly and reinstallation, using new materials to the extent required to overcome leakage. Do not use chemicals, stop -leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler R HVAC Replacement PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS Project No. 1164632 232113-3 SECTION 23 2113 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS D. Drain test water from piping systems after testing and repair work has been completed. E. Heating, cooling, and condenser water system pipes are to be thoroughly flushed and cleaned prior to being put into service. The flushing water must not go through any air handler, chiller, boiler, cooling or heating coils, terminal heating coils, or unit heaters. Strainer screens are to be removed prior to the flushing operation and are to be replaced when the flushing operation has been completed. As soon as possible after the flushing has been completed, the lines are to be filled with treated water to avoid the creation of a corrosive environment inside the pipes. 2. Flushing operations are to be reviewed with and approved by the Owner's representative prior to any flushing operation. Pipe scale, welding slag, and any other debris shall be removed from pipes; discharge flush water through a portable filter sock housing assembly to trap contaminants for review - flushing sequence shall be repeated until filter sock remains clean for entire discharge of flush water. The Owner's representative shall determine when the flushing operation is complete. END OF SECTION m N c* _ � O W d J>- O u c� N (, Z C..)= C ` CD i- �7i t v. m N c* _ � O W d J>- O tJF-- N (, Z C..)= r► CD y Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PIPE & PIPE FITTINGS Project No. 1164632 232113-4 SECTION 23 2123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 't PART 1 GENERAL t 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install pumps as required by the Drawings and this Section. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. Centrifugal pumps shall be by Taco, Armstrong or Bell & Gossett. Model numbers and electrical characteristics as scheduled on Drawings. 1.3 PERFORMANCE AND TEST A. Pump capacities and ratings shall be as scheduled on Drawings. B. Pump performance and motor characteristics shall be such that motor will not be loadedpeyond its service factor if operating head is reduced to 80% of specified head. 22SS J C. Pumps shall be factory -tested at specified conditions. C "n D. Motors z'/: hp shall be NEMA PremiumT" efficiency. C-) O E. Each motor identified for use with a VFD shall be provided with an integral mot!�p6ft c%undineniig. rn 1.4 SUBMITTALS p Mc��Q�� �� A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's pump specifications, installation and starImp instg6tions, and current accurate pump characteristic performance curves with selection points clearly inflcated. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly -type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to HVAC pumps. Submit manufacturer's ladder -type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory -installed and portions to be field -installed. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 IN-LINE CIRCULATING PUMPS A. In-line circulating pumps shall be single stage, vertical split case design, in cast iron bronze fitted construction. The pump internals shall be capable of being serviced without disturbing piping connections. B. The impeller shall be of the enclosed type, hydraulically and dynamically balanced and keyed to th4 shaft and secured with a suitable lock nut. t ;. _.a C. The pump shall employ a mechanical seal, with a carbon seal ring and ceramic seat. A shaft sieve shall be furnished under the complete wetted area of the mechanical seal. D. The bearing frame assembly of the pump shall be fitted with oil -lubricated, bronze journal beariaga" and a hardened alloy steel shaft. E. A flexible coupling capable of absorbing torsional vibrations shall be employed between the pump and motor. F. The motor shall be resilient mounted, equipped with oil -lubricated journal bearings. Motors shall be ODP. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC PUMPS Project No. 1164632 232123-1 SECTION 23 2123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 2.2 END SUCTION PUMPS A. Base mounted centrifugal single stage type. Back pullout design to facilitate servicing of internal components without disturbing piping connections or motor. B. Casing shall be cast iron, 175 psi working pressure. Flanged piping connections, with plugged toppings for vent, drain and gauge connections. C. Impeller shall be all bronze enclosed type keyed to shaft and secured with lock nut. Dynamically and hydraulically balanced for quiet operation. D. Shaft shall be heat-treated carbon steel with grease -lubricated ball or roller bearings. E. Shaft Seals shall be mechanical type, carbon face with ceramic seat. Seals shall be suitable for fluid temperatures up to 240° F. For treated water up to 500 ppm concentration of polyphosphates, provide auxiliary approved means necessary to meet this requirement. F: Pump and motor shall be connected through a flexible drive coupling, with safety guard. Coupling E ° shall be capable of absorbing combination of shock, torsional vibration and misalignment. Coupling shall be TB Wood's Dura -Flex®. Provide steel OSHA coupling guard. tt 1 H. Motor shall be NEMA PremiumTM efficiency, normal torque, 40° C rise, splash proof ODP, pre - r lubricated; provide motor shaft grounding kit. Pump and motor shall be securely mounted and aligned on a common rigid structural steel or cast iron base. Base to have open area for grouting. Provide stanchion to support Metraflex CRV inlet component directly from the inertia bed. 2.3 FINISH A. Pumps shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with machine enamel prior to shipment. B. Finish marred during installation shall be touched up. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Lay out exact location for concrete pump bases, and furnish to General Contractor a dimensional drawing showing base sizes and locations. 3.2 rn Ij*TALLeUION - a7®all pumps for all fluid systems as required by the Drawings. LU d LLJ B. �Lconnections including accessories and valves per pump detail shall be flanged. le -duty valves shall not be used. Provide independent isolation, check and flow setting � LL O ponents. z Qvide the following for each centrifugal pump: 1. Flexible connectors in suction and discharge lines of end suction pumps. None required for inline pumps. 2. Butterfly isolation valve, strainer, Metraflex CRV in suction line and Metraflex Vane Flex in discharge line. Note Metraflex CRV is in place of typical suction diffuser. 3. Check valve, circuit setter, butterfly isolation valve in discharge lines. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC PUMPS Project No. 1164632 232123-2 SECTION 23 2123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 4. Pressure gauge with snubbers and turn cocks in both pump suction and discharge. 5. Thermometer on the discharge side of the pump. E. Anchor pump base to concrete pad and grout with non-shrink grout. F. Check alignment of pump and drive assembly at intervals recommended by the manufacturer, and prior to startup. Realign assembly if out of manufacturer's tolerance. Check alignment after four weeks continual operation at design load and realign if out of manufacturer's tolerance. Conduct all checks with Owner in attendance. G. In-line pumps shall be supported in accordance with the pump manufacturer's instructions. 3.3 START-UP ASSISTANCE A. The manufacturer shall provide start-up assistance in the form of a factory trained service technician. END OF SECTION O r C� ra DC7 O `r rn m "o Q r Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC PUMPS Project No. 1164632 232123-3 .v 0 W ..0 `J. O H H Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC PUMPS Project No. 1164632 232123-3 SECTION 23 2125 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide material, equipment, labor, and supervision necessary to install hydronic specialties as required by the Drawings and this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings and Product Data which shall include product description, manufacturer, model, dimensions, size, and performance data. PART2 PRODUCTS 2 1 EXPANSION TANKS - NON -POTABLE SYSTEMS A. Provide expansion tanks of size and number as indicated. Construct tank of welded steel, constructed, tested, and stamped in accordance with Section VIII of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for a working pressure of 125 psi. Furnish National Board Form U-1 denoting compliance. Support vertical tanks with steel legs or base; support horizontal tanks with steel saddles or hangers. Provide replaceable heavy duty butyl rubber bladder to perm2ently separate air charge from system water and to maintain design expansion capacity;ide�ressure gauge, lifting rings, floor mounting skirt, and drain fitting. �t7 CCC "n B. Tank bladder shall allow for full acceptance volume. 1 rC") O C. Provide ASME rated thermal expansion tank approved for use in potable Awi Symms vM indicated on drawings and in schedules. CON _ Q D. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide expansiMnn tanksreJ the following: r� 1. Amtrol, Inc. 2. Armstrong 3. Bell & Gossett ITT 4. Taco, Inc. 2.2 AIR AND AIR/DIRT SEPARATORS A. Separators: Standard or high velocity, air or air & dirt eliminator shall be Spirotherm Splrovent as scheduled - No exceptions. Mild steel body maximum working pressure of 150 psig, maximum, working temperature of 270°F. --! 2.3 AIR VENTS 1v -< L'-5 {. A. Automatic in mechanical rooms; manual throughout distribution piping system. -i .0 B. Automatic air vents shall be Spirotop vents by Spirotherm. v U cn Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No. 1164632 232125-1 SECTION 23 2125 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 2.4 FLOW BALANCING (PIPING SYSTEM <2" DIAMETER) A. Calibrated Balance Valves with Flow Meter Fittings: Provide as indicated, calibrated balance valves equipped with readout ports to facilitate connecting of differential pressure meter to balance valves. Valves shall provide precise flow measurement, precision flow balancing and positive shut-off with no drip seat. Valves shall have memory stop feature to allow valve to be closed for service and then re -opened to set point without disturbing balance position. Provide calibrated nameplate or division ring scale to indicate degree of precision machined orifice. Valves to be leak tight at full -rated working pressure. All valves to be provided with molded insulation to permit access for balancing and readout. 2. Circuit setters need not be line size, but shall be sized for specific application 2.5 FLOW BALANCING (PIPING SYSTEM 20, INCLUDING PUMP INSTALLATIONS) A. Venturi -type manual flow balancing valve with metering station and electronic flow signal transducer. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No. 1164632 232125-2 3. Provide balancing devices designed for low flow applications for flows 1 gpm and lower. B. Automatic Flow Control Valves 1. Where indicated on drawings, provide automatic flow control valves with internal adjustment c capability. All internally adjustable cartridges shall include only non-abrasive and noncorrosive — y • �_ thermoplastic materials, whose shape and properties will not change over the life of the .� rn , .• - c-. valve. i CDrq Cir 3:1 - The cartridge shall be removable, without removing the valve or disturbing the line plumbing z- in any way, by unscrewing a plug in the valve body. The cartridge shall remain attached to the inside of the removed plug, to ensure it does not get misplaced and the plug is not re - installed without the cartridge. Cr. 4. Each cartridge shall be field adjustable, to any of 8 flow rates with an Allen wrench. 5. Valves shall be warranted, by the manufacturer, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of 5 years. 6. Valves shall control flow to within t5 % of design. 7. The valve flow curve shall be smooth over its entire nominal control range. Gaps, bumps and dips in flow curves shall not be acceptable. C. Manufacturer: cv 11,y Subject to compliance with requirements, provide calibrated balance valves of one of the ^ _ following or an engineer -approved equivalent: wr a. Griswold Controls CD b. Bell & Gossett J r ` LJ C:D Q V; C. Victaulic TA O d. Anvil IT Provide one portable differential flow meter with carrying case: Bell & Gossett No. RO-2 or equivalent. Kit shall be of same manufacturer as associated components provided by this contractor. 2.5 FLOW BALANCING (PIPING SYSTEM 20, INCLUDING PUMP INSTALLATIONS) A. Venturi -type manual flow balancing valve with metering station and electronic flow signal transducer. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No. 1164632 232125-2 SECTION 23 2125 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 1. Manufacturer: Provide Griswold Quickset as described above, or pre -approved equivalent by one of the following: a. Aeroquip b. Barco C. Presco B. General: Provide flanged, carbon steel low loss venturi type flow meter equipped with butterfly valve on outlet readout valves to facilitate connecting of differential pressure meter to flow meter. Equip each readout valve with integral EPT check valve designed to minimize system fluid loss during monitoring process. Provide calibrated nameplate with flow meter detailing its flow range through range of differential head pressures. Venturi shall be sized to produce gauge reading in the center of scale during design flow. C. Electronic Flow Transducer (EFT) system: For each venturi flow meter, provide a Griswold EFT with differential pressure transducer for generation of electronic output signal to communicate flowrate to the BAS; EFT is a bolt -on kit for field installation. Coordinate specific output signal as preferred by temperature controls contractor prior to ordering. N 1. Provide manufacturer's optional filter to eliminate potential noise frequWcy dumb turbulence. 2. Air must be bled from the DPT. Follow manufacturer's written instructio66-fb stifiessfumn remove trapped air. Y --I t (7-G N r 3. Temperature controls contractor shall provide a display for local obserWQ-*M in !91 e m mechanical room. ;Grn -p D. Provide flow meter test kit. *� Q 2.6 TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE GAUGE CONNECTOR TAPS N 4X A. Provide temperature gauge connector taps pressure rated for 500 psi and 200° F. Construct of brass and finish in nickel -plate, equip with 1/2" NPS fitting, with self-sealing valve core type neoprene gasketed orifice suitable for inserting 1/8" O.D. probe assembly for dial type insertion thermometer. Equip orifice with gasketed screw cap and chain. Provide extension, length equal to insulation thickness, for insulated piping. B. Provide one test kit. C. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gauge connector taps manufactured by one of the following, or an engineer -approved equivalent: 1. Peterson Engineering Co. a_r -iU O 2. Sisco 1 { N 3. Trerice 2.7 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS --- ca A. Flexible connectors through 4 in. size shall be fabricated of a corrugated bronze inner tube with a braided wire stainless steel outer jacket. Tubes to be welded to pipe ends, threaded through 2 in. size, flanged for sizes 2-1/2 in. through 4 inches. B. Flexible connectors for pipe sizes larger than 4" shall be fabricated of nylon reinforced rubber with ductile iron flanges and control rods to limit travel. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No. 1164632 23 2125-3 SECTION 23 2125 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES C. Hydronic pump connectors (base mounted and inline): shall be Metraflex CRV Flex on suction and Vaneflex on discharge, flange x flange with integral 90 ell. Integral reducing 90 ell's shall be provided where reductions to final pump connections are necessary; where direct coupling is possible and reducers are not necessary, use long radius ell's. Flanges shall be carbon steel, 150#; stainless steel corrugated hose and braid; carbon steel elbow's. 2.8 LOW PRESSURE Y -TYPE PIPELINE STRAINERS A. General: Provide strainers full line size of connecting piping, with ends matching piping system materials. Select strainers for 125 psi working pressure, with Type 304 stainless steel screens. B. Threaded Ends 2" and Smaller: Cast-iron body, screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown fitted valve for blowdown. C. Copper Piping 2" and Smaller: Use cast bronze strainer equal to Mueller #351 with blowdown valve and cap. D. Threaded End 2-1/2" and Larger: Cast-iron body, bolted screen retainer with off -center blowdown fitted with valve for blowdown. Fitted with 3/64 perforated screen. E, , Flanged Ends 1-1/2" and Larger: Cast-iron body, bolted screen retainer with off -center blowdown fitted with valve for blowdown. Fitted with 3/64 perforated screen. V. ri Ft' ' Each blowdown valve shall include a threaded cap. -+ Qq "Strainers in geothermal systems serving plate and frame heat exchangers shall be provided with size -30 mesh liners. rf t H Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide strainers manufactured by one of the following, or an engineer -approved equivalent: 1. Armstrong 2. Hoffman Specialty 3. Metraflex 4. Mueller 5. Spirax Sarco O� tv 6c; Trane _ � Watts Regulator LJ W 0-1. ol. V>-T'hreaded End 2-1/2" and Larger: Cast-iron body, bolted screen retainer with off -center blowdown J Cv r^fj ltted with valve for blowdown. Fitted with 3/64 perforated screen. LL =J. 3AFlanged Ends 1-1/2" and Larger: Cast-iron body, bolted screen retainer with off -center blowdown fitted with valve for blowdown. Fitted with 3/64 perforated screen. K. kacfi blowdown valve shall include a threaded cap. L. Strainers in geothermal systems serving plate and frame heat exchangers shall be provided with size 30 mesh liners. M. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide strainers manufactured by one of the following, or an engineer -approved equivalent: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No. 1164632 232125-4 SECTION 23 2125 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 1. Armstrong 2. Hoffman Specialty 3. Metraflex 4. Mueller 5. Spirax Sarco 6. Trane 7. Watts Regulator 2.9 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING AND RELIEF VALVES A. Provide water relief valves as indicated, and required by code of size and capacity. Select for proper relieving capacity, in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. N m B. Combined Pressure Reducing and Relief Valves: Diaphragm operated, cas�yon orgconze body, with low inlet pressure check valve, inlet strainer removable without system_stubdog, and—n noncorrosive valve seat and stem. Select valve size, capacity, and operatid* Wvssm* to s,,;. system. Valve shall be factory -set at operating pressure and have the capabllftytor od r adjustment. _44-7 rn .." r-- -o 'n C. Pressure Reducing Valves (2" and under): Bronze valve body, stainless st(o�. thrmoplo internal parts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, strainer, double union ends. ;!E �,Z N D. Pressure Reducing Valves (over 2"): Cast iron valve body, bronze fitted, elastomer dfthragm and seat disc, flanged. E. Safety Relief Valves: Designed, manufactured, tested and labeled in accordance with the requirements of Section IV of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Cast-iron or bronze valve body, Teflon seat, steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, with all wetted internal working parts made of brass and rubber, 125 psig working pressure and 250° F maximum operating temperature. Select valve to suit actual system pressure and BTW capacity. Provide with fast fill feature for filling hydronic system. C—) F. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pressure reducing a0d relief, valves manufactured by one of the followinq, or an enqineer-approved equivalent: L 1. Amtrol, Inc. 2. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div. 3. Spirax / Sarco 4. Watts Regulator Co. 5. Taco 6. Conbraco Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 9 CD v w HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 232125-5 SECTION 23 2125 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install air separators in pump suction lines. Connect inlet and outlet piping. Run piping to compression tank with Y." per foot (2%) upward slope toward tank. Install drain valve. Separator shall not be supported by piping; install pipe hanger at inlet and outlet. B. Install expansion tank as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. Vent and purge air from hydronic system, charge tank with proper air charge as recommended by manufacturer. Provide Y2" drain line to floor drain. Set floor mounted tanks on concrete housekeeping pads. C. Install manual air vents for each element of radiation coils, at all high points in mains, branches, run outs and at other points likely to entrap air. D. Install automatic air vents in boiler and equipment rooms, at points where supply and return lines rise or drop. Extend 1/2" overflow to adjacent: auto glycol tank for glycol systems; floor drain for water/treated water systems. Where air vents are located beyond the auto glycol tank, provide a new HDPE 55 -gallon barrel line to capture overflow. Applies to automatic air vents in system including vent(s) atop air separator(s). Material for drain line and overflow piping shall be appropriate for the system served: copper; steel for treated water systems. See 23 2113 Pipe. F. Install calibrated balance valves with flow meter fittings at each terminal unit and elsewhere as indicated. G. Install Y -type strainers full size of pipeline, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install pipe nipple and shutoff valve in strainer blowdown connection. Where indicated, provide drain line from shutoff valve to plumbing drain, full size of blowdown connection. H. Locate Y -type strainers in supply line ahead of the following equipment, and elsewhere as indicated, if integral strainer is not included in equipment: 1. Temperature control valves. 2. Pressure reducing valves. m N 34 Temperature or pressure regulating valves. Pumps. W Heat exchangers � 0 "a I." �0II flow Venturis in return lines for chilled condenser and heating hot water pumps and elsewhere LL 7C own on Drawings. Jam^. In2II control valves, flow switches, temperature sensor walls, gauge taps, flow meters, etc., provided IM by Temperature Controls Installer. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES Project No. 1164632 23 2125-6 SECTION 23 2500.33 GEOTHERMAL HEAT TRANSFER FLUIDS PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Glycol solutions. Pre -cleaner for glycol -related piping system. 3. Automatic glycol feed systems. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for the following: Each glycol solution ratio. 2. Glycol manufacturer's recommended pre -cleaner. 3. Automatic glycol feed system Q J B. Glycol manufacturer's shipping manifest, identifying each product, respective volumilrof6 orae de i date. .< �-� o r PART 2 PRODUCTS t� �m m 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Z A. Glycol: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fo Wing: IV Dow Chemical Company 2. Interstate Chemical Company CA B. Auto glycol feed: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. J.L Wingert Co. 2. Neptune Chemical Pump Co. 3. Bell & Gossett 2.2 GLYCOL SOLUTIONS A. Freeze protection for specific systems shall be accomplished using the following glycol -based heat transfer fluids as indicated on plans. - 1. Fluids for propylene glycol (PG) systems requiring USP food -grade PG shall be either Dow'b DOWFROST or Interstate's Intercool P-323. _ B. All glycol solutions shall be provided by a single manufacturer. C. Glycol solutions shall be ratio by volume and shall be premixed and prediluted by glycol manufacturer prior to manufacturer's shipment to site. Glycol concentrate shall not be mixed or diluted on-site in lieu of requirements identified herein. D. The water -to -air heat pump system shall have a 30% USP food -grade propylene glycol solution by volume, with freeze protection to 9°F and burst protection to -12°F. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GEOTHERMAL HEAT TRANSFER FLUIDS Project No. 1164632 23 2500.33-1 SECTION 23 2500.33 GEOTHERMAL HEAT TRANSFER FLUIDS E. The glycol manufacturer shall analyze the fluid bi-annually to ensure the glycol solution continues to provide corrosion protection within industry standard; required testing shall be conducted at no additional cost to the owner. 2.3 AUTOMATIC GLYCOL FEED SYSTEMS A. Provide automatic glycol feed system(s) as indicated on plans, to include the following: 1. Minimum fifty (50) gallon capacity polyethylene tank with hinged cover. Tank shall be translucent and manufactured to include a graduated -volume scale; scale shall be raised and painted a contrasting color. 2. Painted carbon steel stand bolted to concrete equipment pad. 3. NEMA 4X control panel, 115V, 8'-0" power cord, HOA selector for pump motor, 2 -position main power switch. 4. Bronze rotary gear pump capable of pumping required glycol solution ratios at 3.0 gpm at 100 psi &4. Accessories shall include: piping as required to complete installation, check valve, pressure gauge, adjustable pressure switch, strainer, isolation ball valves, relief valve with return line to tank, pump isolation and float switch for low-level pump shutoff. 6. Provide pressure sensor for each closed system and subsystem (a single unit could provide makeup C-, for more than one piping system), to alert the building management system upon activation of any R-1 automatic feed system or subsystem. -PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SY�TEM FILL AND SOLUTION ADJUSTMENTS A. Auto feed systems are intended for incidental system makeup only, and as such, shall not be used for system fill of any kind or adjustment of glycol ratio. 3.2 INITIAL FILL -FLUSHING A. The mechanical contractor shall meter the initial water fill for flushing of each system, for the purpose of hydrostatic pressure testing and/or system flushing; record the measured volume of the initial fill. The discharge resulting from draining the initial system fill shall also be metered and recorded, to provide a 0 -precise measure of system net volume, which yields the amount of water trapped in the system. This 0,oroces will provide the basis for any required recommended adjustments by the glycol manufacturers to Q th 1reLbixed, prediluted glycol solution(s) prior to shipment and/or delivery (adjustment of the premixed z glXamlution may be necessary to ensure the final solution strength is in compliance with the `w LL spbdtions). J +..al3 TE�!CLEANING-CHEMICAL T!!a110tem cleaner(s) shall be as recommended by the glycol manufacturer, including instructions idng quantities of cleaner to use, method, duration and repetition of the cleaning operation(s); the o glycoWnanufacturer may option to analyze the discharge of the final clear -water rinse, in order to determine N satisfactory cleanliness, prior to the introduction and final fill of glycol. Monitor the system's pH for final indication of acceptable system cleanliness. B. Once the initial flush is complete and system drained, refill the system with clean water and provide the volume percentage of pre -cleaner for the removal of scale, oils and other extraneous materials as recommended by the glycol manufacturer. NOTE, Contractor shall isolate/bypass each mechanical coil prior to circulation to prevent circulation through any/each coil. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GEOTHERMAL HEAT TRANSFER FLUIDS Project No. 1164632 23 2500.33-2 SECTION 23 2500.33 GEOTHERMAL HEAT TRANSFER FLUIDS C. Drain the system after the required circulation period as quickly as possible to prevent settling of foulants. Run circulating pumps and flush with clean water until the discharge water is clear, and satisfactory to the glycol manufacturer. Expended pre -cleaner solution shall be disposed of in compliance with local, state and federal requirements. D. When system flush water is clear and satisfactory to the glycol manufacturer, remove and clean, and replace all strainers. 3.4 ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION -FINAL FILL A. The entire piping system, interior and exterior, shall be completely voided of clean water remaining after satisfactorily completed system cleaning to eliminate the possibility of any contamination. Once glycol is installed, if typical testing identifies any contaminants (total dissolved solids, bacteria, etc.) exceed maximum thresholds as determined by the glycol manufacturers recommendations, the contractor shall evacuate the entire system and refill with fresh, uncontaminated glycol. B. Install systems as indicated in the Specifications and as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Clearly label the direction of flow and the closed/open position of the isolation valves D. Provide training to the owner's representative for testing and adding chemical to the lgTd !@p systettl E. Should the glycol -volume ratio of the initial fill not meet the minimum glycol ratio req rr erFg addirMl concentrate (100% glycol by volume) shall be introduced to the system(s) until the um ratio(slia— attained. Any glycol solution removed from the system to create adequate volume qK0% uctIJrVJ concentrate, shall be disposed of in compliance with local, state and federal requir&-ARS. 0 F. Upon completion of glycol fill and necessary adjustments, the glycol manufacturer' Lonfirrwjion of satisfactory ratios as installed, submit a completed "Glycol Fill Report" using formatted docdW%nt at the end of this Section. The owner's representative and the contractor shall sign a statement that the concentration test was witnessed and that the antifreeze level of the system is at the specified freeze temperatures. G. Provide MSDS sheets at each glycol auto feed unit for respective fluids. MSDS sheets shall be laminated and secured to adjacent wall in a permanent plexiglass frame. H. Provide a new, clean, polyethylene barrel (size at owner's discretion but maximum fifty five gallon) at each systems' pressure relief valve related to each auto feed unit. Provide relief piping from relief valve to indirect discharge into barrel. Barrels shall be consistent, and either provided by the glycol manufacturer or as appropriate for glycol usage. Include all caps to allow water -tight seal. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. After each closed loop system has circulated glycol solution for a period of 30 days, submit to the glycol manufacturer a glycol sample from each system, in labeled containers provided by the manufacturer. Both the contractor and the owner shall be named on each sample, to ensure both receivea' copy of the analytical results directly from the manufacturer. B. If the glycol manufacturer's review of the sample analysis indicates inhibitor (or other) adjustment is necessary, glycol and inhibitor concentrations shall be completed per manufacturers recommei4dations. Repeat sample at one month intervals until analysis returned requires no further action 'taken: ` .y END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GEOTHERMAL HEAT TRANSFER FLUIDS Project No. 1164632 23 2500.33-3 SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide material, devices, labor, and supervision necessary to fabricate and erect ductwork as required by the Drawings and this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for metal ductwork materials and products. B. Shop Drawings: Submit ductwork shop drawings for entire facility, to scale, double line, indicating duct sizes, locations, fittings, equipment, accessories, structural clearances, etc. Do not install ductwork prior to approval of shop drawings by Engineer. C. Duct Leakage Test Reports: Submit test report to Engineer and include in O&Ms Indicate sigions tested, test pressure, leakage rate and highlight duct sections that were tested. J t7 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE �n p HT1 D� C A. Codes and Standards: n < O r -i C7 1. Ducts, plenums, apparatus casings, metal gauges, reinforcing, methods of supVG g a;W hanMi ef and other sheet metal work as called for shall meet all functional criteria dine ec=h VII,(�e diti SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" 1985 Egr,� his -shall b97 subsequently referred to as the SMACNA Manual. All ductwork must comply Mh all I 1, state and federal code requirements. flirt 2. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 91. 1.4 DESCRIPTION A. All duct systems are low velocity, less than 2000 FPM. B. Grease ductwork sizes are based on 1500 fpm minimum and 2500 fpm maximum velocity. C. Air ducts shall be constructed as follows: 1. Supply and return ducts for Heat Pump ±1" w -g. 2. Supply ducts for RTUs and VHPs +2" w -g. 3. Return and exhaust ducts for RTUs and VHPs -2" w -g. 4. OA ducts ±2" w -g. 5. Exhaust ducts -1" w -g. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL —+ A. Shop fabricated sheet metal work shall be constructed of prime quality re -squared tight coat Avanized steel, except where other type material is specified. Manufacturer's name and U.S.'gauge nCOber shall appear on each sheet. B. Duct sealant shall be installed per SMACNA Class A -all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 23 3113.1 SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS C. Duct Sealant for Low Pressure Duct: UL labeled non -hardening, non -migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type applicable for fabrication/installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. Sealant to be Mastic No. IG601 as manufactured by Hardcast or Engineer approved equivalent product manufactured by Ductmate or United McGill. D. Duct sealing tape and adhesive for high-pressure duct system by Hardcast Inc. or Engineer approved equivalent. Use Hardcast DT or JT pressureless tape in conjunction with Hardcast adhesive FTA20 on all fittings and joint connections. 2. Use FTA20 full strength. Dip Hardcast tape in solution until saturated. 3. Apply two wraps of wet tape on duct joint sections and fittings. Stretch tight to assure positive adhesion contact with the duct and to smooth out wrinkles. 4. Follow manufacturer's written instructions. rf— E. 7 Round and/or oval ducts and fittings shall be as manufactured by Semco or United McGill. DUCT A. Rectangular Duct: 1. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from minimum 24 gage galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A527, lock -forming quality; with G90 zinc coating in accordance with C, ASTM A525; and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. 2. Rectangular duct shall be fabricated to the SMACNA functional criteria for the pressure class indicated on the Drawings. 3. Pittsburgh lock shall be used on all longitudinal seams. All longitudinal seams will be sealed with mastic sealant. Snaplock is not acceptable. B. Rectangular Duct Fittings: Elbows shall be constructed with centerline radius of not less than 1.5 times duct width; where space conditions will not permit this radius or where indicated on the Drawings, square elbows with single thickness streamline turning vanes shall be used. Provide trailing edge extension for elbows in series. 3. Round duct shall be externally insulated. D. Round Fittings: 1. Elbows for round ducts shall have a center line radius of 1.5 times the duct diameter. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 233113-2 2. Slopes for transitions or other changes in dimension shall be minimum 1 to 3. rn �. Ajouct seams and joints shall be sealed to SMACNA Class A requirements. Q =4. L-fRiaangular branch taps from mains shall be 450 entry fittings. UJC. C Ro W buct: J CD moi` N. >ROOnd Duct shall be spiral lock seam type, fabricated of galvanized steel strip with airtight four -ply LL t; C seams Minimum 24 gage. 2C V -- h'. A Ral gauges shall be as listed in the SMACNA Standard for the pressure class indicated on the Drawings. 3. Round duct shall be externally insulated. D. Round Fittings: 1. Elbows for round ducts shall have a center line radius of 1.5 times the duct diameter. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 233113-2 SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS 2. 45' and 90' elbows for ducts up to 8" diameter shall be die stamped two-piece with welded longitudinal seams. 3. Elbows for round ducts over 8" diameter shall be formed of segments with welded seams and following numbers of segments: a. 90 degree elbow: 5 segments b. 60 degree elbow: 3 segments c. 45 degree elbow: 3 segments d. 30 degree elbow: 2 segments e. 22% degree elbow: 2 segments 4. Tees, crosses and lateral cross fittings for round duct shall be of the conical type. W 5. Reducers, increasers, offsets, wyes, crosses, divided flow fittings and similarzBings for-- ound duct shall be one-piece construction with welded seams. :*n 6. Metal gauges for fittings for round duct shall be as listed in SMACNA Standard1cy4heg0essur"10ss indicated on the Drawings. -it7 7. Duct and fitting welds shall be painted after fabrication to prevent corrosion w n®s bep� burned by welding. _ V 8. No bull headed tees shall be used. D N 6Ja 9. Pipe -to -pipe joints for round ducts up to 50" diameter shall be made with male sleeve couplings reinforced by rolled bead. 10. Pipe -to -fitting joints for round ducts up to 50" shall be made by slip -fit of projecting collar of fitting into the duct. 11. Slip -fit joints shall be fastened with sheet metal screws, place %" from fitting or coupling head. 12. Joints shall be sealed with duct sealant installed as recommended by the manufacturer. 13. Duct reinforcing, size of reinforcing angles and spacing shall be as recommended by SMACNA. E. Double Walled Duct: 1. Where indicated, ductwork and fittings shall be double walled and internally insulated with interci liner; visible ductwork shall be primed and painted. r 2. Material type and gauge, insulation values, etc. shall comply with respective specification' Sectk. 3. Using duct manufacturer's factory fittings, provide radius type fittings, conical tees and branch take -offs; No bull head tee's shall be used. 4. Design based on United McGill Acoustic K-27 spiral lock -seam; fittings shall be solid welded on exterior surface at all joints including flange -duct joint. 5. Interior ductwork: Double wall round, rectangular and oval, shall have 1" insulation and perforated liners; double wall in locker rooms and moist environments shall be aluminum with solid liners. 6. Ductwork shall be completely factory fabricated and assembled including attachment of flanges, inner liner/nosing and all welding. 7. See definition elsewhere in this Section for specific joint types. 8. Acceptable Manufacturers Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 233113-3 SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS a. Eastern Sheetmetal b. United McGill Corporation c. Semco 2.3 PLENUMS AND APPARATUS CASINGS A. Plenums shall be fabricated of same material as duct connecting to plenum and shall be two metal gauges heavier than gauge of largest duct connecting to plenum. Plenums used for connecting to exterior louvers shall have all seams welded watertight at the floor and 6 inches up the wall. In addition, plenums used for connection to exterior intake louvers shall have the floors sloped to a drain pipe connection and the drain piped to the nearest floor drain. B. Apparatus Casings shall be fabricated of not less than 18 gauge galvanized steel and shall be braced for ,igidity. Bracing shall consist of not less than 2" x 2" x Y. galvanized structural steel angles, spaced not amore than X-0" on center. Main entry doors shall be provided for access to all apparatus and shall be Lfabricated of two thicknesses of not less than 22 gauge galvanized steel with 1" thick rigid glass filler. rf rProvide 2" x 2" x''/<" galvanized welded, angle frames, hinges, airtight gaskets and two Young Regulator e -Co., No: 1335 or 1340 latches. r� DKITC41EN EXHAUST DUCTS M, A. 'Kitchen exhaust ducts and supports used for smoke & vapor removal (Type 1) and heat & steam removal r J -(Type II) shall be as follows. For duct construction, comply with "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction 'Standards", and NFPA 96 'Removal of Smoke and Grease -Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking 4quipment". All visible duct shall be stainless steel. B. Field constructed ductwork for Type 1 hoods shall be fabricate or 16-ga minimum carbon steel or stainless steel and Type 2 hoods shall be fabricated of 22-ga minimum stainless steel. 1. Weld all ductwork as specified in NFPA 96, and joints & seams shall be continuously welded or brazed per IMC 2012. 2. Do not install turning vanes or volume dampers in the grease exhaust ducts. Provide duct terminations outside of the building in accordance with NFPA 96 and the International Mechanical Code. 3. All elbows shall be radius type. OP N Field constructed ductwork for Type 1 hoods shall be provided with insulation, refer to specification seQon 23 0700. W C. MEact GLtilt ductwork for Type 1 hoods shall be double wall duct with 3 inches of wool insulation. CL. W J 11. Eptable manufacturers: >J.QCaptiveAire 2 Cpm DuraVent � O C. Selkirk Metalbestos d. Schebler 2. The inner wall shall be constructed from 304 or 316 stainless steel, 0.035 inch thick. The outer wall shall be constructed from galvalume, 304 stainless or 441 stainless steel, 0.024 inch thick. 3. The inner wall shall be laser or plasma welded. 4. All section joints shall have a self -centering sleeve to ensure proper alignment at the inner wall. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 23 3113-4 SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS 5. All section joints are connected and sealed with a factory supplied locking band at the inner wall only. Use appropriate sealant as specified in the manufacturer's installation manual. Each section joint outer wall shall have a closure band. D. Unprotected grease exhaust ducts shall not pass through fire walls or fire partitions. E. Install ducts without forming dips or tapers which may collect grease or other residue. Pitch horizontal ducts toward the hoods to provide suitable drainage. Provide a residue trap and cleanout at the base of each vertical through the fire rated duct enclosure for cleanout access. F. Provide grease ducts with duct openings as specified in NFPA 96 for cleaning. 2.5 GAS FLUENENT A. General: Provide double wall gas vents, UL listed for Type B, consisting of double wall metal construction pipe sections and fittings and accessories required for complete installations. B. Material: Construct inner pipe of sheet aluminum, and outer pipe of galvanized sheet steel, both of the following minimum thickness: SIZE INNER PIPE OUTER PIPE Round Sizes up to 6" 0.012" 28 ga. Round Sizes 7" to 18" 0.014" 28 ga C. Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory items as required, for complete instOtion. D. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Type B double w veiW of one of the following: Hart & Cooley Manufacturing Co., Metalbestos Systems, or Metal-FataJ*. C 2.6 BOILER VENT AND INTAKE N --���O r A. Flue Venting: Shall be AL -29-4C positive pressure vent material and shall be accog,Qt a fa se 2" of combustible materials. B. Kit: Complete system, stainless steel, pipe, vent terminal, thimble, indoor plate, vbt adaWer, condensate trap, and sealant. 44 C. Combustion -Air Intake: PVC or CVPC pipe, vent terminal with screen, inlet air coupling, and sealant. 2.7 DUCTWORK SUPPORT MATERIALS A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot -dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors; rods, straps�triril and angles for support of ductwork. 2.8 DUCTACCESSORIES A. Transverse Duct Joints: Maybe made with the Ductmate Systems or an Engineer approved equivalerq. The Ductmate Systems are to be used in accordance with the Ductmate factory installation anp assembly instructions, (1-800-245-3188). 1. Ductmate 440 or a Butyl Rubber Gasket which meets Mil -C 18969B, Type II Class B, T -C-1796 A, Type II Class B, and TTS -S-001657 must also pass UL -723. This material, in addition to the above, shall not contain vegetable oils, fish oils, or any other type vehicle that will support fungal and/or bacterial growth associated with dark, damp areas of ductwork. The recommended test procedure for bacterial and fungal growth is found in 21 CFR 177, 1210 closures with sealing gaskets for food containers. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 233113-5 SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS 2. Ductmate or W.D.C.I. proprietary duct connection systems are acceptable. Duct constructed using these systems shall refer to the manufacturer's guidelines for sheet gauge, intermediate reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcements. 3. Formed on flanges (T.D.C./T.D.F./T-25A/T-25B) are acceptable. Formed on flanges shall be constructed as SMACNA T-25 flanges, whose limits are defined on Page 1.36 1985 SMACNA Manual, First Edition. No other construction pertaining to formed on flanges will be accepted. Formed on flanges shall be accepted for use on ductwork 42" wide or less, 2" static positive pressure or less, and shall include the use of corners, bolts and cleat. (Over 42", the reinforcement/joint deflection criteria no longer conform to the UMC). B. Insulated Roof Cap: Provide insulated roof caps with 3 inches of R-5 insulation fastened to the underside of the cap to maintain the thermal integrity of the roof/structure. Roof cap shall be constructed with structural steel reinforcements to prevent damage and shall be continuous across the cap. The cap flanges shall be welded at the seams for a watertight installation. Cap shall be fastened down to curb with a minimum of 4 screws every 24" around the cap perimeter. PART 3 EXECUTION -3.1 INSTALLATION A. n B. r� C. m OD. 0 UJ General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve airtight (acceptable leakage for systems based on requirements of SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Manual) and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems, capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, ,.--braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true -to -shape and to prevent buckling. Support `vertical ducts at every floor. Inserts: Install concrete inserts for support of ductwork in coordination with form work, as required to avoid delays in work. *ield Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop -fabricated work and ,accommodate installation requirements. locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs iherever possible. Locate runs as indicated by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Install offsets, angles, and transitions as may be required to avoid dnterferences with other work, install streamlined easements around obstructions where necessary to pass Cbbstructigns through ducts. Maintain full capacity of ducts at offsets, angles, transitions and easements, :3xcep r7Jaere Drawings indicated use of reducing or increasing transitions. Hold ducts close to walls, 3Ever onstruction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. E. fV*evv possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical aff� flow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid rtitiorxgeXcept as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and �milar f n shed work. F. Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, conceal the space between the construction opening and the duct or duct -plus -insulation with sheet metal flanges of the same gauge as the duct. Overlap the opening on all sides by at least 1%". G. Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, equipment, controls and other associated work of the ductwork system. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 233113-6 SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS H. Each duct section shall be rigidly supported from structure. Attach hangers to structure with expansion plugs, concrete inserts, beam clamps or other approved means. Rubber -in -shear isolators shall be installed in hangers for ducts in equipment rooms, to prevent vibration transmission to the structure. I. Install as indicated on the Drawings duct mounted equipment as specified in other Sections. J. Duct sizes shown on Drawings are net inside dimensions. Increase duct sizes as required to allow for installation of duct liner, where specified. K. Application of Duct Sealant: All ducts to be properly sealed. Specified duct sealant to be pumped or painted into all joints and seams on all ductwork systems. Sealant shall be allowed to set 48 hours before any air pressure is applied to system. L. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. Do not run ductwork above electrical panels. M. Install Type B double wall gas vents in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Maintain UL listed minimum clearances for combustibles. Assemble pipe and accessories as indicated complete installation. P *n p N. Install boiler vent and intake per boiler manufacturer's requirements, provide reducer fiiF"I ctrnnectik tC boiler as needed. C-) < No __4 rt7 O. Double walled ductwork shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's instafmpts. -dJl 1 ■ � ductwork shall be painted - see plans for colors. All joints shall be sealed. Damaged 15rrk*all bfo replaced. �✓ IV P. Aluminum Ductwork: r,a; Provide aluminum support materials expect where materials are electrolytically separated from ductwork. Q. Grease Ductwork Installation: Prevention of grease accumulation: All sections of the duct system shall be constructed and installed without forming dips and traps and shall slope not less than one inch per lineal foot toward either the hood or an approved residue trap. 2. Openings: The duct system shall have only those openings required for the proper operation and maintenance of the system. For cleaning purposes, cleanout openings shall be provided at each change in direction of the duct and at any other portion of the system not accessible from the duct inlet or discharge. All cleanout openings shall be located on the sides of the duct and shall be of sufficient size to permit a thorough cleaning of the entire system. Cleanout openings shall be equipped with tight -fitting doors or covers, constructed of metal which is equal to or greater in thickness than that of the ducts. Such doors or covers shall be equipped with a substantial method of latching, sufficient to make then grease -tight. Doors or covers shall be so designed that they man be opened or removed without the use of a tool. t 3. Support: Duct systems shall be properly supported and securely fastened in place at every change in direction and as required. Supports or fasteners shall not penetrate any duct or plenum, The ghopy shall be hung from the structure with solid steel rods with tum buckles. Where canopies join, weld seam continuously, grind and polish. 4. Clearances: Install ductwork with minimum clearances required by code. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean ductwork internally, unit by unit as it is installed, of dust and debris. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosive deterioration of metal or, where ductwork is to be painted, might interfere with painting or cause paint deterioration. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 23 3113-7 SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS B. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering which will prevent entrance of dust and debris until time connections are to be completed. C. Balancing: Refer to Section P2 23 0593, "Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC" for air distribution balancing of metal ductwork; not work of this section. Seal any leaks in ductwork that become apparent during the balancing process. 3.3 DUCTWORK LEAKAGE TESTING A. Installed ductwork shall be tested prior to installation of access doors, take -offs, etc, and before duct is made inaccessible. B. Major supply, return and exhaust duct runs or ducts running through chases shall be pressure tested before branch ducts are added or chases are closed. It is recommended that the first 100'-300' of ductwork installed be tested to insure the quality of the workmanship at an early stage. CE -T Ducts having a pressure class of +/-3" wc, or higher shall have representative sections tested. A minimum R— -_ of 25% of the total installed duct area for the designated pressure class shall be tested. This is not f necessarily 25% of each floor. Include ducts in shafts or ducts that will be inaccessible above hard ceilings in the representative sample. n D. Negative pressure systems may be tested with positive pressure tests. !" E. The maximum permissible duct leakage class of the tested duct shall be 6.0 as determined in accordance with IECC. F. The testing shall be performed as follows: 1. Perform testing in accordance with the SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. 2. Use a certified orifice tube for measuring the leakage. 3. Define section of system to be tested and blank off. 4. Determine the percentage of the system being tested. 5. Using that percentage, determine the allowable leakage (dm) for that section being tested. m 6. Pressurize to operating pressure and repair any significant or audible leaks. CV 7.,< Re -pressurize and measure leakage. Y W d CL Repeat steps 6 and 7 until the leakage measured is less than the allowable defined in Step 5. J� _J tAJ N }L> END OF SECTION LL' "a 2 U$ O Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 233113-8 SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Backdraft dampers. 2. Volume dampers. 3. Fire dampers. 4. Combination fire and smoke dampers. 5. Duct Silencers 6. Turning vanes. 7. Duct -mounting access doors. 8. Flexible connectors. 9. Flexible ducts. p n >_4 Z 1.2 SUBMITTALS < f-)-< " A. Product Data: For the following: :::in CD 1 1. Backdraft dampers. t— `ern -o Me m 2. Volume dampers. IV 3. Fire dampers. 40 4. Combination fire and smoke dampers. 5. Duct Silencers. 6. Turning vanes. 7. Duct -mounting access doors. 8. Flexible connectors. 9. Flexible ducts. �1 B. Shop Drawings: ± 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions fpr me6L, ductwork materials and products. -- 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards 1. Comply with NEPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." 2. Fire, Smoke, and Combination Dampers: a. Constructed and tested in accordance with UL Safety Standard 555 and 555S, for 1 1/2 hour fire protection rating, with 165oF fusible link, and shall bear UL label. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement v AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. 1164632 23 3300-1 SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 3. Duct Silencers a. Fabrication and installation shall comply with AMCA, ADC Airflow Test Codes, NFPA 255, UL No. 723 4. Ducts, plenums, apparatus casings, metal gauges, reinforcing, methods of supporting and hanging, and other sheet metal work as called for shall meet all functional criteria defined in the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" 2005, 3rd Edition. This shall be subsequently referred to as the SMACNA Manual. All ductwork must comply with all local, state and federal code requirements. 5. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 91. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Furnish and install a heavy-duty counterbalanced backdraft damper with steel frame and steel airfoil type 18 gauge steel blades. Blades shall have EPDM seals and jamb seals and be spaced a maximum width of 7" with 3/." diameter plated steel axles. The bearings shall be ball bearings pressed into the frame. Damper shall be Ruskin CBS8 or approved equal. 2.2 \ZLUME'DAMPERS A. Manual Volume Dampers: Fabricated of same material as ducts, two metal gauges heavier than duct and hemmed 1" all around, mounted on 3/8" square rod with saw slot position indicated. Pivot bearings, relocking position regulator, Young Regulator Co., Series 443. 1. Where positioning regulator is not accessible, provide coupling and extension rod with regulator for ceiling wall or floor installation, as required. Young Series 301 and 315 for ceiling, Series 270-302 for walls. 2.3 FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin Manufacturing Company, Air Balance, Prefco or Pottorf. 2. Design, specification and model numbers based on Ruskin Manufacturing Company. B. crVaterials ni. Ft�dampers shall be of the Class II dynamic rated curtain type, suitable for either vertical or '� ontal installation, with 20 gauge steel channel frames, 24 gauge steel blades, and 18 gauges d enclosure with duct collars. All parts galvanized mill finish. J a. cAitrdampers shall be Type D-IBD2 of the following style enclosures: N >—u cae <Style B or C; for square and rectangular ducts. 'LLrz_ b OStyle CR; for round ducts. c. Style CO; for oval ducts. C. Provide thin -line type fire dampers in all transfer grilles and sidewall grilles installed in fire rated walls. Provide with maximum 2" frames, Type IB DT2. 2.4 SMOKE AND COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin Manufacturing Company, Air Balance, Prefco. Pottorff, Leader Industries and United Enertec. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement v AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. 1164632 233300-2 I SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 2. Provide Belimo damper actuators for all fire/smoke and smoke dampers. 3. Design, specification and model numbers based on Ruskin Manufacturing Company. B. Materials: 1. Combination smoke and fire damper assemblies shall consist of a multi blade pivot type damper, suitable for either vertical or horizontal installation with 16 gauge steel channel frames, 16 gauge steel blades, stainless steel bearings, 1/2" steel shafts, 18 gauge steel enclosure with duct collars, operator mounting bracket, factory installed damper operator and linkage, and fusible link. 2. Combination smoke and fire dampers shall be Type FSD 36 with Class II blade and jamb seals. 3. The damper actuator shall be electric, 120V, and shall be arranged for normally closed (NC) operation. The operator shall traverse the damper from fully open to fully closed and vice versa in no less than 30 seconds to allow a gradual decrease in duct pressure and airflow. The operator shall allow the smoke damper to be automatically reset upon clearance of alarm conditions or restoration of power. 2.5 DUCT SILENCERS M A. Coordinate paragraph and list below with Part 2 "Manufacturers" Article. Retain "Actable" I Tn nonproprietary and delete for semi -proprietary specifications. -O B. Manufacturers: c�-C IVL7 r �n 1. Units by Industrial Acoustics, Rink, United McGill Corp or Engineer approved egnt._0 rn 2. System design based on Quiet -Duct Silencers and Conic -Flow Silencers for noir syWems,, Clean -Flow Duct Silencers for critical air systems, as manufactured by Industriat"cousti�S�C0. 3. All sound attenuators shall be by one manufacturer, unless otherwise scheduled. LA C. General 1. Sound attenuators shall be factory fabricated, tested by an approved laboratory and sound reduction warranted by manufacturer. Units shall be constructed to be air tight when operating under an internal pressure of eight (8) inches of water. Lock seams shall be filled with commercial mastic. Where used, welded seams shall be of the continuous type weld. No rivets will be allowed through the case of the unit under any circumstances. 2. Noise reduction values shall be met in all frequency bands. D. Products: a. ` 1. CASINGS a. Sound attenuators to have enclosure not less than 22 ga. galvanized steel with 3/4" galvanized stiffeners and 26 ga. galvanized interior partitions for rectangular units. b. Tubular attenuators shall be made of galvanized steel in the following gauges: 1 OUTSIDE DIAMETER METAL GAUGE 12" thru 22" 24 24" thru 40" 20 16"thru 48" 16 Above 48" 14 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement v AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. 1164632 233300-3 SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES c. Internal partitions for tubular silencers shall be compatible with the outside casings. 2. FILLER MATERIAL a. Acoustical filler material shall be inorganic mineral of glass fiber of a density sufficient to obtain the specified acoustic performance and be packed under not less than 5% compression to eliminate voids due to vibration and settling. Material shall be inert, vermin, and moisture proof. Media shall be capable of being cleaned. b. Combustion rating for attenuator acoustic fill shall be not less than 25 flame spread, 0 smoke development and 20 fuel contribution. 2.6 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers: 1. Aero Dyne; Ductmate; Anemostat; Barber Coleman; Duro Dyne; or Hart & Cooley. B. Provide single thickness streamline type, except provide turning vanes with trailing edge at elbows which ,phange dimensions or at consecutive elbows. C.. - Provide manufactured turning vanes and vane runners, fabricated from the same material as the duct, and rr constructed in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards". Tab spacing shall be = SMACNA standard. Rail systems with non-standard tab spacings shall not be accepted. All tabs shall be C_;vsed, do not skip tabs. Mounting rails shall have friction insert tabs which align the vanes automatically. �•j j -Vanes shall be subjected to tensile loading and be capable of supporting 250 lbs. when fastened per the manufacturer's instructions. 2.7 DUCT -MOUNTING ACCESS DOORS A. General: Shall be of same material as ducts in which they are installed, fabricated of two thicknesses of not less than 22 gauge, with 1" thick rigid glass fiber filler. Provide sheet metal frame, airtight gasket and two cam latches. Access doors and panels shall be 2 inches smaller than duct width and square for ducts 18" wide and larger, maximum size shall be 24" x 24" unless noted otherwise. For ducts less than 18" wide, access doors and panels shall be 2" smaller than duct width and 18" long. Pre -manufactured doors shall be hinged and shall be of adequate size to allow easy access to hardware which needs to be maintained. tr 2.8 FLEXIBLE t j�1CT CONNECTIONS ., A. = arfrers: �.�.: 01. Wdritfabric, Inc., Ventglass, Duro Dyne, Ductmate or American/Elgin. J o B. rsGer0 fZ1 L.L Z39Mounce woven glass fiber, double neoprene coated, fire retardant, waterproof and airtight, suitable n fof!emperatures to 200o F, UL approved. 2.9 FLRIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Flexible duct shall be by Thermaflex, Semco, Wiremold, or Engineer approved equal. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement v AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. 1164632 233300-4 SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES B. General: 1. Acceptable in supply ductwork only where shown (not allowed in exposed occupied areas). Flexible duct shall include wire, core, insulation, and vapor barrier and the composite assembly shall meet requirements of NFPA-90A and UL181 and shall be UL listed for flame spread rating of not more than 25 and smoke developed rated of not more than 50. C. Flexible duct shall have a minimum R -value of 4.2. D. Flexible duct shall have a maximum vapor transmission rating of .1 perms E. Flexible duct shall be rated for operating temperatures between -20 and 250 degrees. F. All flexible duct shall be connected to metal fittings with stainless steel bands equal to snaplock. The use of duct tape to secure the core is not acceptable. G. Flexible duct shall have an operating positive pressure rating of 6" wg for nominal sizes 4 thru 20 inch, and a negative pressure rating of 1" wg for sizes 4 thru 12 inch and .5" wg for sizes 14 thru 20 inch. Duct shall be rated for a velocity of 5,000 feet per minute. Duct shall be equal to Thermaflex G -KM. 2.10 QUADRANT LOCKS A. Provide for each damper, quadrant lock device on one end of shaft; and end bearinjulate other end for damper lengths over 12". CD �' �� z B. Provide extended quadrant locks and end extended bearing plates for externally insVl'at- dtictwork� PART 3 EXECUTION �C�j r -3 < I - r -v m 3.1 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION M _ o� oo A. Install manual volume dampers in all supply, return and exhaust duct systems as re Wed foFcontrolIng air volumes to trunk ducts, branch ducts, outlets and inlets. Contractor shall install acDmplete9tstem of dampers as required for balancing air systems. r" B. Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, equipment, controls and other associated work of the ductwork system. C. Install access panels for inspection and servicing of duct mounted equipment; reheat coils, sound attenuators, and smoke and fire dampers. D. Install flexible connections in ducts at connections to plenums, apparatus casings, fan housings, roof• l units, air handling units, exhaust fans and other equipment which could transmit vibrations to the duct systems. Crimp into duct flanges for attachment to duct and equipment. Make airtight joint. ProvidC adequate joint flexibility to allow for thermal axial, transverse, and torsional movement, and also capa L of absorbing vibration of connected equipment. E. Install turning vanes in all square or rectangular 90" elbows in supply, return, and exhaust ai(*stems. F. Installation of Flexible Ducts: Flexible Ducts are to be installed only where indicated on Drawings. 1. Maximum length of flexible duct is 8'-0" OAL. 2. Minimum length of flexible duct is 3'-0" DAL. 3. Square to round transition gages to comply with SMACNA rectangular duct (minimum 24 ga.). 4. Flexible duct must meet UL 181 and be installed per SMACNA using a clamp for securing duct to collar and a supplemental clamp for securing the insulation and vapor barrier. 5. Support flexible ductwork with minimum 2" wide sheet metal bands, secured to structure with ductwork support materials. Maximum spacing shall be 4 feet on center. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement v AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. 1164632 233300-5 SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT 6. The flexible duct shall be installed with a minimum centerline radius equal to 1.5 times the diameter of the duct. When connecting flexible duct to diffusers, the duct shall be installed with a minimum of 6" straight flex at the diffuser. G. Installation of Fire Dampers: 1. Install fire dampers in all locations where ducts penetrate fire walls and floors, as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Install dampers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, utilizing steel sleeves, angles, and practices as required to provide an installation equivalent to that utilized by the manufacturer when the dampers are UL tested. 3. At each damper, install access panel arranged for servicing fusible link. 4. Contractor shall demonstrate, in presence of Owner's Representative, the operation of each fire damper. Fusible link shall be disconnected and damper shall be allowed to close. If no binding or sticking is evident, damper shall be set in the open position and fusible link reinstalled. H. Ittstallation of Smoke or Combination Fire and Smoke Dampers: Contractor shall demonstrate, in presence of Owner's Representative, the operation of each t3. Install smoke or combination smoke and fire dampers in locations where ducts penetrate smoke walls, combination smoke and fire dampers. Fusible link shall be disconnected and damper shall be as indicated on the Drawings. allowed to close. If no binding or sticking is evident, damper shall be set in the open position and C2. Install dampers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, utilizing steel sleeves, angles, �) and practices as required to provide an installation equivalent to that utilized by the manufacturer Fiw4 electrical connections to the damper operator shall be by the Electrical Fire Alarm Contractor. 0 I. when the dampers were UL tested. C--3 .. 3. At each damper, install access panel arranged for servicing fusible link END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement v AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. 1164632 233300-6 4. Contractor shall demonstrate, in presence of Owner's Representative, the operation of each combination smoke and fire dampers. Fusible link shall be disconnected and damper shall be allowed to close. If no binding or sticking is evident, damper shall be set in the open position and fusible link reinstalled. m Fiw4 electrical connections to the damper operator shall be by the Electrical Fire Alarm Contractor. 0 I. ;A st&-n of Duct Silencers UJ 1. -ght installation of units shall be provided by use of a duct sealing compound on the job site. J oCJ y. C-, H st1I transitions where required to adapt silencer dimensions to connecting ducts. 1. �+�. 2. Q 4� 11 access panel at each unit. Support sound attenuator independently from ductwork. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement v AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Project No. 1164632 233300-6 SECTION 23 3423 HVAC EXHAUST VENTILATORS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. The extent of work is shown on drawings and in schedules and by requirements of this section. B. This section does not pertain to kitchen exhaust systems. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. AMCA Standards: Comply with air movement and control association standards as applicable to testing and rating fans, including but not limited to, AMCA 99, 210, 211, 261, 300, 301. Provide fans that bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for sound and air performance. B. UL Compliance: Provide fan and components which are UL listed and labeled. ' C. SMACNA Standards: Comply with applicable portions of SMACNA duct construction standards. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 22 A. Deliver products with factory-installed shipping skids and lifting lugs; pack comepents i0actor fabricated protective framing.19 n B. Handle products carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures and finisgRo npt,nstallr� damaged components; replace and return damaged components to manufactu"rep ks or replacement. .<r— -o rn rn 3C r-1 C. Store products in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction trafHA 70 `+ r 1.4 SUBMITTALS x' N cep A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall indicate assembly, unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, and Feld connection details. B. Product Data: Product data shall indicate performance data relative to the information scheduled on the drawings. In addition, provide dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, fan performance, mol4r electrical characteristics, and gauges and finishes of materials. a 11� C. Provide fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. D. Submit sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet and radiation at rated capacity. ' �... E. Submit electrical requirements for power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock ani+ control wiring clearly indicating factory installed and field installed wiring. F. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. f ��R�4 ZiPIPiI IIIF-11W*00lIV=IJI=11169 A. Do not operate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Supply two 2 sets of belts for each belt driven fan. Identify belts by unit tag, wired to belt. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HVAC EXHAUST VENTILATORS Project No. 1164632 233423-1 SECTION 23 3423 HVAC EXHAUST VENTILATORS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, or engineer approved equivalent: 1. Greenheck 2. Cook 3. Penn Ventilator Company 4. Carnes 5. Acme 6. Twin City 2.2 GENERAL A. Provide fans of type, sizes, ratings and capacities as indicated on drawings and in schedules. .�. : Required curbs shall be provided by the fan manufacturer, including motorized dampers ensuring �^ 7 <, dampers are factory -installed integral to curb. C� f CB. c. -"Provide ; fans with standard factory finish. r; : U3 'CENTRIFUGALFANS c A. Type: As scheduled on drawings. B. Housing Cn 1. Heavy gage steel, spot welded, adequately braced, designed to minimize turbulence with cv spun inlet bell and shaped cut-off. © ln Provide bolted construction with horizontal flanged split housing where indicated. a .y: Fabricate plug fans without volute housing, in lined steel cabinet. J o (JI-- .� (V >.4Zj The housing and frame shall be rigidly constructed to prevent any undue vibration, noise, and `. q F—Q misalignment of shaft, bearings, and wheel after initial balance of the system. �+� ? Integral conduit chase through the curb cap and into the motor compartment to facilitate wiring connections. C. Wheel and Inlet 1. Backward Inclined: aluminum construction with smooth curved inlet flange, heavy back plate, backward curved blades welded or riveted to flange and back plate; cast hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws. 2. Forward Curved: Galvanized steel construction with inlet flange, back plate, shallow blades with inlet and tip curved forward in direction of airflow, mechanically secured to flange and back plate; steel hub swaged to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screw. 3. Fan wheel shall be statically and dynamically balanced and factory run tested as an assembled unit. 4. Bearings shall be grease -lubricated heavy-duty self -aligning pillow block type spherical roller bearings selected for a minimum 200,000 hour life. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement HVAC EXHAUST VENTILATORS Project No. 1164632 23 3423-2 SECTION 23 3423 HVAC EXHAUST VENTILATORS 5. Shaft shall be hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with key -way and protectively coated with lubricating oil. 6. Coordinate fan shaft removal with installation requirements. Provide 10" X 10" access door in unit casing aligned with the fan shaft if required to order to facilitate the fan shaft removal. D. Motors and Drives 1. Motors shall be normal torqued, 55 degree C rise, ODP, of horsepower rating and electrical characteristics as scheduled. Motor shall have a service factor not less than 1.15. 2. Motors shall also be NEMA Premium or Standard efficiency in accordance with section 23 0500. Provide Century E plus motors or equivalent, with electrical characteristics as scheduled. 3. Motor shall be mounted on an adjustable mount, suitable for adjusting ®t tensiew and drive - alignment. *n 0 )>--I t y�r��.. 4. Belt Guard: Fabricate to SMACNA Standard; 0.106 inch thick, % inch r(igagnd ryesh � screen welded to steel angle frame or equivalent, prime coated. Securm"n 6r Fan 1 supports without short circuiting vibration isolation, with provision for aent.4 belt m tension, lubrication, and use of tachometer with guard in place. Shall bA Cainpliapi.. -_ VJ E. Factory Accessories i�i N 1. Fixed Inlet Vanes: Steel construction with fixed cantilevered inlet guide vanes wWMed to inlet bell. 2. Inlet/Outlet Screens: Galvanized steel welded grid. 3. Scroll Drain: '/ inch steel pipe coupling welded to low point of fan scroll. 4. Vibration Isolation: Refer to Section 23 0548 for vibration isolation requirements. 5. Factory mounted disconnect inside bell housing. 6. Motorized damper with damper tray. 7. RCG galvanized curb, sized to provide 24" clear minimum above tapered roof insulation; contractor to field verify extent of insulation at fan locations shown on plans. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Installer shall examine areas and conditions under which fans are to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do notproceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable Wristaller. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF FANS A. Install fans where shown in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions, recognized industry practices, and in accordance with National Electrical Code, to insure compliance with requirements and serve intended purposes. B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, roof decking, vibration isolation, and electrical work, as necessary to interface installation of fans with other work. -' .n.9 C. Temporary Closure: Upon completion of installation, provide protective covering on fan ductwork connection openings to prevent entrance of dust and debris into equipment. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HVAC EXHAUST VENTILATORS Project No. 1164632 233423-3 SECTION 23 3423 HVAC EXHAUST VENTILATORS D. Install vibration isolators and flexible electrical leads to properly isolate the fan vibration from the structure. E. Install horizontal thrust restraints on fans operating at over 2 inch static pressure. F. Duct Connections: Provide ductwork, accessories, and flexible connections as indicated. G. Provide adjustable sheaves required for final air balance. H. Provide safety screen where inlet or outlet is exposed. I. Do not operate fans in normal operation until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings are lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittals to electrical contractor. s ` 1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division 26 sections. Ensure that rotation is in direction indicated 1 and intended for proper performance. Do not proceed with axial fan start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to centrifugal fan installer. 3.3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Ensure that the fan is wired properly for proper fan rotation and proper interface with associated thermostat. B. Provide positive electrical motor grounding. 3.4 TESTING A. After installation of fans has been completed, test each fan to demonstrate proper operation of unit at performance requirements specified, including, but not limited to, proper rotation of impeller. When possible, field correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units which cannot be satisfactorily corrected at no additional cost to owner. 3.5 WARRANTY A. As specified in Section 23 0500. END OF SECTION V+ N Q J o "t= _ N f_ LL d I—� N Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler R HVAC Replacement HVAC EXHAUST VENTILATORS Project No. 1164632 233423-4 SECTION 23 3616 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install variable air volume units as required by the Drawings and this Section. 1.2 STANDARDS A. All unit lining materials shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A and U.L. 181. B. Compliance with performance specified on drawings, including sound power, shall be verified by certified data derived from tests conforming to ADC Test Code 1062 and ANSI -S-1.21-72, except for specific requirements herein. �� C. ARI 880 - Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute Standard Rating Conditions for Ailerminals. 1.3 SUBMITTALS DC7 A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including perforr>tmwO dalt>afor e�eir size and type of terminal air box furnished; schedule showing drawing designa��oorRocatibn number furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished; and installedi6lgnd e*rt-uM instructions. o= = B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturers assembly -type shop drawings indicati ZZ imen ns, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components. w C. Submit installation instructions. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Provide variable air volume units by Trane, Titus, Carrier, Carnes, Price, Enviro-Tec, Metal -Aire, Nailor, or Design Professional approved equivalent. Arrangement, capacity, performance and type as scheduled and/or indicated on the Drawings. B. The unit manufacturer shall refer to the temperature control specifications for interface devices and information required to ensure equipment compatibility. PART 2 EQUIPMENT 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide factory -fabricated and tested variable air volume units as indicated, selected with performance characteristics which match or exceed those indicated on schedule. B. Units shall consist generally of a sound attenuation box, variable volume damper, adjustable maximum air volume regulator and other items as required for proper operation. . 2.2 CASINGS A. Units shall be completely factory assembled, manufactured of corrosion protected welded steel, and fabricated with a minimum of 18 -gauge metal on the high pressure (inlet) side of the VAV damper and 22 -gauge metal on the low pressure (outlet) side and unit casing. B. Inside surfaces shall have lining material suitable to provide required acoustic performance, thermal insulation, and prevent sweating. Lining thickness shall be not less than 1 inch. Lining shall be secured to supporting surfaces in such a manner that it will not delaminate, sag or settle. Surfaces, including edges, shall be faced with solid metal. C. Casing shall have removable panels large enough to provide access to all moving parts for inspection, adjustment, and maintenance without disconnecting ducts. Panels shall be flush, gasketed airtight, and held in place by screwdriver operated quarter -tum latches. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS Project No. 1164632 23 3616-1 SECTION 23 3616 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS D. Total leakage from casings shall not exceed 1% of the nominal capacity when subjected to a Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS Project No. 1164632 23 3616-2 pressure of 1/2 inch W.G. in low pressure section with all outlets and inlets sealed off. Leakage rate of closed dampers shall not exceed 1% of specified capacity when close -off pressure differential is 4 inches W.G. E. Units shall be rigidly supported so they remain stationary at all times. Cross -bracing or other means of stiffening shall be provided as necessary. Method of support shall be such that distortion and malfunction of units cannot occur. 2.3 AIR DAMPERS A. Locate air volume damper and automatic flow control assembly inside unit casing. Construct from extruded aluminum or 20 gauge galvanized steel components. Key damper blades into shaft with nylon fitted pivot points. Flow sensor shall be provided regardless of control chosen. Flow sensor F7? shall be a ring or cross. fr 1 IX; Mount manually operated damper quadrant or automatic damper operator and automatic flow control assembly. C. Air volume control damper shall be factory calibrated assembly consisting of air modulation damper rT{ and extension for connection to control actuator. All Actuator linkage shall be protected by a sheet r _ , �.J -metal enclosure. d. Electric normally open actuator shall position damper. Electric actuator shall be factory mounted. 2.4 CONTROLS A. Refer to Temperature Control specification sections. B. Variable air volume units shall control and measure air flow within a +5% at any duct pressure. C. Variable air volume units shall be pressure independent and shall reset to any air flow between minimum and maximum scheduled cfm. 2.5 HEATING COIL A. 1/2 inch O.D. seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum fins with continuous fin collar and sleeved end supports. Coil shall be suitable for working pressures up to 300 psig. B. Coil configuration and capacity shall be as scheduled on the drawings. Capacity is based on minimum cfm scheduled for each unit. 9. The coil shall be factory furnished and installed on the air discharge of the unit. Coil discharge shall 1provided with slip and drive duct connections. 0 WNIVaTION UJ d W �iitntify each unit with clearly marked identification label and airflow indicator. Label shall include unit J N>nUlinal air flow, maximum factory set air flow, minimum factory set air flow and box number which �. 1-�esponds to schedule on drawings. o CEMZRIES Q� �tt T Provide the following features and accessories indicated on drawings and schedule: 1. Bottom Access Panels Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS Project No. 1164632 23 3616-2 SECTION 23 3616 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS 2.8 SOUND A. Radiated NC level is derived from the radiated sound power data at 100% primary air with allowances for room absorption and ceiling transmission loss of an average room in accordance with the ASHRAE Systems Handbook, 1987, and the Industry Standard 885 application recommendations (3000 ft3 room at 6' from source). 2.9 WIRING A. Mount electrical components in control box with removable cover. Incorporate single point electrical connections to power source. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS A. Install units as indicated on plans, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation iructions. B. Location: Install each unit level and accurately in position indicated in relation:*Reriark, an>r maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance, but in no caig lets tmfi thar recommended by manufacturer. Support units independently of adjacent ductwDrR< N -4 O C. Duct Connections: Connect ductwork to units in accordance with Division 23 dudf qrk swtion9 Z D. Piping Connections: Connect piping and accessories to units in accordance wiils.an Drags. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL P 40 A. Upon completion of installation and prior to initial operation, test and demonstrate that units and duct connections to units are leak -tight. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Reset volume with damper operator attached to assembly allowing flow range modulation from 100 percent of design air flow to 25 percent nominal air flow. Set units with heating coils for minimum cfm scheduled on Drawings. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS 233616-3 �c. to t. -3 �{ to 37 '21 .._1 �^ O N VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNITS 233616-3 SECTION 23 3723 HVAC GRAVITY VENTILATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide equipment, material, labor and supervision necessary to install gravity ventilators as required by the Drawings and this Section. B. Sizes and capacities shall be as scheduled on Drawings. C. This Section includes the following types of roof -mounting intake and relief ventilators: Louver penthouses. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product, performance and installation data. 191:111111101111010 01 rk I-% I 161Z A. Coordinate installation of roof curbs and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." PART PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Units by Carries, Cook, Penn, Greenheck or Jenn Fan. 2.2 GRAVITY VENTILATORS A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard prefabricated gravity ventilator units of type and size indicated, modified as necessary to comply with requirements, and as required for complete installation. B. Hooded Gravity Ventilators: Provide gravity ventilators, hooded type, curb mounted, of size, type and capacity as scheduled, and as specified herein. 1. Type: Stationary, natural draft type. Provide spun -aluminum weatherproof housings to match exhaust fans. Provide square or rectangular base to suit roof curb. 2. Curbs: Provide insulated metal curb to fit base of gravity ventilator, minimum 16" high, Qld type to suit roof construction. o C--) T 3. Bird Screens: Provide removal bird screens, 1/2" mesh, 16-ga aluminum or bmtuyir • 1 IND PART 3 EXECUTION r` 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Except as otherwise shown or specified, install gravity ventilators in accnce wlb1;� manufacturer's written instructions and with details contained in SMACNA's Architediural Sheet Metah-- Manual. B. Coordinate gravity ventilator work with work of roofing, waterproofing and adjoining substrate yMrk. I C. Anchor units securely to structural support, adequately to withstand inward and outward loading and lateral forces normal for types of locations indicated. D. Provide a watertight and weatherproof installation. E. Connect ducts to gravity ventilators in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide transitions to full size of gravity ventilator openings. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HVAC GRAVITY VENTILATORS Project No. 1164632 233723-1 SECTION 23 3723 HVAC GRAVITY VENTILATORS F. Furnish prefabricated roof curb to the General Contractor for installation. Coordinate exact location of roof opening and framing with the General Contractor. G. Maintain a minimum 10'-0" clearance between intake and exhaust (relief) louvered penthouses. Field verify clearances as required. H. Install intake and relief ventilators level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. I. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation as installation progresses. Comply with Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealants applied during installation. J. Label intake and relief ventilators according to requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." K. Protect galvanized and nonferrous -metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals. L. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering, and grinding. Restore finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units. END OF SECTION !!J Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HVAC GRAVITY VENTILATORS Project No. 1164632 233723-2 7- N7 - o �a C:) Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HVAC GRAVITY VENTILATORS Project No. 1164632 233723-2 SECTION 23 5216 CONDENSING BOILERS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured units. B. Boiler construction. C. Boiler trim. D. Fuel burning system. E. Factory installed controls. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AHRI Directory of Certified Product Performance - Air -Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI); current edition at www.ahrinet.org. B. ANSI 221.13 - American National Standard for Gas -Fired Low -Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers; 2012. C. ASHRAE Std 90.1 - Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low -Rise Residential Buildings; 2013, Including All Addenda (ANSI/ASHRAE/IES Std 90.1). D. ASME (BPV IV) - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV - Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2013. E. NBBI Manufacturer and Repair Directory - The National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (NBBI); current edition at www.nationalboard.org. F. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2012. d 1.3 SUBMITTALS DA C A. Product Data: Provide data indicating general assembly, components, controls y 9%trols,a�O wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection requirements, andq"iceCUnne ions. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate assembly, support details, conngdRn rs]uirenM, and include start up instructions. C. Manufacturer's Factory Inspection Report: Submit boiler inspection prior to ships ent. rV r� D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, cleaning procedures, replacement parts list, and maintenance and repair data. E. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's qarrLe and registered with manufacturer. F. Other informational submittals: C:5 �--- 1. ASME "A" stamp certification and report: Submit "A" stamp certificate of authorfailitlon required by authorities having jurisdiction. —, cv 2. Startup service reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CONDENSING BOILERS Project No. 1164632 23 5216.1 SECTION 23 5216 CONDENSING BOILERS C. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. D. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency according to "Gas and Oil Fired Boilers - Minimum Efficiency Requirements." E. DOE Compliance: Minimum efficiency shall comply with 10 CFR 430, Subpart B, Appendix N, "Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Furnaces and Boilers." F. 1=B=R Compliance: Boilers shall be tested and rated according to HI's "Rating Procedure for Heating Boilers" and "Testing Standard for Commercial Boilers," with 1=B=R emblem on a nameplate affixed to boiler. G. UL Compliance: Test boilers for compliance with UL 795, "Commercial -Industrial Gas Heating Equipment." Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. H. State Boiler Code. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect boilers from damage by leaving factory inspection openings and shipping packaging in place until final installation. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace heat exchangers damaged by thermal shock and vent dampers of boilers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers from date of Substantial Completion; 5 years limited �— warranty and 20 years against thermal shock. i 2. Warranty Period for Burners from date of Substantial Completion: 10 years limited warranty. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 'MANUFACTURERS A. Natural Gas for Indoor Applications: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CONDENSING BOILERS Project No. 1164632 23 5216-2 1. Thermal Solutions ARC, Lochinvar Crest 2.2 m Nv .*UFAQTURED UNITS A= C Rory assembled, factory fire -tested, self-contained, readily transported unit ready for automatic W o- 115wation except for connection of water, fuel, electrical, and vent services. .J E f— Metal membrane wall, water or fire tube, condensing boiler on integral structural steel frame -- c3 fbW with integral fuel burning system, firing controls, boiler trim, insulation, and removable jacket, ble for indoor LJ. Z3o application. 2.3 19 LER CONSTRUCTION A. Conform to the minimum requirements of ASME (BPV IV) and ANSI Z21.13 for construction of boilers. B. Assembly to bear the ASME "H" stamp and comply with the efficiency requirements of the latest edition of ASHRAE 90.1. C. Required Directory Listings: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CONDENSING BOILERS Project No. 1164632 23 5216-2 SECTION 23 5216 CONDENSING BOILERS 1. AHRI Directory of Certified Product Performance - Air -Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI); current edition at www.andnet.org. 2. NBBI Manufacturer and Repair Directory - The National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (NBBI); current edition at www.nationalboard.org. D. Heat Exchanger: Construct with materials that are impervious to corrosion where subject to contact with corrosive condensables. E. Provide adequate tappings, observation ports, removable panels, and access doors for entry, cleaning, and inspection. F. Insulate casing with insulation material, protected and covered by heavy gauge, metal jacket. G. Factory apply boiler base and other components, that are subject to corrosion, with durable, acrylic, powder coated, painted, weather -proofed finish. 2.4 BOILER TRIM A. ASME rated pressure relief valve. B. Flow switch. C. Electronic Low Water Cut-off: Complete with test light and manual reset button to automatically prevent firing operation whenever boiler water falls below safe level. D. Temperature and pressure gauge. n � E. Pressure Switches: J,C-) NO 1. High gas pressure. �r T 2. Low gas pressure. _ U� 3. Air pressure. y w F. Manual reset high limit. csl G. Boiler Pump (where required by boiler design): 1. Primary pump, factory supplied and sized for field installation to ensure minimum, continuous circulation through boiler. V� 2. Where pump is not provided by boiler manufacturer, provide pump in accorjlanoewith ltoHgr manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Pump time delay. LU H. Drain Valve: Minimum NPS 314 hose -end gate valve. 2.5 FUEL BURNING SYSTEM A. Emission of Oxides of Nitrogen Requirements: Comply with SCAOMD 1146.1 forrnatural: is fired system, as applicable. B. Intakes: Combustion air intake capable of accepting direct outside air through a sealed intake pipe. C. Burner: Ceramic, radiant, non -corroding burner. 1. Fully modulating with a minimum 5:1 turn down, utilizing a VFD and air -fuel ratio valved. UV scanner proves pilot before main gas valves can open Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CONDENSING BOILERS Project No. 1164632 235216-3 SECTION 23 5216 CONDENSING BOILERS Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CONDENSING BOILERS Project No. 1164632 23 5216-4 2. Firing control sequence shall be monitored by UL listed commercial microprocessor flame safeguard program, with first out fault annunciation and diagnostic indicator lights. Include pre -purge and post -purge timing. Shut down burner in the event of ignition pilot and/or main flame failure with manual reset. Shall recognize proof of closure switches on the gas valves. 3. Full front access to the control area. 4. Provide combustion air switch. 5. Sealed combustion. 2.6 FACTORY INSTALLED CONTROLS A. Provide manufacturer's packaged boiler BACnet control module with user interface. B. Boiler operating controls shall include the following devices and features: 1. Control transformer. 2. Display to monitor inlet and outlet temperatures, system temperature, outside air temperature, firing rate set point, modulating percent and mixing valve demand. Display shall communicate boiler sequence messages, hold and lockout messages, last ten alarms and boiler inlet temperature history. 3. Boiler control shall provide lead/lag sequence and modulation. Communication interconnection between boiler shall be by boiler manufacturer. Set -Point Adjust: Set points shall be adjustable. O . c..JS.--_ Include automatic, alternating -firing sequence for multiple boilers to ensure maximum system m • 1 r, --, efficiency throughout the load range and to provide equal runtime for boilers. C Burner Operating Controls: To maintain safe operating conditions, burner safety controls limit burner operation. c 1. High Cutoff: Manual reset stops burner if operating conditions rise above maximum boiler design temperature. 2. Water Flow Switch: Low water cutoff with manual reset safety controller. ap 3. Blocked Vent Safety Switch: Manual -reset switch factory mounted on draft diverter. N Q � SC Rollout Safety Switch: Factory mounted on boiler combustion chamber. W a Audible Alarm: Factory mounted on control panel with silence switch; shall sound alarm for �Y above conditions. J CD C-3 I— 0) }building Management System Interface: Factory install hardware and software to enable building ■ CD �i• U3nagement system to monitor, control, and display boiler status and alarms. ^_ Q Monitoring: On/off status, low water level alarm. 2. Control: On/off operation, hot water supply temperature set -point adjustment. 3. Provide a BACnet MS/rP communication interface with building management system shall enable building management system operator to remotely control and monitor the boiler from an operator workstation. Control features available, and monitoring points displayed, locally at boiler control panel shall be available through building management system. E. Boiler Options: 1. Advanced boiler modulation Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CONDENSING BOILERS Project No. 1164632 23 5216-4 SECTION 23 5216 CONDENSING BOILERS 2. Multiple boiler staging 3. Outdoor air temperature reset 4. Remote system temperature 5. Auxiliary device control: Boiler circulation pump 6. 0-10 VDC input 2.7 ELECTRICAL POWER A. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specified in Division 26 Sections. B. Single -Point Field Power Connection: Factory -installed and -wired switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single -point field power connection to boiler. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide factory tests to check construction, controls, and operation of unit. B. Manufacturer to conduct boiler inspection prior to shipment; submit copy of irt taw Architect. �d PART 3 EXECUTION N '� �{n O 3.1 EXAMINATION m = C70 70 A. Before boiler installation, examine roughing -in for concrete equipment bases, ar{ r-boJrsizes locations, and piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes,'and otter conditions affecting boiler performance, maintenance, and operations. cin 1. Final boiler locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations before roughing -in for piping and electrical connections. B. Examine mechanical spaces for suitable conditions where boilers will be installed. N C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. s 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install boilers level on existing concrete base. Concrete base is specified in Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC," and concrete materials and installation requirements. B. Vibration Isolation: Elastomeric isolator pads with a minimum static deflection of 0.25 inch. Vibration isolation devices and installation requirements are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." C. Install gas-fired boilers according to NFPA 54. D. Assemble and install boiler trim. E. Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory mounted. F. Install control wiring to field -mounted electrical devices. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement CONDENSING BOILERS Project No. 1164632 235216-5 SECTION 23 5216 CONDENSING BOILERS 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to boiler to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect gas piping to boiler gas -train inlet with union. Piping shall be at least full size of gas train connection. Provide a reducer if required. D. Connect hot-water piping to supply- and return -boiler tappings with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection. E. Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain. F. Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full size of connection. Provide an isolation valve if required. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CONDENSING BOILERS Project No. 1164632 235216-6 G. Boiler Flue Venting: 1. Install venting kit and combustion -air intake per manufacturer's requirements. C. 2. Connect full size to boiler connections, requires reducer for final connection to boiler. rr H iConnect breeching to full size of boiler outlet; requires reducer for final connection to boiler. c� 1.0 Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low -Voltage, Electrical Power Conductors and M Cables." TIM FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.,. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. BN Tests and Inspections: Q �+ �1 Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. WO a� Leak Test: Hydrostatic test. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. .J O N C Operational Test: Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Adjust air- O >- V fuel ratio and combustion. +a = C10 Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. a. Burner Test: Adjust bumer to eliminate excess oxygen, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen emissions, and carbon monoxide in flue gas and to achieve combustion efficiency. b. Check and adjust initial operating set points and high- and low -limit safety set points of fuel supply, water level, and water temperature. C. Set field -adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trip ranges as indicated. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement CONDENSING BOILERS Project No. 1164632 235216-6 I SECTION 23 5216 CONDENSING BOILERS D. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other than normal occupancy hours for this purpose. E. Performance Tests: 1. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect component assemblies and equipment installations, including connections, and to conduct performance testing. 2. Boilers shall comply with performance requirements indicated, as determined by field performance tests. Adjust, modify, or replace equipment in order to comply. 3. Perform field performance tests to determine the capacity and efficiency of the boilers. a. Test for full capacity. b. Test for boiler efficiency at low fire 20, 40, 60, 80, 100 percent of full capacity. Determine efficiency at each test point. 4. Repeat tests until results comply with requirements indicated. 5. Provide analysis equipment required to determine performance. 6. Provide temporary equipment and system modifications necessary to dissipate the heat produced during tests if building systems are not adequate. 7. Notify Architect in advance of test dates. 8. Document test results in a report and submit to Architect. F. Warranty Certificate: signed certificate shall be issued with each boiler. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain boilers; provide (8) hours onsite training. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 CONDENSING BOILERS 235216-7 SECTION 23 5700 HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC PART 7 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plate -and -frame heat exchangers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. B. Indicate dimensions, locations, and sizes of trappings and performance data. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Submit design data in sufficient detail to verify that heat exchangers meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME Code Rules for unfired pressure vessels, and shall bear ASME label. Working pidsure 150 psi, test pressure 300 psi. O r = 2. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label heat exchangers to comply with ASMEA n i�r Pres"Sn Vessel Code: Section VIII, "Pressure Vessels," Division 01. C-) < N 1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS �m M A. Provide one set of wrenches for disassembly of plate type heat exchangers. O Z 0 PART PRODUCTS N CA 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Plate and frame heat exchangers: 1. Plate and frame heat exchangers by Alfa Laval, APV, Bell and Gossett or engineer approved equivalent in substitution. 2.2 DOUBLE WALL PLATE -AND -FRAME HEAT EXCHANGERS A. Frames: Carbon steel with baked epoxy enamel paint. B. Plates: Type 316 stainless steel with bright annealed finish, counter -flow system. C. Gaskets: Nitrile rubber. D. Studded Port: 150 psig, ASME code stamp type. E. Design pressure of 150 psi at 150oF. F. Performance: As scheduled on the Drawings based on a fouling factor of 0.0001. G. Stainless steel channel bars. H. Splash Guards 1. Provide OSHA required, formed aluminum splash guards to enclose exterior channel plate and gasket surfaces. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 5700-1 SECTION 23 5700 HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and for structural rigidity, strength, anchors, and other conditions affecting performance of heat exchangers. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 HEAT -EXCHANGER INSTALLATION A. Plate -and -frame 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Install to permit removal of plates with minimum disturbance to installed equipment and piping. 3. Install on concrete housekeeping pad. 4. Water -to -water heat exchanger trim: a. Install thermometers in heating and pool water inlet and outlet piping. A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. bbintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. Install piping connections hallow wrvice and maintenance of heat exchangers. a C. CL stq W D. Install J.9aly; CL4;Nltj 2 G. A—'::After i ®burs, valves at heat -exchanger inlet and outlet connections. valves on heat -exchanger heated -fluid connection and install pipe relief valves, full size of ction, to floor drain. Meting system installation, including outlet fitting and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove and construction debris and repair damaged finishes. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 5700-2 _ b. Install pressure gauge tappings in all water inlet and outlet piping. V c. Provide flanged 'Y' type strainers on pool supply into the exchanger and also heating hot water glycol fluid into the exchanger. Strainers shall be provided with size 20 mesh liners and capped -valved blowdowns. Provide a transducer port on each of four piping connections for the temperature controls contractor. e. Refer to mechanical details for further requirements. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. bbintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. Install piping connections hallow wrvice and maintenance of heat exchangers. a C. CL stq W D. Install J.9aly; CL4;Nltj 2 G. A—'::After i ®burs, valves at heat -exchanger inlet and outlet connections. valves on heat -exchanger heated -fluid connection and install pipe relief valves, full size of ction, to floor drain. Meting system installation, including outlet fitting and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove and construction debris and repair damaged finishes. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC Project No. 1164632 23 5700-2 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The extent of packaged rooftop air-conditioning unit work is shown on Drawings and in schedules, and by requirements of this Section, and is hereby defined to include, but not by way of limitation, natural gas heat exchangers, refrigerant coils, condenser fans, filter units, supply fans, exhaust fans, compressors , and control systems. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Installer: A fine with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with packaged rooftop air-conditioning units. B. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of NFPA Stds. 70 and 90A, pertaining to construction and installation of packaged rooftop air-conditioning units. pp�� C. Flame -Smoke Ratings: Except as otherwise indicated, provide packaged rooftop air-conditidl9dg unit thermal insulation with flame -spread rating of 25 or less, fuel -contributed of 50 or term and Z smoke -developed rating of 50 or less. *C-)` 7n D. AMCA Standards: Comply with Air Movement and Control Association standards asg?pt%abR)o to Ing and rating fans, and testing louvers, dampers and shutters. —4C") v rn E. ARI Certification: Provide packaged rooftop air-conditioning units which comply withndi6ning® Refrigeration Institute standards 210 and 270, and display ARI's certification symbol. 0y -- F. UL Compliance: Provide packaged rooftop air-conditioning units which comply with applicableQNjlrtions of UL 465, and with electrical components that bear UL labels. G. ANSUASHRAE Compliance: Comply with installation requirements of ANSUASHRAE 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. H. AGA Certification: Provide packaged rooftop air-conditioning units, with gas heating capabilities, which comply with American Gas Association Safety standards, and bear AGA labels. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver packaged rooftop air-conditioning units with factory -installed shipping skids and lifting lugs; pack components in factory -fabricated protective framing. B. Handle packaged rooftop air-conditioning units carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures and finish. Do not install damaged components; replace and return damaged components to air-conditioning unit manufacturer. C. Store packaged rooftop air-conditioning units in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. 1.4 SUBMITTALS _. A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall indicate assembly, unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, and field connection details. B. Product Data: Product data shall indicate performance data relative to the information scheduled on the drawings. In addition, provide dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, fan performance, motor electrical characteristics, and gages and finishes of materials. C. Provide fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 237413-1 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS D. Submit sound power levels for both fan outlet and casing radiation at rated capacity. E. Submit product data of filter media, filter performance data, filter assembly, and filter frames. F. Submit electrical requirements for power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring clearly indicating factory installed and field installed wiring. G. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. H. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. I. IECC Fan Power Requirements: submittals shall indicate supply and/or exhaust motor fan sizes and compliance with IECC 2012, Fan Power Limitation Table C403.2.10.1(1), option 1 or 2. Fan power limitation pressure drop adjustments (credits) shall be clearly indicated. J. Coordination Documentation: The roof top unit vendor and controls vendor shall cross -review both tslubmittals — Sections 23 7413 and 23 0900 DDC Controls - for consistency, and if any items are not rconsistent, shall resolve such discrepancies prior to submitting to the Contractor. Submit a written :;statement signifying all issues relating the integration of equipment of this Section and controls have been �futiy and completely coordinated to ensure full and complete operation per the contract documents. ^7 r,Submittal will be considered incomplete and subject to rejection without the written statement as specified. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Do not dperate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. f B. Units shall not be operated to provide any function of HVAC during any phase of construction, either temporary or permanent, including building dehumidification, prior to this project reaching Substantial Completion. At their own discretion and cost, contractor(s) shall provide independent equipment to provide temporary HVAC, and/or dehumidification, related to construction as required to achieve their desired or project -required results. 1.6 ACOUSTICS A. Manufacturer of packaged rooftop equipment shall provide sound level data for cataloged operating range of unit at gross cooling capacity range. Data shall be obtained in conformance with ANSI S1.32-1980, American National Standard Methods for the Determination of Sound Power Levels of Discrete Frequency Ind Narrow Band Noise Sources in Reverberation Rooms and AMCA Standard 300-1967, test code for `pund Rating Air Moving Devices. C CaT2 •PRoW&rs O PA9KAC'-OOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS _J A. C.34a Uri?, 16—ttrers: Provide products produced by one of the following (for each type and capacity of LL Qqu %'t): ^I. 'L%nt �Q. Annexair 3. Trane -Company B. Provide factory -assembled, self-contained, packaged rooftop air-conditioning units of types, sizes, ratings and capacities indicated; consisting of, but not necessarily limited to, outdoor casings/cabinets, fans, fan motors and drives, condensers, compressors, heating section, filter units, dampers, electrical safety controls, environmental system controls and accessories required for a complete installation. Provide packaged rooftop air-conditioning units with the following functional and construction features indicated: Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 237413-2 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS C. Unit Casings: 1. Provide outdoor type unit casings, constructed of galvanized sheet steel, rigidly braced and reinforced with steel angle framework and of sufficient strength to prevent bending during rigging. Units shall be provided with a 6" high base rail. 2. Phosphatize and finish corrosive -resistant steel panels with epoxy -resin primer and baked enamel finish. 3. Access doors or removable panels with quick fasteners locking door handle type with piano hinges. Doors shall provide access to all internal parts. 4. Thermally insulate interior casing in contact with airstream with 1" thick 3 -Ib. density R4.0 glass fiber. 5. Design top panels for proper drainage. Seal top against air and water leakage with gasketing; top to be capable of properly supporting concentrated load of 250 lbs. 6. Equip with drains on both sides of condenser section. Provide utility connection openings with curb enclosure and with single -point power cable connections. 7. Unit lifting lugs shall accept chains or cable for riggings. D. Condensing Section Z o 1. Provide hermetic or semi -hermetic compressors, 3600 rpm maximum, resilientrM nt with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low pressure safety controls, pmoor, mFtiST' overload protection, suction and discharge service valves and gage ports, andner. v 2. Provide five-minute timed off circuit to delay compressor start. = Q 3. Outdoor thermostat to energize compressor above 35 degrees F ambient. > N m 4. Provide step capacity control by cycling compressors. 5. Defrost controls shall be provided to permit defrost wherever coil icing conditions begin to significantly reduce unit capacity. 6. Condenser coils shall be fabricated from seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins or all aluminum microchannel coils. Each condenser coil shall be factory leak tested at 225 psig under water. 7. Condenser fans shall be direct drive, statically and dynamically balanced, propeller type designed for vertical air discharge, resiliently mounted, with fan guard, motor overload protection, agif)vired to _ operate with compressors. Fan blades shall be constructed of cast aluminum.: 8. Discharge line thermostat shall be factory installed and wired to shut down compre4sori erati case of loss of charge, high ambient, etc. fir,, } W �a.y. o 9. Hot gas bypass control shall be factory installed on one refrigerant circuits. Hof gas,:bypass corttraF shall include a modulating hot gas bypass control valve, solenoid valve, all associated piping and be automatically operated by the units microprocessor control E. Cooling Coil Section 1. Evaporator coils shall be fabricated from seamless copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins or all aluminum microchannel coils. Coils shall be factory leak tested at 225 psig under water. 2. A primary stainless steel drain pan shall be provided with the cooling coil and extend beyond the leaving side of the coil and underneath the cooling coil connections. The drain pan shall be connected to a threaded drain connection extended through the unit base. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 237413-3 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS F. Hot Gas Reheat Coil Section 1. The reheat coil shall be positioned with an 8" minimum clearance from the Cooling coil. This will help prevent water re -evaporation. 2. Fins: Fins shall be die -formed, aluminum and shall be damage resistant. Extruded fin collars provide maximum heat transfer. Fin spacing shall be 12 FPI (fins per inch). 3. Tubes: Coil shall be fabricated from seamless drawn copper. The tubes shall be hydraulically expanded into the fins to form a permanent metal -to -metal bond for maximum heat transfer and stability. The coil shall be a minimum of two (2) rows deep. G. Refrigeration Controls 1. Each compressor circuit shall include a liquid line solenoid valve, oil pressure switch, high-pressure switch, low-pressure switch, compressor control circuit switch and pump -down switch. Each refrigeration circuit shall have at least one condenser fan controlled from an ambient thermostat for positive head pressure control. Low ambient head pressure control kit to permit cooling capability down to 0 deg F. An adjustable 0 to 8 minute timer lockout shall be provided on each compressor to o prevent short cycling on safety control or power interruption. rT- H.!--Gas-Fired Heating Section: �� 7, 1. Heat Exchanger: Stainless steel. r� 2. Gas Burner: Forced draft type burner with adjustable combustion air supply, pressure regulator, gas n' valve, manual shut-off, intermittent spark or glow coil ignition, flame sensing device, and automatic W_ 100 percent shut-off pilot, 4 to 1 modulating heater. -G. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment of flame, prevent opening v. of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas flow on ignition failure, energize blower motor, and after air flow proven and slight delay, allow gas valve to open. 4. High Limit Control: Temperature sensor with fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de -energize burner on excessive bonnet temperature and energize burner when temperature drops to a lower safe Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 23 7413-4 value. 5. Supply Fan Control: Temperature sensor sensing bonnet temperatures and independent of burner controls, with provisions for continuous fan operation. I. Fans: Supply and Exhaust co n}. TyW: Forward curved, double width, double inlet centrifugal. N4ings: Self Z2. -aligning, grease lubricated, ball or roller type with lubrication fittings extended to W a Laktarior of casing. �. 'Al�otors shall be IEEE inverter duty, premium efficiency TEFC. Motors shall include shaft grounding .�. IS bearing ring). Each motor shall be controlled by a dedicated VFD; VFD's shall be U.L. listed. U. o Pr Ide a means of disconnect. Provide short circuit protection for motor circuits by fuse/fuseblock or xcir&gd breaker. a. Fan Horsepower and Efficiency Note: Supply and exhaust fan motor size shall be in compliance with IECC 2012, Fan Power Limitation Table C403.2.10.1(1). Air handling unit vendor to include proof of compliance with product submittal. Vendor shall replace supply and/or exhaust fan motors at no cost to owners if motors are found to not be in compliance with Fan Power Limitation Table, referenced above. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 23 7413-4 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 4. Internal Mounting: Fan and motor on welded steel base with motor on slide rails, access through hinged access doors. Mount base on open spring vibration isolators with static deflection of 2 inches. Motor shall be high efficiency TEFC. 5. Shafts: Solid hot-rolled steel, ground and polished, with key-way. 6. V-Belt Drive: Cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed. Variable and adjustable pitch sheaves for motors 15 Hp and under, fixed sheaves for 20 Hp and over, matched belts, drive rated to minimum 1.5 times nameplate rating of the motor. 7. Belt Guard: Fabricate to SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. J. Filter Section: 1. Angled arrangement with 2 inch deep MERV 8 (30% efficient minimum) disposable panel filters. All filters shall be Class I. 2. Filter gauges: 3 Y: inch (90 mm) diameter diaphragm actuated dial in metal case with static pressure tips. 3. Furnish one extra set of filters per unit. K. Mixed Air Section 1. Unit shall be provided with a modulating outdoor air economizer section with e2AIRICelfied ener y t-at recovery plate. The economizer section shall include outdoor, return and exh r c rol ancill damper actuators. Bypass dampers shall be included that automatically bypa�;4doli5iir arowtd the plate during economizer operation. --iC7 p r 2. Dampers: Provide outside, return and relief dampers with damper operator arga ptrormckal�t automatically vary the outside air quantity. Outside air damper to fail to close dD io .* �y 3. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets. Maximum leakager'shall bq4percent at 2 inches pressure differential. rn 4. Damper Operator: 24 vac with gear train sealed in oil with spring return on units 7.5 tons cooling capacity and larger. 5. Damper Operator: Factory installed by RTU manufacturer. L. ENERGY RECOVERY 1. Sensible Flat Plate Heat Exchanger — Energy transfer ratings shall be AHRI Certified to $tandard 1060 and bear the AHRI certification seal for AHRI Air -to -Air Energy Recovery Ventilation EquJpment Program based on AHRI 1060. Ratings "in accordance with AHRI 1060" without certification are not acceptable. Heat Exchanger shall be tested in accordance with ASHRAE 84-91, . The flatplate-fiedt exchanger shall be a UL recognized component and shall be manufactured under ISO9Q01-2000 certified quality procedures. Flat plate shall be sectioned within the unit to allow for a section replacement without requiring any lifting devices. An access section with a sloped drain Oan stialliDe provided both upstream and downstream of each flat plate air stream to allow for flat pia% heai-- exchanger condensate collection or servicing. Flat Plate Heat Exchanger construction shall cons of the following: 2. Flat plate, cross flow heat exchanger shall be made of 6 -mil embossed pure aluminum4iisigned to maximize efficiency and cleaning while minimizing pressure loss. Plate corners shall be crimped, folded and sealed with a permanent silicone -free elastic resin and capable of withstanding 10" of water pressure differentials without permanent deformation or decrease in performance. Heat exchanger shall operate at temperature up to 212°F Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 23 7413-5 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS M. Louvers 1. Aluminum, 4 inch deep with plenum, nylon bearings, 1/2 inch mesh galvanized wire bird screen in aluminum frame. N. Lights 1. Provide marine lights in accessible sections with wire guards, factory wired to weatherproof switch and GFI weatherproof duplex outlet mounted on casing exterior. O. Drain Pans 1. Stainless steel with welded corners, cross-broken and pitched to connection, under fan section, cooling coil section, and mixing section. P. Roof Cub 1. A prefabricated 12-gauge galvanized steel, mounting curb, designed and manufactured by the unit manufacturer, shall be provided for field assembly on the roof decking prior to unit shipment. 2. The roof curb shall be a full perimeter type with complete perimeter support of the air handling section and the condensing section. Supply and return opening duct frames shall be provided as part of the c`a curb structure allowing duct connections to be made directly to the curb prior to unit arrival. r3. Provide a watertight galvanized sheet metal cover to prevent water from entering inside the curb irr under the condensing section. The galvanized cover shall be insulated on the underside with 1" Armaflex cellular rubber insulation. rn T The curb shall be a minimum of 14" high, have 1 1/2" insulation on inboard side and include a nominal 2" x 4" wood nailing strip. Gasket shall be provided for field mounting between the unit base and roof curb. Q. electrical 1. Each unit shall be wired and tested at the factory before shipment. Wiring shall comply with NEC requirements and shall conform with all applicable UL Standards. Each unit shall have a 24 vac control circuit transformer, system service switch, and control circuit fuse. Main control panel shall be of weatherproof construction. Provide starter, main disconnect switch and auxiliary contacts. 2. Electrical power shall be by a single point electrical connection. 3. Phase failure and under voltage protection on three-phase motors shall be provided to prevent am damage from single phasing, phase reversal, and low voltage conditions. N 4? The�yngle point power connection shall also accommodate a 120V transformer with 120V service GFI iE pyErp�tacle, to allow the service receptacle remain powered when the unit itself has been powered J Jr J ap AA'ic ory installed and wired marine service light, with switch and receptacle, shall be provided in the a' air and return/exhaust fan sections. The service receptacle electrical circuit shall also power 1 . O in circuit. R. rZntrolsR 1. Each unit-shall be equipped with a complete microprocessor based control system. The unit control system shall include all required temperature and pressure sensors, inputtoutput boards, main microprocessor and operator interface. The unit control system shall perform all unit control functions including unit diagnostics and safeties. Control sequences shall include variable air volume, cooling/modulating heating discharge temperature control, and supply/return air fan tracking control. All boards shall be individually replaceable for ease of service. All microprocessors, boards, and sensors shall be factory mounted, wired and tested. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 237413-6 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 2. The microprocessor memory shall be protected from voltage fluctuations as well as any extended power failures. All factory and user set schedules and control points shall be maintained in nonvolatile memory. No settings shall be lost, even during extended power shutdowns. 3. Provide touch pad L.E.D. screen to enter and modify internal DDC set points. Touch pad shall be capable of password protection. 4. Provide a factory installed BACnet card with each rooftop air handling unit for integration with BAS. 5. Refer to specification section 23 0900, "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" for temperature control system, sequence of operation, full list of required control points to be visable through BAS, optimal start, etc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Installer shall examine areas and conditions under which packaged rooftop air-conditioning ur4s are to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of theJork. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a mJW aoAlptablein Installer. D., �C ,, tt 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS C-) No r •--4 n T A. Install packaged rooftop air-conditioning units where shown in accordance with equi manfactifn written instructions, and recognized industry practices, to ensure that units comply vi#irAents® serve intended purposes. -E 77 �' rV B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, roof decking, vibration isolation, piping and electrical work, as necessary to interface installation of packaged rooftop air-conditioning units with other work. C. Temporary Closure: Upon completion of installation, provide protective covering on packaged rooftop air-conditioning unit ductwork connection openings to prevent entrance of dust and debris into equipment. D. Extend main cooling coil condensate drains through 4" deep (min.) traps, to nearest roof drain or as shown on Drawings. E. Provide temporary filters for packaged rooftop air-conditioning units for use during construction period. Install new filters at completion of rooftop system work, prior to testing, adjusting, and balancing work. F. Duct Connections: Provide ductwork, accessories, and flexible connections as indicated. G. Sound Attenuation: Fill voids (not in contact with airstream) between unit and building roof with batt insulation. 3.3 GROUNDING r A. Provide positive equipment ground for packaged rooftop air-conditioning unit compo4@{jts. .. S 3.4 TESTING LLJ A. Upon completion of packaged rooftop air-conditioning units and connection to completed air distribGtion system, start-up and test equipment in accordance with ARI Standards; operate unit to demopstrate ' capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, field -correct malfunctioning units, thein retest to demonstrate compliance. 3.5 MANUFACTURER'S START-UP A. Manufacturer shall furnish a factory trained service engineer without additional charge to start the unit(s). Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 237413-7 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS 3.6 WARRANTY A. Provide a full parts warranty for one year from start-up or 18 months from shipment, whichever occurs first. B. Provide five-year warranty for compressors. C. Provide five-year limited warranty for heat exchanger. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8. HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 237413-8 do N Q F_ UJN J Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8. HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 237413-8 do N Q UJN J LL $ �� r o 1C Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8. HVAC Replacement PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL -STATION AIR -HANDLING UNITS Project No. 1164632 237413-8 SECTION 23 8216 AIR COILS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide materials required by the Drawings and this Specification. B. Coils shall be Trane, USA Coil, Colmac Coil, or Airtherm. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Air coils: Certify capacities, pressure drops, and selection procedures in accordance with ARI 410. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Shop drawings shall indicate assembly, unit dimensions, construction details, and field connection details. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in factory fabricated protective framing, with factory installed shipping skids and lifting lugs. B. Store in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. HarWle carefRy to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. C:> PART 2 PRODUCTS n C N 2.1 GENERAL fn o r <r- A. m A. Provide chilled water coils with capacities, ratings and performance as schedul M = 2.2 COILS -' O N A. Coils modules shall be furnished for heat recovery coils (supply and exhaust) as sched0d on the Drawings. The coil casing shall allow for the total enclosure of the coil so that there are no exposed tubes visible. B. The coil selection shall not exceed the maximum face velocity scheduled on the Drawings or the maximum face velocity allowed by the coil manufacturer. Face velocities shall not allow for moisture carryover. C. Coils shall be designed with aluminum plate fins and copper tubes. ii D. Fins shall have collars drawn, belled and firmly bonded to the tubes by means of mechanical expansion of the tubes. No soldering or tinning shall be used in the bonding process. 'Coils 64l be mounted in the unit casing to be accessible for service and shall be removable from the'}init eitq through the side or top. Capacities, pressure drops and selection procedure shall be certified accordance with ARI Standard 410. U -< N PART EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION C: _ ms VJ A. Install units and make piping and duct connections as indicated on Drawings. B. Piping Connections: Provide piping, valves, accessories, gauges, supports, and flexible connectors as indicated. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 233113-1 SECTION 23 8216 AIR COILS C. Duct Connections: Provide ductwork, accessories, and flexible connections as indicated. END OF SECTION R c.i c UJI 1� c J -U U -a a vCD �. an CD i C3 R n Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 233113-2 UJI N J -U U -a a vCD CD n Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement METAL DUCTS Project No. 1164632 233113-2 SECTION 26 0100 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Basic materials and methods. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Work shall comply with applicable standards of the: 1. American Insurance Association 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3. Edison Electric Institute 4. Factory Mutual (FM) 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 6. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association 0 7. National Board of Fire Underwriters p -+ 8. National Bureau of Standards 9. National Electrical Code (NEC) o r r -o M 10. National Electrical Manufacturers Association �rn 11. National Electrical Safety Code „ rV 12. National Fire Protection Association a. 13. National Safety Council 14. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 15. Uniform Fire Code (UFC) 16. William -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Basic materials and methods are described. 1.4 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain, furnish and include the costs of necessary permits, fees and inspection certificates -for material and labor furnished. Include costs of permits, certificates and inspection fees required in connection with the installation, unless otherwise noted in the detailed contractual description preceding these Electrical Specifications. 1.5 REGULATIONS Ji A. Installation shall conform to or exceed the minimum requirements of the NEC, and federal; state, local and municipal ordinances. 11 B. Work shall be performed in accordance with applicable recommendations of the ADA and OSHA. C. Installations shown on drawings or required in the specifications that exceed the minimum requirements of the NEC or other regulations shall be installed as shown or specified. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. 1164632 260100-1 SECTION 26 0100 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.6 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Intent of the drawings and specifications is to describe the complete installation. At the conclusion of construction, the electrical system shall be turned over to the Owner complete and ready for safe, efficient operation. B. Drawings and the specifications are intended to be cooperative and supplementary. Closely check the drawings and specifications for any obvious errors or omissions, and bring any such condition to the attention of the Owner's Representative prior to the receipt of bids, in order to permit clarification by means of a mailed Addendum. C. Drawings for electrical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work, general arrangement, approximate sizes, and locations of equipment and materials. Exact locations shall be determined to best fit the layout of the job. Scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient or accurate for determining these locations. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes as directed by the Owner's Representative, without additional cost to the Owner. D. A complete set of contract documents shall be on the site at all times. Prior to installing the work, check drawings for dimensions and conflicts. rr; (.Rules Where the context requires, the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the ....� cn singular. M 7, 2'. The use of "and" in a combined provision means that all elements in the provision must be [DI complied with, or must exist to make the provision applicable. Where compliance with one or more elements suffices, or where existence of one or more elements makes the provision r.^ applicable, "or" (rather than "and/or") is used. 3. "Shall" is mandatory and "may" is permissive. 1.7 RESPONSIBILITY A. Examine the project site and become familiar with existing conditions that will affect the work. Review Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. 1164632 260100-2 the drawings and specifications of other trades and take note of conditions to be created which will also affect the work. B. Provide sensors, equipment and supervision required for work in "confined spaces". C. No energized conductors shall be exposed at any time except when the immediate area is under the direct supervision of a qualified electrician. 9vide temporary insulated magnetic covers for open panelboards. Use SP Products (1-800-233- Q — 5) Type TPC xx-xx or approved equivalent. UJ Z" tjljpcate equipment, which must be serviced, operated or maintained, in fully accessible positions. —J V f" }Egrify location and size of each motor, and properly connect motors. U. rD ~f sponsibility shall not end with installation and connecting of various apparatus. Include services of C-3 r� experienced superintendent who shall be constantly in charge of the work. Provide qualified ® jMmeymen, helpers and laborers required to properly unload, install, connect, adjust, start, operate �+ and test the work involved, including equipment and materials furnished by other trades or by the Owner. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. 1164632 260100-2 SECTION 26 0100 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.8 DAMAGE A. Be responsible for damage to the work of other trades or to the building and its contents caused by the electrical installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STANDARDS OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Material shall be new, complete with manufacturer's guarantee or warranty, and shall be as listed by UL, if a standard has been established by UL for the type of material. Approved manufacturers shall be firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of equipment of types and capacities required and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than three years. B. Material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Where the specifications or drawings state that equipment shall be "furnished," "installer "provided," it shall be understood to mean that the contractor shall furnish and is ltall thatgquipment completely, unless it is specifically stated that the equipment is to be furnished �®all by of trades, public utility companies or the Owner. J>- I -< �.. PART 3 EXECUTION 7;n 0 �r 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS ciZ Z 0 A. Examine the existing building and grounds and become familiar with conditions they exist, or that will, in any manner, affect the work under this contract. No allowance will be made subsMuently, on the behalf of the contractors, for error or negligence on their part in connection with this. B. Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground work in a manner that will ensure that no damage or service interruption will result from excavating or other site or building work. A. Provide temporary lighting, as required, to light all construction areas, ramps, walkways and tunnels to minimal allowed by code while any work is in progress. B. Temporary services shall meet OSHA requirements. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Each device shall be identified according to the following system: 1. Panels and switchboard shall be identified as to panel designation, voltage and feeder, e.g., "Panel L1, 120/208 volts, Feeder FDP -1." Markings shall be outside the door. 2. Magnetic motor starters, safety switches, and remote push button stations shall be identified with the starter number, name and number of device controlled, and circuit number, e.g., "MS -1, Air Handling Unit 1, Circuit L1-24". V) !� 3. Manual motor starters shall be identified with the name and number of the device fontrekd and circuit number, e.g., "Exhaust Fan 1, Circuit 1-1-31". 4. Time clocks, contactors and relays shall be identified with a nameplate indicating3he devices controlled, e.g., "Security Light". I 5. Panel circuit number shall be identified on the convenience outlet and light switch box, or the backside of the plate with embossed lettering plastic tape or indelible marking pen. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. 1164632 260100-3 SECTION 26 0100 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 6. Junction and pull box covers shall be labeled with circuits contained within. Mark on outside with permanent marker in concealed or mechanical spaces, or inside the cover in public areas. B. Identification shall be engraved, laminated plastic using white letters on black background, unless otherwise specified. C. Conduits located in tunnels, or other accessible locations shall be identified at least once, and then at 50 feet intervals. Means of identification shall be white stenciled letters, 1-1/2 inches high, on a black background. D. Color -coding of branch circuit wiring shall be as stated in the NEC. Color -coding of neutral conductors in conduit with multi -circuits shall be as stated in the NEC. Wires of sizes larger than No. 8 AWG shall be color coded by a strip around the conductor at junctions, pull boxes and terminating points. 1. Color -coding of wiring shall match existing. 2. Color -coding of wiring shall be black (A phase), red (B phase), blue (C phase) for 120/208- voR three-phase system with white neutral. 3. Color -coding of grounding wires shall be green. 3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT A. Furnish power wiring for the temperature control equipment. B. Cooperate with other trades on the locations of the outlet boxes, switches and controls. C. Devices or equipment requiring both electrical and mechanical connections shall be installed by the contractor furnishing the device or equipment. Remaining connections shall then be made by the appropriate contractor. D. Where circuits serving specific items of equipment are shown on the electrical drawings, the breaker ratings, number of poles, and conductor sizes are nominal for the general class of equipment that includes each specific item. Final sizes shall be coordinated with the Owner or with the contractor furnishing the equipment. 3.5 EQUIPMENT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR A. The Mechanical Trades will furnish motors for items supplied by them. Furnish necessary labor and material, including wire and lugs, to completely connect the equipment. Interlock contacts required on starters shall be furnished by the Electrical Contractor. N G. view other sections of this specification, and be responsible for connecting the equipment to Q c as described. UJ TE��PTIONS o -erate J AJ >-Eilude costs for temporary wiring and overtime work required, in the Contract price. Remove Uporary wiring at the completion of work. 3.7 MOLISDN .pK_ P Provide labor necessary to demolish the existing electrical system described in the contract documents. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. 1164632 260100-4 SECTION 26 0100 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.8 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Provide cutting and fitting necessary to properly install work, unless specifically noted otherwise in these specifications or shown on the drawings. Coordinate with other trades as required to minimize the damage and the amount of patching required. B. Lay out work carefully in advance. Do not cut or notch any structural member or building surface without specific approval. Carefully carry out any cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, paving or other surfaces required for the installation, support, or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other electrical materials and equipment. 3.9 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Provide excavation and backfilling necessary in the construction of the work as shown on the drawings or as specified. Provide sheeting and bracing using proper materials that maDOe necessary for the protection of the foundations and walls of the building. Replge roadZxurbs, walks, topsoil and dispose of surplus earth and debris as directed. -4C. C-) _ 5E. c B. Review procedures with Owner for testing, covering, and containment of surpIneBrth 0Wd deq� prior to disposal. Include any costs not covered by the Owner. -tom o j C. No materials except clean sand shall be placed within six (6) inches of any piegondL t br cable. Backfill under sidewalks, drives, parking lots, building or any other fini reas shall e� 100% clean sand. 2 tV D. Backfill shall be placed and tamped pneumatically in six (6) inch lifts until pipe or cond6ff is covered with a minimum of twelve (12) inches of cover. Additional backfill to finished grade shall be placed and tamped pneumatically in ten (10) inch lifts. The Design Professional's and Owner's representatives shall be notified prior to backfilling so that backfilling may be observed. E. Where conduit passes below footings or through foundation walls, the cavity around the conduit shall be well filled and tamped, with rich concrete composed of one part Portland cement to six parts of clean sand and gravel. F. Conduit and cable may be installed in advance of earth fills by the General Contractor. Such conduit shall be installed with backfill material adjacent to the conduit and with the compaction requirements as set forth for the General Contractor. G. Protect property from damage which might result from excavating and backfilling and protect persons from injury at excavations, by barricades, warnings and illumination. H. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions to minimize possibility of washouts, settlements, and other damages and hazards. Provide temporary covering or enclosure and temporary heat as necessary to protect bottoms of excavations from freezing and frost action. Do not install electrical work on frozen excavation bases or subbases. 3.10 PAINTING A. No painting or finishing is to be included under this contract except as noted. The finish of` any 1 that has been marred, scratched, or damaged in any way, shall be repainted to the satis*tion (* the Design Professional and the Owner. --- 3.11 CLEANING OF PREMISES c'i V :� .11 A. Keep the premises clean of debris caused by the work at all times. Keep material stored4n areas designated by the Owner, in such a manner so as not to interfere with the progress of the work of other trades or with the operation of existing facilities. B. Interiors and exteriors of electrical panels shall be thoroughly cleaned. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. 1164632 260100-5 3.12 SECTION 26 0100 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS C. At the conclusion of the construction, the site shall be thoroughly cleaned of rubble, debris and unused material and shall be left in good order. Closed off spaces shall be cleaned of waste material, cartons, and wood frame members used in the construction. RECORD OF CHANGES MADE TO THE WORK A. Maintain at the job site a separate and complete set of electrical plans and specifications upon which it is clearly and permanently marked in red and noted, in complete detail, any changes made. Include changes to location and arrangement of electrical apparatus or changes made in the electrical system and wiring as a result of building construction conditions or as a result of written instructions from the Design Professional. Such record of changes shall be made daily and the marked plans and specifications shall be available for the Design Professional's examination at any normal work time. Upon completion of the job, and before final payment is made, transmit the marked -up plans and specifications to the Design Professional. 0 W JU._ END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS & METHODS Project No. 1164632 260100-6 SECTION 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES D. Wiring connections to lugs in switchgear, motor control centers, switchboards and panelboards shall be coated with an antioxidizing compound. Ensure that exposed wire ends are coated. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Project No. 1164632 260500-1 A. Wire connections and devices. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Wire Gage (AWG) B. Federal Specifications (FS). C. General Services Administration (GSA). D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). E. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS ^� A. Connectors shall be as manufactured by AMP Inc., Blackbum/Thomas and Bett�p Burp�y, Corp., General Electric Co., Ideal Industries, Inc., Minnesota Mining and Mfg. Cqa / ney Cb' or Thomas and Betts Co. n -c ry B. Connectors shall be UL listed. �m m PART 2 PRODUCTS o� s 2.1 REQUIREMENTS A. CT Lugs for termination of conductors in distribution panels and motors, shall be Thomas & Betts compression type or approved equivalent, series 53100 for conductors 8 AWG through 4/0 AWG and Series 53200 for conductors 250 kcmil and larger. Lugs and contact surfaces where lugs are installed shall be plated. Terminals for control wire shall be tinned ring tongue type: Buchanan "Termend", Thomas & Betts "Stakon" , or approved equivalent. B. Splices and connections to conductors larger than 8 AWG shall be by means of compression type Thomas & Betts Series 53500 for 2 -way and Series 54700 for 3 -way connections, or equivalent Bumdy connectors. C. See Section 26 0526 3.01.H for grounding clamp connection, of the electrical system grounding electrode conductor, to the building water/gas service piping. D. Connectors and lugs provided by the Contractor or by the manufacturer of electrical equipment shall be approved for use with the conductor material supplied. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Conductors 8 AWG and smaller that are to be pigtail spliced shall be joined with wire nutg.,Splices of and connections to conductors larger than 8 AWG shall be by means of compression or hyxlent type connectors. B. Splices shall be made only in accessible junction boxes. -i C. Splices for fire detection cables shall be as required by the fire alarm equipment supplier' D. Wiring connections to lugs in switchgear, motor control centers, switchboards and panelboards shall be coated with an antioxidizing compound. Ensure that exposed wire ends are coated. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Project No. 1164632 260500-1 SECTION 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL E. Inaccessible or buried grounding connections may be Burndy compression, exothermic weld or brazed connections. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Project No. 1164632 260500-2 00 N � �o UJ O U► - _J L O Z ~a 6�3 0 N Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Project No. 1164632 260500-2 SECTION 26 0519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wires and cables 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Wire Gage (AWG) B. National Electrical Code (NEC). C. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 2j 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Copper conductors shall be manufactured by American Insulated Wire Corp.,/ l (;41e, PIf * Cable Corp., Rome Cable Corp., Southwire Co., Triangle/PWC Inc., Carol Cabftqq5npmW, CaFfe7, Okonite or approved equivalent. -<r rn _rn B. All wiring shall be listed by UL. o?? = PART 2 PRODUCTS ' N 2.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Conductors used throughout this project shall be copper. B. Conductors used for the electrical distribution system at voltages less than 600 volts shall have 600 - volt insulation. C. Color -coding shall be as stated in section 26 01 00 Identification. D. Six hundred (600) volt, insulated conductors, 6 AWG or larger, unless shown otherwise on the drawings or approved by the Design Professional, shall be of the following types: 1. Type THWN moisture and heat -resistant or THHN heat -resistant thermoplastic (polyvinyl chloride) insulation rated 75° C in wet and dry locations and 90° C in dry locations. 2. XHHW, moisture and heat -resistant cross-linked polyethylene insulation rated 75° C in wet locations and 90° C in dry locations. E. Six hundred (600) volt insulated conductors smaller than 6 AWG, unless shown otherwise on the drawings or approved by the Design Professional, shall be type THWN moisture -resistant thermoplastic (polyvinyl chloride) insulation rated 75° C in wet and dry locations. F. Conductors 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Conductors 10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. G. Conductors smaller than 12 AWG shall not be used on this project unless otherwise specified, except that 14 AWG may be used for control wire where the current is less than 10 amps and the conductor length for each run is less than 50 feet. PART 3 EXECUTION ~ 3.1 INSTALLATION jU ;� A. Wiring shall be in conduit or approved raceways, unless directed otherwise by Design Prdfe'sslonal. B. For feeders, no more than three phase conductors per conduit shall be installed, unless specifically shown. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES Project No, 1164632 260519-1 SECTION 26 0519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES C. For branch circuits, no more than six (6) phase conductors per conduit shall be installed, unless specifically shown. D. Each branch circuit shall have a separate neutral. E. Cables of larger sizes shall be continuously lubricated with an approved compound, except as noted, at the pull -in point of the conduit so that no damage occurs to the insulation. Lubricant shall be Polywater Lubricant J or approved equivalent. Pulling tension on feeder runs over 200 feet in length shall be measured by a dynamometer and shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendations. The feeders shall be run continuously, without splices. IF: Where wire is run for a future motor connection, to be connected under a separate contract, at least four (4) additional feet of the feeder wire shall be pulled for future connection. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES Project No, 1164632 260519-2 co N Q ZZO W a- �Ir J CD N "►- �V LL :w 2 HQ E5O r- Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES Project No, 1164632 260519-2 SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 5. Metal, non-current carrying parts of electrical equipment. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. 1164632 260526-1 A. Electrical System Ground 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). B. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).n o C. National Electrical Code (NEC). D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). -<rn r� T • E. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). = 1 1 Q _ 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ✓ N A. Grounding provides equipment protection by allowing protective devices to operate during ;l+ electrical faults. 1.4 QUALIFICATION A. Conductors and connectors: see Sections 26 05 19 and 26 01 00. B. Bare grounding conductors shall be ES -1895 DSA, as manufactured by Copperweld or approved equivalent. C. Ground rods shall be copper -clad as manufactured by Copperweld or approved equivalent. D. Compression connections shall be as manufactured by Blackburn, Burndy, or approved equivalent. E. Exothermic connections shall be as manufactured by Cadweld, Furseweld, or approved equivalent. F. Grounding materials shall meet applicable standards and codes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Ground system shall be as shown on the drawings and as required by the NEC. B. Direct buried, bare copper, grounding conductors shall be dead soft annealed wire. PART 3 EXECUTION .n 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Grounding connection required for electrical equipment including (but not limitedthe ttAowinW 1. Conduit and raceways. 2. Panelboards Cl r 3. Motor Starters H 4. Fencing used to enclose electrical equipment. 5. Metal, non-current carrying parts of electrical equipment. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. 1164632 260526-1 SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. The electrical system ground shall conform to these specifications, but in no case shall it be less than the requirements of the NEC. C. A grounding conductor shall be run in the raceway with the current carrying conductors, unless shown otherwise. D. An equipment -grounding conductor sized in accordance with Table 250.122 of the NEC shall be provided from the main equipment grounding bus to each panelboard. An equipment -grounding conductor shall be provided from the main equipment grounding bus or from the grounding bus of the gbrving panel, with all equipment feeders and branch circuits. (1 c3 t -Where metal (magnetic) conduit is used for mechanical protection of a grounding conductor, the ^ conductor shall be securely bonded to the conduit at each end. This conduit shall be electrically continuous. Within computer rooms, non-magnetic conduit shall be used for grounding conductor protection. F. Accessible or exposed grounding connections shall be made with approved pressure type connectors. G. Inaccessible or buried grounding connections may be compression or exothermic. H. Check the continuity of ground in the electrical system. This shall include panels, receptacles, switches, outlets, and other electrically operated devices. If continuity does not exist, install additional grounding conductors such that continuity exists. 1. Branch circuits containing a total of more than 6 feet of flexible metal conduit or liquid tight flexible metal conduit or having a rating greater than 20 amperes shall have a separate equipment -grounding conductor. END OF SECTION as N 0 xo W �� O U� N 1 ,_L L ~Q rJ � r— O 9 Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. 1164632 260526-2 SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit and raceway. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code (NEC). B. Conduit shall carry the Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) label. ro 0 C. Conduit shall meet the following American National Standards Institute (ANSI), ®tional Mectrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and Federal Specifications (FS) standards: ::Ec7xo "n p-1 C 1. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): FS WW -C-581 and ANSI C80.1. c G N — o 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): FS WW -C-563, UL797, and ANSI C80�1 -� 3. Flexible Metal Conduit: FS WW -C-566, CSA, UL. 4. Liquid -Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: CSA, UL. %� N m 5. PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): NEMA Standards Pub. No. TC3. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be Carlon Type 40 PV-DUIT (heavy wall) or approved equivalent. B. Liquid -tight flexible metal conduit shall be Electri-Flex, Type LA or approved equivalent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit smaller than %-inch diameter shall not be used on this project. B. Only threaded type connectors and couplings shall be used with RMC. C. Connections between rigid conduit and PVC shall be made with threaded PVC adapters or fittings. D. RMC, flexible conduit or flexible liquid tight conduit including fittings and hangers used throughout this project shall be galvanized steel. E. Connectors shall be steel or malleable iron. Fittings shall be capable of carrying ground fault currents of 10,000 amps rms for 1% inch and smaller, and 20,000 amps nns for 2 -inch and larger for a minimum of 3 cycles. Fittings shall be Thomas & Betts 5030, 5031, 5120, 5123, or 530 series. Die cast metal fittings will not be permitted on this project. Connectors 3" and smaller shall be compression type. F. Type LA Liquatite flexible conduit, with appropriate fittings which are UL listed as an assembly, shall be used in a boiler room, kitchen, exterior location or any moist location. - i D N PART 3 EXECUTION --t U 3.1 INSTALLATION n �, _ c A. Wiring shall be in conduit or approved raceways, unless shown otherwise. B. Conduit and outlet installation shall be concealed throughout this project, as follows unless otherwise indicated. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. 1164632 260533-1 SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Conduit or Raceway above suspended ceilings shall be supported from the building structure and not from the ceiling grid hanger wires. 2. Unless otherwise noted, conduits concealed under floor shall not be routed in concrete slabs - on -grade, but shall be routed in at least six (6) inches of drainage fill beneath the bottom of the slab. Conduit shall not contact the slab unless protected by a vapor barrier such as Vis Queen. 3. Aluminum conduit shall not be concealed within concrete walls or floors, or used in direct burial in earth. N 4. Metallic conduit installed in concrete or underground, or in duct banks, shall be protected with �-- an enamel and tape (applied hot), or with PVC coating. Damage and voids in the protective f coating shall be repaired after installation and prior to installing concrete or backfill. c, �~ 5. Conduit, under floors, shall be PVC, unless shown otherwise. Risers and elbows shall be RImetallic conduit, or fiberglass conduit. c. 6. Conduit supports on open roofs: Provide supports that do not damage or penetrate the roofing material. Provide strut supports as required for a complete system. Provide B -Line v C -Port System supports or approved equivalent. 7. PVC may be embedded in concrete where shown on drawings. C. Conduit throughout this project shall be Rigid Galvanized Steel (RGS) installed with steel support straps except where shown otherwise. Buried conduit shall be PVC Schedule 40 conduit. D. Conduit shall not be run horizontally in masonry walls or in masonry wall gaps. E. Conduit shall not be used as the sole grounding means. F. Nonmetallic conduit located underground, outside the building area, shall be installed a minimum of 36 inches below grade, unless otherwise indicated. Conduit shall be installed in a sand backfilled and compacted trench with a 2" wide yellow poly marker tape placed in the trench approximately 6" below finished grade. G. Metallic conduit, cut with a power saw or hacksaw, shall be reamed to remove burrs. H. Conduit bends shall be held to as large a radius as possible for ease in pulling of conductors and to provide a neatly installed appearance. The maximum length of straight conduit runs shall be 200 feet between pull boxes, with 50 feet deducted for each 90 -degree bend and 25 feet deducted for each 45 -degree bend; reduction of length for all other angle bends shall be calculated on a similar basis. Conduit risers below grade, inside and outside the building, shall have the bend weighted with N concrete to prevent the conduit from lifting when cables are pulled. Q 3- pended type conduit hangers for 2 -inch and smaller conduit shall be with mounting devices, = iar to Unistrut or Kindorf beam clamps. Hangers for groups of conduit with any size larger than 2- W Joh shall be channel type structural shapes, with conduits clamped to channel with U-shaped J o Ps. N �U L t"JW conduit shall be installed away from high temperature piping. PVC conduit shall be cut with a tooth blade or knife, and burrs removed from the cut edge. Connections between EMT, ENT or r— conduit and PVC shall be made with threaded PVC adapters or fittings. NZ Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. 1164632 260533-2 SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS L. When conditions are such that moisture may move through the conduits/raceways and contact energized live parts, or, when building ventilation conditions are such that the air may flow continuously in conduits/raceways, the conduittraceway shall be sealed at each end with a pliable duct sealing compound such as Duct -Seal, Kerite Puffy, Chase Technology foam or Hydra -Seal S- 60WTF foam. If conduit is installed with possible access to rodents, the conduit shall be sealed in a manner similar to that described above. M. Interferences 1. Conduit runs are not shown to allow this contractor to choose the route to the various electrical devices. However, care shall be taken to coordinate the conduit runs v4 duct work, beams, joists, plumbing pipes, and plumbing fixtures to be installe"y othdi3rades. O 2. When interference develops, the Design Professional will decide which AWne ill bM relocated; regardless of which apparatus was installed first. n- N N. Install conduit and wiring for electrical devices furnished by other trades or by the -Mer SR this Tr project, unless otherwise shown or specified. -<rr— -p 1 • 1 O. Bushings `D Q 1. Conduits shall have insulated bushings installed at entrances to panela ds, st"rs, pull boxes and shall be secured to the enclosure by the bushing (and lock nut, if necessary) on the inside, and by lock nut on the outside. 2. Conduits entering distribution type panelboards and the main switchgear shall have insulated grounding bushings similar to T & B 3800 series, with bushings connected together by means of a continuous copper grounding conductor, sized to meet the requirements of the NEC. P. Rigid metal conduit, when used with non-metallic conduit, shall be effectively grounded. Buried or exposed conduits, elbows or offsets shall be effectively grounded. Use grounding bushings, or grounding clamps, Burndy GARxxxx or approved equivalent, where grounding bushings cannot be used. Connect ground clamp to nearest grounding electrode. Q. Connectors, couplings and lock nuts shall be tightened securely by use of the proper tools to assure an effective and continuous path to ground through the conduit system. R. Wherever conduit crosses a building expansion joint and is constrained from relief deflection (i.e. buried in concrete or a straight run anchored in concrete on both sides of the joint), expansion fittings or expansion/deflection fittings shall be provided. S. Where wire is run for a motor connection, to be connected under a separate contract, the conduit shall be terminated in the proper fitting at the correct location. T. A short piece of flexible metal conduit shall be used in the feeder conduit near the motoro U. Surface mounted conduit shall be mounted flush to wall and secured by one-hole.or two --hole giaa ps. LV 4" o L END OF SECTION N C -.m n Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. 1164632 260533-3 SECTION 26 0533.01 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pull, junction, and outlet boxes. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code (NEC). B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). C. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). O 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS ��`'t? SECTION 26 0533.01 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 2. Weatherproof outlet boxes shall be corrosion -resistant cast -metal wiring boxes of the type, shape and size, including box depth to suit each respective location and installation. Boxes shall have threaded conduit ends and threaded screw holes with corrosion -resistant screws for securing box covers and wiring devices. 3. Weatherproof switch and receptacle coverplates shall be case aluminum or zinc die cast with spring hinged waterproof caps, faceplate gaskets, and corrosion -resistant fasteners. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION v A. uProvide pull and junction boxes where required in Part 3 of Section 26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes �•yp C for Electrical Systems. Unless specifically shown on the drawings to be larger than required by the NEC, size pull and junction boxes in accordance with the minimum volumes set forth in the NEC. CB. Fasten boxes rigidly to structural surfaces to which they are to be mounted or, solidly embed in m �_ r concrete or masonry. C. Provide electrical grounding connections for installed boxes. rZ. Junction boxes above inaccessible ceilings for power, lighting, communication, and signal systems shall be located about one (1) foot from a recessed fluorescent fixture to allow easy access to the junction box, by removal of the fixture. E. Outlet Boxes 1. Provide 4" x 4" galvanized pressed steel outlet box at each receptacle, wall mounted light fixture, task light, wall switch, or any other device shown. 2. Outlet boxes exposed to weather or located in damp locations shall be galvanized cast iron, or malleable iron, or cast aluminum. Weatherproof switches and receptacles shall be mounted in "FS" (4 -point mounting) boxes. 3. Outlet boxes shall be plumb and level and shall be firmly secured in position, with the face of the box flush with the finished wall or ceiling. 4. Remove only knockouts which are required for connection of conduit or insertion of conductors. Provide plugs for unused openings. 5. Conduit shall enter box squarely and shall be secured by means of lockout on outside and insulated bushing inside. m 6. Provide electrical grounding connections for installed boxes. lV • Outlet boxes mounted on opposite side of fire rated walls shall have a minimum 24" Q a.0 horizontal spacing. LAJ W Outlet boxes mounted on opposite side of non -fire rated walls shall have a minimum of 6" N} U horizontal spacing. >p t$Q Outlet boxes shall be mounted 18" above finished floor to center of box for receptacles and U. Z L3� 48" for switched unless shown otherwise on the drawings. r _ END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler 8 HVAC Replacement PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES Project No. 1164632 26 05 33.01.2 SECTION 26 2726 OUTLET BOXES AND WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Receptacles shall be specification grade, NEMA #5-20R configuration, 125 volts, 20 ampere, Q grounding, nylon body front. Ground fault interrupter shall be equivalent to Hubbell GF5362. B. Receptacles shall be of the type shown on the drawings. W C. Receptacles required by NEMA Type on the drawings, but not listed above, shell be of cWnparab a quality to those listed. 2 W D. Switches and receptacles shall have binding post terminals, and connections shall -be made by wrapping wire around these terminals. E. Switches and receptacles connected to the emergency power system shall have red bodies. Coverplates for receptacles connected to the emergency power system shall be engraved as described in Section 16050. F. Receptacles required to meet NEC 406.8(B) (latest edition) shall be the size and color (lockable or non -lockable) as shown on the drawings. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OUTLET BOXES AND WIRING DEVICES Project No. 1164632 262726-1 A. Switches B. Receptacles 1.2 REFERENCES N C! A. Federal Specifications (FS). - c� B. General Services Administration (GSA). E2z C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). c2_< C:) r =�n D. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). :<m -0M 1.3 SUBMITTALS —. :cr ry A. Submit the following: a, 1. List of types of switches, receptacles, and dimmers to be used including manufacturer. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Coverplates shall be by the same manufacturer as the wiring devices. B. Switches and receptacles shall be specification grade as manufactured by Arrow -Hart, Harvey Hubbell, Leviton, Pass and Seymour, or approved equivalent. C. Switches shall be UL verified to meet FS W -S-896, GSA and NEMA Standard WD -1 heavy-duty testing requirements. D. Receptacles (125 volt) shall be UL verified to meet FS W -C-596, GSA and NEMA Standard WD -1 3.02 to 3.10, heavy duty testing requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SWITCHES A. Switches shall be heavy-duty, quiet type, 20 ampere, 120/277 volts AC, similar to Hubbell #1221-X or Pass and Seymour 20AC1-X, side and back -wired or 521-X side -wired only. 2.2 RECEPTACLES A. Receptacles shall be specification grade, NEMA #5-20R configuration, 125 volts, 20 ampere, Q grounding, nylon body front. Ground fault interrupter shall be equivalent to Hubbell GF5362. B. Receptacles shall be of the type shown on the drawings. W C. Receptacles required by NEMA Type on the drawings, but not listed above, shell be of cWnparab a quality to those listed. 2 W D. Switches and receptacles shall have binding post terminals, and connections shall -be made by wrapping wire around these terminals. E. Switches and receptacles connected to the emergency power system shall have red bodies. Coverplates for receptacles connected to the emergency power system shall be engraved as described in Section 16050. F. Receptacles required to meet NEC 406.8(B) (latest edition) shall be the size and color (lockable or non -lockable) as shown on the drawings. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OUTLET BOXES AND WIRING DEVICES Project No. 1164632 262726-1 SECTION 26 2726 OUTLET BOXES AND WIRING DEVICES 2.3 COLOR OF DEVICE AND COVERPLATE A. Switch and receptacle bodies shall be: 1. ivory B. Coverplates shall be: 1. .035 inch, 18-8 stainless steel type 302 in satin or brushed finish. PART 3JEXECUTION rl�1 WITCHES, RECEPTACLES, AND COVERPLATES �. '^.`Switches and receptacles shall be installed where shown on the drawings. crd. Switches shall be single -pole, double -pole, three-way, four-way, or momentary as required to control f�= the circuit. Mount at 48" to center unless shown otherwise. i�. Confer with the Design Professional or Owner to obtain the exact locations of each outlet box before any conduit is installed. However, the Owner reserves the right to change any of these locations without extra cost if the change is made before the installation. The exact location of outlet boxes shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. D. Switches shall be installed on the latch side of the door openings. E. Receptacles shall have a grounding pole. Receptacle ground pole to be down for vertical mount, or, neutral pole up for horizontal mount. Mount at 18" to center unless shown otherwise. F. Wiring in outlet boxes shall be continuous Provide pigtail(s) to devices as required. G. Each outlet box shall be provided with a coverplate. Receptacles flush mounted in exterior walls shall have a gasketed coverplate which will form a seal at the wall. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OUTLET BOXES AND WIRING DEVICES Project No. 1164632 262726-2 w N � J N �-U X VC) r-- O 0 N Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement OUTLET BOXES AND WIRING DEVICES Project No. 1164632 262726-2 SECTION 26 2726.01 GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT -INTERRUPTERS PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. A built-in test circuit shall be provided for periodic checking of GFCI circuitry. B. Ratings shall be 125 volt, three wire, single phase, 20 amperes NEMA 5-20R, with a ground leakage current sensitivity of 5 milli -amperes. GFCI receptacle shall be Hubbell No. GF -5362 or approved equivalent. C. Receptacles shall be constructed to comply with the UL 943 standards revised and effective January 1, 200, including the following enhanced features: 1. A more stringent voltage surge test to ensure the GFCI can handle a higher surge current 2. A new corrosion test to demonstrate greater immunity to moist conditions. ✓) A. Ground -fault circuit -interrupter (GFCI) receptacles. 3. An operating test to verify that proper operation of the GFCI cannot be prevented by [� manipulation of the GFCI controls. =� B. GFCI molded case circuit breakers. L 5. An abnormal overvoltage test that requires the GFCI not become a fire or shock hazard 1.2 REFERENCES 6. Increase requirement for GFCI to operate properly after exposure to conducted radio frequencies. A. National Electrical Code (NEC) N B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) c> o C. UL943 2003 edition o i- 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION �r A. GFCI receptacles provide electric shock protection for personnel. rn 4S � 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS D N a, A. GFCI receptacles shall be as manufactured by Cooper Corp., Leviton "SmartLock", General Electric, Harvey Hubbell, Pass and Seymour, or approved equivalent. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. A built-in test circuit shall be provided for periodic checking of GFCI circuitry. B. Ratings shall be 125 volt, three wire, single phase, 20 amperes NEMA 5-20R, with a ground leakage current sensitivity of 5 milli -amperes. GFCI receptacle shall be Hubbell No. GF -5362 or approved equivalent. C. Receptacles shall be constructed to comply with the UL 943 standards revised and effective January 1, 200, including the following enhanced features: 1. A more stringent voltage surge test to ensure the GFCI can handle a higher surge current 2. A new corrosion test to demonstrate greater immunity to moist conditions. ✓) 3. An operating test to verify that proper operation of the GFCI cannot be prevented by [� manipulation of the GFCI controls. =� 4. A reverse line -load miswire test that requires the GFCI to trip when miswired. L 5. An abnormal overvoltage test that requires the GFCI not become a fire or shock hazard during extreme overvoltage conditions. 6. Increase requirement for GFCI to operate properly after exposure to conducted radio frequencies. D. Construction Indoor (not weatherproof) installations shall fit in standard depth back -boxes and shall have cover plates as described in Section 26 27 26. 2. Outdoor and other weatherproof installations shall fit in standard "FS" boxes and shall have weatherproof cover plates. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT -INTERRUPTERS Project No. 1164632 26 2726.01-1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. Q SECTION 26 2726.01 GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT -INTERRUPTERS Install GFCI receptacles at each location where shown on the drawings. Sub -feeding receptacles from a GFCI receptacle is not allowed unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Each circuit protected by a GFCI device shall have a separate, independent, neutral wire and the neutral shall not be common with any other circuit. .� C. c. mO C• G Jcm o �� LL T � �-o- c�3 r— U SECTION 26 2726.01 GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT -INTERRUPTERS Install GFCI receptacles at each location where shown on the drawings. Sub -feeding receptacles from a GFCI receptacle is not allowed unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Each circuit protected by a GFCI device shall have a separate, independent, neutral wire and the neutral shall not be common with any other circuit. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT -INTERRUPTERS Project No. 1164632 26 2726.01-2 430 N � mO W Jcm o �� LL T � �-o- c�3 r— U END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT -INTERRUPTERS Project No. 1164632 26 2726.01-2 SECTION 26 2813 FUSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fuses. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fuses shall be by Bussmann Manufacturing Division of McGraw Edison Company o�yt Kittle&e Tracor Company. B. Fuses shall be UL listed for 200,000 ampere RMS interrupting capacity. PART 2 PRODUCTS ;Cm -v x m PP 2.2 FUSES d n N A. Fuses shall be capable of interrupting the available fault without rupturing or damaging fuse cfN, buswork, cable or switching components, and shall safely contain within the insulated barrel of the fuse the smoke, hot gases, carbon, and other harmful by-products of the fault. B. Fuses 601 amperes and larger shall be UL Class L current limiting bolt -in rejection type: Bussmann KRP-C Hi -CAP or Littlefuse KLP-C type. They shall have at least 45 -second time delay at 200% rating. C. Fuses rated 600 amperes or less shall be UL Class R rejection type with time current characteristics as defined by the Bussmann or Littlefuse catalog number shown for each condition outlined herein. D. Fuses protecting molded case circuit breakers or molded case circuit breaker panels shall be current limiting silver link types. They shall have interrupting capacity and let through current as defined by the Bussmann or Littlefuse catalog type shown below, unless otherwise indicated or required by the circuit breaker manufacturer. 1. 125 and 250 volt molded case circuit breakers shall be fed from switches fused as follows: a. 0 to 60 amperes Bussmann LOW PEAK fuses Type LPN -R or Littlefuse Type LLN- RK. b. 70 to 200 amperes Bussmann Limitron Fuses Type KTN-R or Littlefuse Type Jt N!R. 2. 277, 480, and 600 volt molded case circuit breakers shall be fed from switches Juj ed aL - follows: ` a. 0 to 100 amperes Bussmann LOW PEAK fuses Type LPS-R or Littlefuse Type LLSRK. b. 110 to 300 amperes Bussmann Limitron Fuses Type KTS-R or Littlefuse Type KLSR. Fuses not sized on the drawings for motor running protection, 100 amperes or less, shall be as follows: Fuses shall be Bussmann Fusetron (or Littlefuse "SLO BLO") dual -element time delay type FRN -R (or FLNR) for 250 volts or less, and FRS -R (or FLSR) for 277 through 600 volts sized at 125% of the motor nameplate full load running amperes or the next larger NEC standard ampere size. Exceptions to the preceding are where excessive ambient temperature, high inertia motor loads, special motors, or frequent "ON-OFF" cyclic loads or other special circumstances require a larger or different type fuse to be approved by the Design Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FUSES Project No. 1164632 262813-1 SECTION 26 2813 FUSES Professional. Such special circumstances shall be clarified with the Design Professional not less than 72 hours prior to bid opening time. 2. Fuse reducers shall be used where switch fuse clip spacing is larger than the length of the required fuse. F. Plug fuses shall be Fustat Bussmann Type S (or Littlefuse Type S). G. Other fuses, unless otherwise noted, shall be dual -element, current limiting, silver link type Bussmann LOW PEAK fuse, Type LPN -R or Littlefuse Type LLNRK for circuits rated 250 volts or less, and Bussmann LOW PEAK fuse Type LPS-R or Littlefuse Type LLSRK for circuits rated 277 through 600 volts. They shall have at least 10 seconds time delay at 500% rating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FUSES jr A. Fuses shall be installed as shown on the drawings after tests, inspections and the installations have been completed. Fuses shall be of the same manufacturer to retain selectivity and electrical coordination as designed. Fuses shall have dimensions and rejection features exactly as defined herein. Fuses having any other type rejection feature are not acceptable. B. Twenty percent spare fuses for each size, including control circuit fuses of each amperage and voltage rating (minimum of 3), shall be furnished to the Owner. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FUSES Project No. 1164632 262813-2 co N Y W a �o ..� O N U t-- F H 2 C l� Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement FUSES Project No. 1164632 262813-2 SECTION 26 2816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Safety disconnect switches. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). B. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). o 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Disconnect switches provide safe disconnecting of electrical power to equipments O m r 1.4 SUBMITTALS X 'o A. Submit the following information: N 1. Outline drawing with dimensions. 7 2. Equipment Ratings. a. Voltage. b. Capacity. C. Horsepower. d. Short circuit withstand rating. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Safety switches shall be NEMA heavy-duty type and shall carry the UL label. Fusible switches shall incorporate Class "R" fuse rejection feature and shall be braced to withstand 50,000 ampere RMS symmetrical fault current. B. Switches shall be of the same manufacturer as the panelboards. C. Safety switches used for service entrance equipment shall be UL listed as suitable for service entrance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Provide heavy-duty type, sheet steel enclosed, safety switches. Type, size, and rating shall be as shown on the drawings or as required by the motor or equipment served. 2.2 Switches shall incorporate quick -make, quick -break operating handles. Mechanism shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover, and switches shall have a cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door in the on position or closing of the switch mechanism with the door open. Current carrying parts t� shall be constructed of high -conductivity copper with silver -tungsten type switch contact. 2.3 Fuse clips shall be positive pressure type reinforced rejection type fuse clips. 2.4 Enclosures shall be NEMA 1 for indoors and NEMA 31R for exterior or wet location.' U -�-• O ^ 2.5 Equip each motor disconnect with auxiliary contacts (1 -NO, 1 -NC). A N Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS Project No. 1164632 262816-1 SECTION 26 2816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Furnish and install safety disconnect switches (fused and non-fused) shown on the drawings. In addition, furnish a safety disconnect switch for motors and equipment which do not have combination starters or integral disconnecting means. 3.2 For mechanical equipment rated for use only with fuses (such as condensing units, compressors, chillers), provide fusible disconnect switches. Such switches shall be one, two or three pole type, with solid neutral for 4- wire service, and shall have the proper current and voltage rating as required. 3.3 Terminals of the proper size for wire as shown on the drawings for line, load and ground shall be supplied by _y the disconnect switch manufacturer. m3.4 Each motor shall be individually protected. Furnish a safety disconnect for each motor as required by the „ 1 NEC. C7)3.5 Disconnect switches shall not be directly mounted to equipment which is mounted on vibration isolation pads v or springs, unless a piece of flexible conduit is used between the disconnect switch and the fixed conduit. 3.6 Safety switches shall be mounted securely to walls, columns or machine frames, and provided with brackets, mounting devices, structural pieces and expansion type anchor inserts necessary for this purpose. Switches shall not be mounted directly to metal surfaces or to concrete or masonry walls. Structural channels such as Kindorf or 3/4" plywood shall be used to mount switches at least 3/4 inch away from the mounting surface. 3.7 Switches shall be mounted at a height of 60 inches above the finished floor to the top of the back box. 3.8 Coordinate fuseable switches and fuse sizes, with mechanical trades, where required by UL listing for mechanical equipment installation. 3.9 Motors larger than 1/8 horsepower and controllers shall have a disconnecting means within sight and within 50'. A. Combination motor starters, circuit breakers in panelboards, manual motor starters, integral disconnecting means on equipment, and cord/plug connections may be used as disconnecting means where they are within sight and 50' of the equipment. B. Switches, combination starters, and circuit breakers which are pad -lockable in the "OFF" position may be used as disconnecting means when not in sight or within 50' unless prohibited by local code. C. Provide a disconnect switch for motors, motor -driven appliances, and controllers not covered by paragraphs A or B above. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS Project No. 1164632 262816-2 co N 4 c' S WO Ji- N �„ V 2 f- 1 U< ^ O N Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS Project No. 1164632 262816-2 SECTION 26 2913 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Starters. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). B. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION act A. Starters provide control of and protection for electric motors. o �' �n x 1.4 SUBMITTALS fi=r A. Submit the following information: N —i C') O 1. Wiring diagrams. -<r n -1 rn 2. Electrical ratings. �� S g �x — 0 a. NEMA size. 1> ry b. Voltage. C. Current. 3. Number of poles. 4. Coil voltage. 5. Physical characteristics including enclosure size. 6. Time - current curves for all breakers requiring settings and fuses. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Magnetic motor starters shall be as manufactured by Allen-Bradley Co., Cutler Hammer/Westinghouse, General Electric, Siemens, or Square D. B. Manual motor starters shall be as manufactured by Allen-Bradley Co., Cutler HammerMestinghouse, General Electric, or Square D. C. Motor starters shall be by the same manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Magnetic motor starters shall meet the following specifications: [U A. Combination magnetic motor starters shall have a fusible disconnect type switDh mot"rcuit protector unless shown otherwise. == rte B. Provisions for locking the disconnecting means handle in either the ON or OFFltiorr� W C. Minimum starter size shall be NEMA Size 1. iU vp�� L D. Heater element or sensor size shall be based on the nameplate full load currQiZ$1ngpt the naeler. E. Each starter shall contain a fused control circuit with the fuse properly sized byStarter Manufacturer to protect the coil of the starter. Control transformers shall be protected tt4 such a fuse in the primary and secondary circuits of the transformer. Furnish 20% spare fuses of 4ath amperage used (minimum of three) to the Owner. F. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1 for interior and NEMA 3R for exterior or wet locations, unless shown otherwise. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS Project No. 1164432 262913-1 SECTION 26 2913 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS G. Two speed motor starters and reversing starters shall have time -delay relays to permit motors to coast to a stop prior to restarting at a different speed or reversing. Verify with the motor supplier, whether each two -speed motor is separate winding or consequent pole, prior to submitting shop drawings for the corresponding motor controllers. 2.2 For each magnetic starter supplied, provide a hand -off -automatic (HOA) selector switch, red run pilot light, (2) no and (2) NC auxiliary contacts, control power transformer with fusing, and heater motor protective elements. Supply additional push buttons, and similar control devices, not specifically furnished by other trades or by the owner but that are required for proper operation of the specific motor. These devices shall be by the same Manufacturer as the starters. 2.3 Vbtors, smaller than 1/2 horsepower , unless shown otherwise, shall have toggle switch type manual starters wl(h thermal trip (TT) overload protection and pilot light. Flush mounted manual starters shall have a stainless steel cover plate. Manual starters used in existing construction where flush mounting is impractical shall be mounted in an appropriate NEMA 1 enclosure. Manual starters shall be similar to Square D Type F, Class 1 25fO Cat. No. FS1 P or approved equivalent. i Motors, 1/2 horsepower and larger, shall have magnetic motor starters. SZ) Terminals of the proper size for wire (as shown on the drawings for line, load, and ground) shall be supplied b*jA.e motdr starter manufacturer. PART 3 6ECUTION 3.1 Furnish and install motor starters and power and control wiring, complete as specified, unless shown otherwise. 3.2 Starters shall be mounted securely to walls, columns, or machine frames, and provided with the brackets, mounting devices, structural pieces, and expansion type anchor inserts necessary for this purpose. Starters shall not be mounted directly to metal surfaces or to concrete or masonry walls. Structural channels such as Kindorf or 3/4" plywood shall be used to mount starters at least 3/4 inch away from the mounting surface. 3.3 Top of each magnetic motor starter shall be mounted 60 inches above the finished floor unless shown otherwise. 3.4 Top of the box for manual motor starters shall be mounted 48 inches above the floor unless shown otherwise. 3.5 Motor starters furnished with "hand -off -automatic' switches, but not wired for automatic operation, shall have the reference to automatic deleted from the switch label by paint, revised nameplate, or other permanent means. 3.6 Mount motor starters adjacent to or on the equipment served, unless shown otherwise. END OF SECTION W N _T � �O W _r C:) Ur - N >- f-3 U_ '- ►-a C21 v� z o N Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS Project No. 1164432 262913-2 SECTION 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface mounted luminaires are included. B. Lamps. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). _ O DC7 � B. Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM). O C. Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL). �r 3 D. Federal Communications Commission (FCC). O= E. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). T' tV rn F. National Electrical Code (NEC) G. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) NFPA101. I. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Luminaires using energy saving lamps and energy saving ballasts provide area4tinga 1.4 SUBMITTALS G Vf A. Submit the following information: ' j C3 1. Manufacturers' catalog cut sheets for each luminaire including: m H a. Complete catalog number ordering information. b. Description and interpretation of ordering information (catalog number). C. Luminaire schedule "plan mark" designation. d. Candela and candlepower distribution, zonal lumen summary. e. Coefficient of utilization. f. Physical dimensions and operating voltage. g. Ballast data (Manufacturer, Cat. No., PF, THD, BF, & LCCF) h. Lamp type, quantity and wattage. i. Housing construction and finish. j. Light loss factor data. k. Spacing/mounting height limit. I. Beam photometric (pattern) (Emergency lights). M. Options. W Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INTERIOR LIGHTING Project No. 1164632 265100-1 SECTION 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 3.2 Luminaires shall be surface mounted as shown on the drawings. Luminaires are shown in their approximate location and may be moved before installation, as directed by the Design Professional, without additional charge to the owner. Cooperate with the trades installing the ceiling in locating recessed and surface - mounted luminaires. A. Luminaires shall be supported per Article 410.16 of NEC. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INTERIOR LIGHTING Project No. 1164632 26 5100-2 n. If any of the above do not apply, so state. 2. List of luminaire features differing from that specified: a. Construction of housing and method of access. b. Coatings (type and process). C. Lens, diffuser. d. Reflector (material and coating). o e. Mounting method. n� X5^1 f. Seals, gasketing. Cj g. Options. �^ 3. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that luminaires meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Luminaires shall be as scheduled and shown on the drawings. B. Substitution of luminaires will not be allowed unless approved by the Design Professional. oD CN Lu naires shall meet these specifications and be UL labeled. Where a scheduled luminaire fails to Q or exceed these specifications, equivalent luminaires may also deviate to the same amount, but Greater. W _ D Li— _Mit;inaires shall be tested in accordance with applicable sections of NEMA LE "Lighting Equipment'. ._J CD CJ t- EN >WY for tunnel luminaires shall be as manufactured by Lithonia. '�. } t—Q �i . fa Cl.ilimps shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Osram Sylvania, or Phillips. Special purpose IdRps shall be as furnished by the luminaire supplier. v Ballasts shall be energy saving, high power factor type. H. Ballasts shall be UL Listed, Class P, ETL certified, and CBM certified by testing per ANSI. L Ballasts shall meet ANSI C 62.41, C 82.1, C 82.2, and IEEE 587 requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRES A. Luminaries shall be of the type and manufacturer as scheduled. 2.2 LAMPS A. LED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Furnish and install luminaires and appurtenances, wired and ready for operation. 3.2 Luminaires shall be surface mounted as shown on the drawings. Luminaires are shown in their approximate location and may be moved before installation, as directed by the Design Professional, without additional charge to the owner. Cooperate with the trades installing the ceiling in locating recessed and surface - mounted luminaires. A. Luminaires shall be supported per Article 410.16 of NEC. Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement INTERIOR LIGHTING Project No. 1164632 26 5100-2 SECTION 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 3.3 Surface -mounted luminaires shall be mounted on a structural channel such as Kindorf or Unistrut. 3.4 Use HID type 120/240 VAC circuit breakers feeding 120/208 VAC fluorescent and HID lighting circuits. 3.5 Furnish lamps for luminaires as shown on the drawings and schedules. 3.6 Luminaires used for temporary construction lighting shall have new lamps installed at the time the project is accepted by the owner. END OF SECTION Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler & HVAC Replacement Project No. 1164632 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-3 CD �+ D o -yam ■ al -tom o r r— 'gym -o m +v T INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-3 FORM OF PROPOSAL CITY OF IOWA CITY MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: 3:00 PM local time on January 11, 2018 TO: City Clerk City of Iowa City City Hall 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procurement and Contracting Requirements, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor, materials and equipment, all supervision, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the work to complete MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT in strict accordance with the Project Manual and the Drawings dated November 21, 2017, including Addenda numbered and , inclusive, prepared by Shive Hattery, Inc. and to do all work at the prices set forth herein. We further propose to do all "Extra Work" which may be required to complete the work contemplated, at unit prices or lump sums to be agreed upon in writing prior to starting such work. The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom we intend to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. FP -1 of 3 BASE BID: oE2 z, C-)- o)r Dollars ($ a .n The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom we intend to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. FP -1 of 3 NOTE: All subcontractors are subject to approval by City. The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the more specific shall prevail. In submitting this Proposal, the undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to Proceed or a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business address identified below within the thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the contract award. The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement, the Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the certificates of insurance, and will proceed in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project, and have the Project at Substantial Completion on or before June 15, 2018 and Final Completion of July 13, 2018. Firm Signature: Printed Name: Title: Address: Phone: Contact: FP -2 of 3 r cV � Y> c csf_ Firm Signature: Printed Name: Title: Address: Phone: Contact: FP -2 of 3 as Principal, and , as Surety declare that we are held and are firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Dollars ($ ) to pay said sum as herein provided. We as Principal and Surety further promise and declare that these obligations shall bind our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned on the Principal submission of the accompanying bid, dated Project. NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, for (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form specified, and the Principal shall then furnish a bond for the Principal's faithful performance of said Project, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Project, as agreed to by the City's acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect, provided that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the amount of the obligation stated herein. By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide the bond, as provided in the Project specifications or as required by law. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of the tim ithin which the Owner may accept such Bid or may execute such contract documents, ad saicl5urety does hereby waive notice of any such time extension. gc� Sag The Principal and the Surety hereto execute this bid bond this Way ofd, A.D., 20 Cm Z M Witness Witness Principal By Surety By Attach Power -of -Attorney BB -1 of 1 (Seal) (Title) (Seal) (Attorney-in-fact) Bidder Status Form To be completed by all bidders Part A Please answer "Yes" or "No" for each of the following: ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes" for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. To be completed by resident bidders Part B My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: Dates: /—/—to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: /—/—to / / Address: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip: To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to bidders who are residents? _® Yes El3. If you answered "Yes" to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's hom E5 a e oireigr-n country and the appropriate legal citation. by s c7 -G rn% No To be completed by all bidders o Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. You must submit the completed forth to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. BSF-1 Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete PartA of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application ,r for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the lV limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. ❑ Yes business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has (� Ztfiled a statement of termination. O vH ❑ Yes No ybusiness is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other a tdgn Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate not been revoked or canceled. BSF-2 f ARC 1271C LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[875] Adopted and Filed Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 73A.21, the Labor Commissioner hereby adopts anew Chapter 156, "Bidder Preferences in Government Contracting," Iowa Administrative Code. This amendment adopts new rules concerning preferences for resident bidders on government construction projects. The new chapter sets forth requirements for a public body involved in a public improvement and sets forth enforcement procedures. Notice of Intended Action was published in the October 30, 2013, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1160C. Public comments regarding the proposed rules were received. Commenters stated that some of the Hiles could be misinterpreted and that some of the niles were beyond the statutory authority of Iowa Code section 73A.21. Commenters expressed ideas on how to make the bidding process more efficient. Commenters also questioned the constitutionality of Iowa Code section 73A.21. One commenter suggested adding compliance with Iowa Code chapter 91C as a basis to find that a company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. These rules are not identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action. Some changes are technical; other more substantive changes are described below. References to "domicile" were removed from several rules. Subrule 156.2(1) was changed to clarify that the requirements apply only to a project to be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder, to clarify that only office addresses, not construction worksites, must be reported; to remove a reference to perjury; and to change the deadline for submitting a statement to the public body. Paragraph 156.2(2)"b" was changed by deleting the phrase "under this Act." Subrule 156.2(3) was changed by adding new paragraph "k" concerning construction contractor registration, and by clarifying that compliance with only one of the lettered paragraphs in the subrule is necessary. Paragraph 156.2(4)"b" was changed by adding the phrase "if applicable." In rule 875-156.3(73A), the term "public body" replaced the term "nonresident bidder." A new rule 875-156.9(73A) containing a severability clause was added. The principal reason for adoption of this amendment is to implement legislative intent. No variance procedures are included in these rules because variance provisions are set forth in 875—Chapter 1. After analysis and review of this rule making, no impact on jobs has been found. These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 73A.21. r These rules shall become effective on February 12, 2014. The following amendment is adopted. sem.. 875-156.1(73A) Purpose, scope and definitions. These rules institute administrativ dpeiatlg�ha� procedures for enforcement of the Act. The definitions and interpretations contair i Iowa ted section 73A.21 shall be applicable to such terms when used in this chapter. "Act" means Iowa Code section 73A.21. "Afliate,"when used with respect to any specified person or entity, means another person or entity that, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control or ownership with, such specified person or entity. "Commissioner" means the labor commissioner appointed pursuant to Iowa Code section 91.2, or the labor commissioner's designee. "Division" means the division of labor of the department of workforce development. Adopt the following new 875 --Chapter 156: CHAPTER 156 BIDDER PREFERENCES IN GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING BSF-3 "Nonresident bidder" means a person or entity that does not meet the definition of a resident bidder, including any affiliate of any person or entity that is a nonresident bidder. "Parent," when used with respect to any specified person or entity, means an affiliate controlling such specified person or entity directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries. "Public body" means the state and any of its political subdivisions, including a school district, public utility, or the state board of regents. "Public improvement" means a building or other construction work to be paid for in whole or in part by the use of funds of the state, its agencies, and any of its political subdivisions and includes road construction, reconstruction, and maintenance projects. "Public utility" includes municipally owned utilities and municipally owned waterworks. "Resident bidder" means a person or entity authorized to transact business in this state and having a place of business for transacting business within the state at which it is conducting and has conducted business for at least three years prior to the date of the fust advertisement for the public improvement. If another state or foreign country has a more stringent definition of a resident bidder, the more stringent definition is applicable as to bidders from that state or foreign country. "Resident labor force preference" means a requirement in which all or a portion of a labor force working on a public improvement is a resident of a particular state or country. "Subsidiary, " when used with respect to any specified person or entity, is an affiliate controlled by such specified person or entity directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries. 875-156.2(73A) Reporting of resident status of bidders. 156.2(1) Reporting to public body. When a contract for a public improvement is to be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder, the public body shall request a statement from each bidder regarding the bidder's resident status. The statement shall be on the form designated by the commissioner. The statement shall require the bidder to certify whether the bidder is a resident bidder or a nonresident bidder. In the case of a resident bidder, the statement shall require the resident bidder to identify each office at which the resident bidder has conducted business in the state during the previous three years and the dates on which the resident bidder conducted business at each office. In the case of a nonresident bidder, the statement shall require the nonresident bidder to identify the nonresident bidder's home state or foreign country as reported to the Iowa secretary of state, to identify each preference offered by the nonresident bidder's home state or foreign country, and to certify that, except as set forth on the form, there are no other preferences offered by the nonresident bidder's home state or foreign country. The statement shall include such additional information as requested by the commissioner. The statement mint be signed by an authorized representative of the bidder. A fully completed statement shall be dapoied to pf incorporated by reference into all project bid specifications and contract documents with arX-bidkr M a public improvement. Failure to provide the statement with the bid may result in the bid Q be dEu21 nonresponsive. This may result in the bid being rejected by the public body. w 045fi!2�L'.Determining residency status. J t Co,::) C t o*poses of the Act, a person or entity is a resident bidder if the person or entity: hl)_)lsorized to transact business in Iowa; and ' �L) d one or more places of business in Iowa at which it is conducting or has conducted LL buiessi1h, state for at least three years immediately prior to the date of the first advertisement for �H. If the person or entity is a resident of a state or foreign country that has a more stringent definition than is set forth in paragraph 156.2(2)"a" for determining whether a person or entity in that state or country is a resident bidder, then the more stringent definition applies. 156.2(3) Determining authorization to transact business. A person or entity is authorized to transact business in the state if one or more of the following accurately describes the person or entity: a. In the case of a sole proprietorship, the sole proprietor is an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes; b. In the case of a general partnership or joint venture, more than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture partes are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes; BSF4 C. In the case of a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state, the statement has not been canceled; d. In the case of a limited liability partnership whose statement of qualification is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited liability partnership has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 486A.105(4); e. In the case of a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in this state, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has not filed a statement of termination; f. In the case of a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership; g. In the case of a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in this state, the limited liability company has not filed a statement of termination; h. In the case of a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited liability company has received a certificate of authority to transact business in this state and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled; L In the case of a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in this state, the corporation (1) has paid all fees required by Iowa Code chapter 490, (2) has filed its most recent biennial report, and (3) has not filed articles of dissolution; j. In the case of a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation (1) has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, (2) has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and (3) has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked; or k The person or entity is registered with the Iowa division of labor as a construction contractor pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 91 C. 156.2(4) Determining if bidder has conducted business in state. In order to determine if a bidder has a place of business for transacting business within Iowa at which it is conducting and has conducted business for at least three years prior to the date of the first advertisement of the public improvement, the bidder shall meet the following criteria for the three-year period prior to the first advertisement for the public improvement: a. Continuously maintained a place of business for transacting business in Iowa that is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mails; and b. Conducted business in the state for each of those three years and filed an Iowa incee tax rMm, if applicable, made payments to the Iowa unemployment insurance find, if applicable, a>lglapain ed an Iowa workers' compensation policy, if applicable, in effect for each of those three year'.:4 c s -S ro 875-156.3(73A) Application of preference. When awarding a contract for a publicen�t to the lowest responsible bidder, the public body shall allow a preference to a resident bi=a t a _ , nonresident bidder that is equal to any preference given or required by the home state orn try in which the nonresident bidder is a resident without regard to whether such preferenTs are ac2G311y Q enforced by the applicable regulatory body in each state. If the bidder is a subsidiary o¢ a pard that would be a nonresident bidder if such parent were to bid on the public improvement in its,own narge, then the public body shall allow a preference as against such bidder that is equal to the preference g- n or required by the home state or foreign country of the bidder's parent. In the instance of a labor force preference, a public body shall apply the same resident labor force preference to a public improvement in this state as would be required in the construction of a public improvement by the home state or foreign country of the nonresident bidder, or the parent of a resident bidder if the parent would qualify as a nonresident bidder if such parent were to bid on the public improvement in its own name. A preference shall not be applied to a subcontractor unless the home state or foreign country of the nonresident bidder to whom the contract was awarded would apply a preference to the subcontractor. BSF-5 Specific methods of calculating and applying a preference shall mirror those that apply in the home state or foreign country of the nonresident bidder to whom the contract was awarded. In the event that the specific method used by the nonresident bidder's home state or foreign country cannot be determined, the calculation for a labor force preference shall include only the labor force working on the public improvement in Iowa on a regular basis calculated by pay period. 875-156.4(73A) Complaints regarding alleged violations of the Act. 156.4(1) Complaints. Any person with information regarding a violation of the Act may submit a written complaint to the commissioner. Any complaint must provide the information required pursuant to subrule 156.4(2) or as much of such information as is reasonably practicable under the circumstances. The completed written complaint form shall be submitted to the commissioner at Labor Services Division, 1000 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. 156.4(2) Written complaint form. The commissioner shall prepare a written complaint form that a person with information regarding a potential violation of the Act may submit pursuant to subrule 156.4(1). The written complaint form shall request the following information: the name, address, telephone number, and e-mail address of the complainant; the name of the bidder that is believed to have violated the Act; a description of any relationships between the complainant and the bidder; an identification of the public body to which the bidder submitted a bid; the home state or foreign country of the bidder; a description of the goods and services provided under the bid; and such additional information as requested by the commissioner. 156.4(3) Availability ofwritten complaint form. The written complaint form shall be available in all division offices and on the department of workforce development's Internet Web site. 875-156.5(73A) Nonresident bidder record-keeping requirements. While participating in a public improvement, a nonresident bidder from a home state or foreign country with a resident labor force preference shall make and keep, for a period of not less than three years, accurate records of all workers employed by the contractor or subcontractor on the public improvement. The records shall include each worker's name, address, telephone number if available, social security number, trade classification, and starting and ending date of employment. 875-156.6(73A) Investigations; determination of civil penalty. The commissioner or an authorized designee shall cause an investigation to be made into charges of violations of the Act, including allegations set forth in a written complaint. 16.6(1) Investigative powers. The commissioner or the authorized designee shall have the following powers: >4j Hearings. The commissioner may hold hearings and investigate charges of violations of the Acipi - 4 . into place of employment. The commissioner may, consistent with due process of law, entjkan=la3e of employment to inspect records concerning labor force residency, to question an Uj emWye ployee, and to investigate those facts, conditions, or matters as are deemed appropriate in lWernCia ft whether any person has violated the provisions of the Act. The commissioner shall only maQd an 4rtttp into a place of employment in response to a written complaint. LL 8 envy of workers. The commissioner may investigate and ascertain the residency of a wqjF�r eSa d in any public improvement in this state. V. Ofts; depositions; subpoenas. The commissioner may administer oaths, take or cause to be tam deposition of witnesses, and require by subpoena the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of all books, registers, payrolls, and other evidence relevant to a matter under investigation or hearing. e. Employment ofpersonnel. The commissioner may employ qualified personnel as are necessary for the enforcement of Iowa Code section 73A.21. The personnel shall be employed pursuant to the merit system provisions of Iowa Code chapter 8A, subchapter IV. f. Request for records. The commissioner shall require a contractor or subcontractor to file, within 10 days of receipt of a request, any records enumerated in rule 875-156.5(73A). If the contractor or subcontractor fails to provide the requested records within 10 days, the commissioner may direct, within 15 days after the end of the 10 -day period, that the fiscal or financial office charged with the custody and disbursement of funds of the public body that contracted for construction of the public improvement or undertook the public improvement, to withhold immediately from payment to the contractor or subcontractor up to 25 percent of the amount to be paid to the contractor or subcontractor under the terms of the contract or written instrument under which the public improvement is being performed. The amount withheld shall be immediately released upon receipt by the public body of a notice from the commissioner indicating that the request for records as required by this paragraph has been satisfied. 156.6(2) Division determination. Upon conclusion of an investigation, the commissioner or an authorized designee shall issue a written determination to the party that was the subject of the investigation. The determination shall indicate whether or not the division finds a violation of the Act by the party. If the determination indicates that the party engaged in a violation of the Act, the determination shall also indicate the remedies the division intends to pursue as a result of the violation. 156.6(3) Informal conference. A party seeking review of the division's determination pursuant to this rule may file a written request for an informal conference. The request must be received by the division within 15 days after the date of issuance of the division's determination. During the conference, the party seeking review may present written or oral information and arguments as to why the division's determination should be amended or vacated. The division shall consider the information and arguments presented and issue a written decision advising all parties of the outcome of the informal conference. 875-156.7(73A) Remedies. Following the conclusion of the informal conference, or following the expiration of the time in which a party may file a written request for an informal conference, the division may pursue the following remedies. 156.7(1) Injunctive relief. If the division determines that a violation of the Act has occurred, the division may sue for injunctive relief against the awarding of a contract, the undertaking of a public improvement, or the continuation of a public improvement. 156.7(2) Civil penalty. Any person or entity that violates the provisions of this chapter is subject to a civil penalty in an amount not to exceed $1,000 for each violation found in a fust investigation by the division, not to exceed $5,000 for each violation found in a second investigation by the division, and not to exceed $15,000 for a third or subsequent violation found in any subsequent investigation by the division. Each violation of this chapter for each worker and for each day the violation continues constitutes a separate and distinct violation. In determining the amount of the penalty, the division shall consider the appropriateness of the penalty to the person or entity charged, upon determination of the graNW of the violation(s). The collection of these penalties shall be enforced in a civil action broug8 bythlOttomey general on behalf of the division. g2 Zo D� c 875-156.8(73A) Compliance with federal law. If it is determined that application of MA t!Gap1Wand Act may cause denial of federal funds which would otherwise be available for a public imp entr wo d otherwise be inconsistent with requirements of any federal law or regulation, the applicat_�ZliirVf chap shall be suspended to the extent necessary to prevent denial of the funds or to eliminati incoo siste>� with federal requirements. D N 875-156.9(73A) Severability. If any rule under this chapter, any portion of a rule under this cha�Ter; or the applicability of any rule under this chapter to any person or circumstance is held invalid by court, the remainder of these rules or the rules' applicability to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected. These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 73A.21. [Filed 12/16/13, effective 2/12/141 [Published 1/8/14] EDrroR's NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 1/8/14. BSF-7 Prepared by: Brett Zimmerman, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240, (319)350-5044 Resolution No. 17-347 Resolution setting a public hearing on December 5, 2017 on plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project, directing City Clerk to publish notice of said hearing, and directing the City Engineer to place said plans on file for public inspection. Whereas, funds for this project are available in account # R4331. Now, therefore, be it resolved by the Council of The City of Iowa City, Iowa, that: 1. A public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-mentioned project is to be held on the 5th day of December, 2017, at 7:00 p.m. in the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. 2. The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice of the public hearing for the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the City, not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days before said hearing. 3. A copy of the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-named project is hereby ordered placed on file by the City Engineer in the office of the City Clerk for public inspection. Passed and approved this 21st day of November 2017 MaOr ' pp ved by Attest: Ci Clerk City Attorney's Office It was moved by trims and seconded by Botchway the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: Ayes: Nays: Absent: Botchway Cole Dickens Mims Taylor Thomas Throgmorton 4,et le PRESS -CITIZEN MEDIA PART OF THE USA TODAY NETWORK CITY OF IOWA CITY ICPD 410 E WASHINGTON ST IOWA CITY IA 522401825 AFFIDAVIT OF PUBLICATION State of Wisconsin County of Brown, ss.: The undersigned, being first duly swom on oath, states that the Iowa City Press Citizen, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa, with its principal place of business in Iowa City, Iowa, the publisher of Iowa City Press Citizen newspaper of general circulation printed and published in the City of Iowa City, Johnson County, Iowa, and that an advertisement, a printed copy of which is attached as Exhibit 'W'and made part of this affidavit, was printed and published in Iowa City Press Citizen on the following dates: Ad No. Start Date: Run Dates: Cost: 0002558316 11/29/17 11/29/17 $33.54 Copy of Advertisement Exhibit"A" \\\�\GK1111F... i • NOTARY ? ,n'•. PUBI r 2 c A C TF.........• OFmI�SG\\��� 29th day of November. 2017 CYZAdAq-/q l 1 No& Public Publish OF P Q �� • NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING �. ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, =^MRM ^c ^^KITO w^T AKIM CENTER Public notice is hereby given to that the City Council of the City of Iowa City Iowa, will conduct a public 'hearin on plans, specifications, orm on contract and estimated cost for the construction of the Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project in said City at 7:00 p.m. on the 5th day of December, 2017 said meeting to be held in the Amma J. Harvat Hall in City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council therafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, specifications, form of contract and the estimated cost are now on file in the office of the city clerk in City Hallin Iowa City, Iowa, an d may be inspected %zea person may appear seting of the City Council purpose of making to and comments said plans ins, contract or the cost said improvement. is lven by order of the :il 03 the Ci of Iowa and as provided y law. FRiTN HLING. CITY Prepared by. Brett Zimmerman, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St, Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 3565044 Resolution No. 17-361 Resolution approving plans, specifications, form of agreement, and estimate of cost for the construction of Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project, establishing amount of bid security to accompany each bid, directing City Clerk to post notice to bidders, and fixing time and place for receipt of bids. Whereas, notice of public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the above-named project was published as required by law, and the hearing thereon held; and Whereas, the City Engineer or designee intends to post notice of the project on the website owned and maintained by the City of Iowa City; and Whereas, funds for this project are available in account # R4331. Now, therefore, be it resolved by the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa that: 1. The plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the above-named project are hereby approved. 2. The amount of bid security to accompany each bid for the construction of the above- named project shall be in the amount of 10% (ten percent) of bid payable to Treasurer, City of Iowa City, Iowa. 3. The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to post notice as required in Section 26.3, not less than 13 days and not more than 45 days before the date of the bid letting, which may be satisfied by timely posting notice on the Construction Update Network, operated by the Master Builder of Iowa, and the Iowa League of Cities website. 4. Sealed bids for the above-named project are to be received by the City of Iowa City, Iowa, at the Office of the City Clerk, at the City Hall, before 3:00 p.m. on the 11th day of January, 2018. At that time, the bids will be opened by the City Engineer or his designee, and thereupon referred to the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, for action upon said bids at its next regular meeting, to be held at the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, at 7:00 p.m. on the 16"' day of January, 2018, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. Passed and approved this 5th day of December / . 2017. G, Ma or _) Approved by Attest: - 'it,) City Clerk ' City Attorney's Office 4i4 2//7 I 10 A,ol(fl IOWA LEAGUE QfCITIES CERTIFICATE The Iowa League of Cities an entity organized under the laws of Iowa as an instrumentality of its member cities, with its principal place of business in Des Moines, Polk County, Iowa, does hereby certify that I am now and was at the time hereinafter mentioned, the duly qualified and acting Executive Director of the Iowa League of Cities, and that as such Executive Director of the League and by full authority from the Executive Board, I have caused a NOTICE TO BIDDERS Notice to Bidders - Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project Classified ID: 106355 A printed copy of which is attached and made part of this certificate, provided on 12/06/2017 to be posted on the Iowa League of Cities' internet site on the following date: December 7, 2017 I certify under penalty of perjury and pursuant to the laws of the State of Iowa that the preceding is true and correct. 12/6/2017 Alan Kemp, Executive Director rA NOTICE TO BIDDERS MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, until 3:00 P.M. on the 11th day of January, 2018. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at a meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. on the 161 day of January, 2018, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. There is a recommended pre-bid meeting. This will start at 11 A.M. local time on Thursday, December 14, 2017 in the Mercer Aquatic Center Meeting Room located at 2701 Bradford Drive Iowa City, Iowa. The Project will involve the following: This project includes replacement of the existing boiler and HVAC systems in the Mercer Aquatic Center and Scanlon Gymnasium. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by Shive- Hattery Inc., of Iowa City, which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be submitted in a sealed envelope. In addition, a separate sealed envelope shall be submitted containing a completed Bidder Status Form and a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days of the City Council's award of the contract and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. The City shall retain the bid security furnished by the successful bidder until the approved contract form has been executed, a bond has been filed by the bidder guaranteeing the performance of the contract, and the contract and bond have been approved by the City. The City shall promptly return the checks or bidder's bonds of unsuccessful bidders to the bidders as soon as the successful bidder is determined or within thirty days, whichever is sooner. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City Council. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Start Date: February 1, 2018 Specified Completion Date: July 13, 2018 Liquidated Damages: $200.00 per day r The plans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured at the Office of Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone: 319-354-5950, Fax: 319-354-8973, Toll -Free: 800-779-0093, by bona fide bidders. A $50.00 fee is required for each set of plans and specifications provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to Technigraphics, by bona fide bidders. The deposit will be refunded to plan holders who return the bidding documents in good condition within 15 days after receipt of bids. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals at (515) 281-5796 and the Iowa Department of Transportation Contracts Office at (515) 239-1422. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. By virtue of statutory authority, preference must be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal resident bidder preference law applies to this Project. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Posted upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK I Julie Voparil From: Carla Long <CLong@mbionline.com> Sent: Monday, December 11, 2017 4:46 PM To: Julie Voparil Subject: FW: Certificate for Notice to Bidders Attachments: 12.7.17 Notice To Bidders.pdf From: Carla Long Sent: Thursday, December 07, 2017 4:32 PM To:'Julie Voparil' <Julie-Voparil@iowa-city.org> Subject: Certificate for Notice to Bidders Certificate The undersigned, being first duly sworn on oath, states that The Construction Update Plan Room Network ("CU Network") is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa, with its principal place of business in Des Moines, Polk County, Iowa. The undersigned also states that he is now and was at the time hereinafter mentioned, the duly qualified and acting President / CEO of the CU Network, and that as such President / CEO of the CU Network and by full authority from the Executive Board, he caused a NOTICE TO BIDDERS Iowa City Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler And HVAC Replacement Project A printed copy of which is attached and made part of this certificate, to be posted in the Construction Update Network Plan Room, a relevant contractor plan room service with statewide circulation and a relevant contractor lead generating service with statewide circulation, on the following date(s): December 7. 2017 I certify under penalty of perjury and pursuant to the laws of the State of Iowa that the preceding is true and correct. December 7, 2017 I(Arr, Date President/CEO of The Construction Update Plan Room Network Carla Long — Project Information Specialist Master Builders of Iowa 221 Park Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309 (d) 515-657-4400 (a) 515-288-7339 (f) 515-288-8718 (e) mbiplanroom-dsm@mbionline.com (w) www.mbionline.com Project Information IowaBidDate.com RECEIVED DEC 0 6 20V NOTICE TO BIDDERS MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, until 3:00 P.M. on the 111 day of January, 2018. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at a meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. on the 161' day of January, 2018, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. There Is a recommended pre-bid meeting. This will start at 11 A.M. local time on Thursday, December 14, 2017 in the Mercer Aquatic Center Meeting Room located at 2701 Bradford Drive Iowa City, Iowa. The Project will involve the following: This project includes replacement of the existing boiler and HVAC systems in the Mercer Aquatic Center and Scanlon Gymnasium. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by Shive- Hattery Inc., of Iowa City, which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be submitted in a sealed envelope. In addition, a separate sealed envelope shall be submitted containing a completed Bidder Status Form and a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days of the City Council's award of the contract and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. The City shall retain the bid security furnished by the successful bidder until the approved contract form has been executed, a bond has been filed by the bidder guaranteeing the performance of the contract, and the contract and bond have been approved by the City. The City shall promptly return the checks or bidder's bonds of unsuccessful bidders to the bidders as soon as the successful bidder is determined or within thirty days, whichever is sooner. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City Council. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Start Date: February 1, 2018 Specified Completion Date: July 13, 2018 Liquidated Damages: $200.00 per day The plans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured at the Office of Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone: 319-354-5950, Fax: 319-354-8973, Toll -Free: 800-779-0093, by bona fide bidders. A Jqg&Q fee is required for each set of plans and specifications provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to Technigraphics, by bona fide bidders. The deposit will be refunded to plan holders who return the bidding documents in good condition within 15 days after receipt of bids. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals at (515) 281-5796 and the Iowa Department of Transportation Contracts Office at (515) 239-1422. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. By virtue of statutory authority, preference must be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal.resident bidder preference law applies to this Project. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Posted upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK Prepared by. Brett Zimmerman, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St, Iowa City, IA 52240 (319)355-5044 Resolution no. 18-14 Resolution awarding contract and authorizing the mayor to sign and the city clerk to attest a contract for construction of the Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project Whereas, AAA Mechanical Contractors, Inc. of Coralville, Iowa has submitted the lowest responsible bid of $815,000 for construction of the above-named project; and Whereas, the bid includes the base bid and alternate #1; and Whereas, funds for this project are available in account #s R4331 and R4332. Whereas, the Parks and Recreation Director and City Manager are authorized to execute change orders according to the City's Purchasing Policy as they may become necessary in the construction of the above-named project. Now, therefore, be it resolved by the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, that: The contract for the construction of the above-named project for the base bid plus Alternate #1 is hereby awarded to AAA Mechanical Contractors, Inc. of Coralville, Iowa, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 2. The Mayor is hereby authorized to sign the contract for construction of the above-named project and the Contractor's Bond, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. Passed and approved this 16th day of January , 2018 Ma or ved by Attes• Ci y Clerk City Attorney's Office It was moved by Taylor and seconded by Botchway the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: X Botchway X Cole X Mims X Salih X Taylor X Thomas X Throgmorton f Bond No. HSA -MW -2790 V PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND <, AAA Mechanical Contractors. Inc. , as (insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor) Principal, hereinafter called the Contractor and Hudson Insurance company (insert the legal title of the Surety) as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, as obligee, hereinafter called the Owner, in the amount of _Eight Hundred Fifteen Thousand and 00/100 -- Dollars ($ 015,000.00 ) for the payment for which Contractor and Surety hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Contractor has, as of November 21, eon entered into a (date) written Agreement with Owner for the MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER AND HVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT; and WHEREAS, the Agreement requires execution of this Performance and Payment Bond, to be completed by Contractor, in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by Shive-Hattery. Inc., which Agreement is by reference made a part hereof, and the agreed- upon work is hereafter referred to as the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Agreement, then the obligation of this bond shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect until satisfactory completion of the Project. A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. B. Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by Owner to be, in default under the Agreement, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: 1. Complete the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement; and upon determination by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available, as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the Agreement or subsequent contracts of completion arranged under F" this paragraph), sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion, less the balance s of the Contract Price, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Agreement, together with any addenda and/or amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. C. The Contractor and Contractor's Surety shall be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of one (1) years from the date of formal acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person, corporation or third party other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the Principal and Surety, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, shall pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal, including any of Principal's subcontractors, all claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Agreement for whose benefit this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if it were expressly set out herein. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS 23rd DAY OF January 2018 . IN THE PRESENCE OF: Witness Josle Benson 290 (Title) Todd Schaap, Attorney -in -Fact 2626 49th Drive (Street) Franksvllle, W153126 (City, State, Zip) 262-835-9576 (Phone) HUDS7',J �.8� i\sPlSltili ihtut q• POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That HUDSON INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the Sante of Delaware, with offices at 100 William Street, New York New York 10038, has made, constituted and appointed, and by these presents, dors nuke, constitute and appoint Thomas Chambers, Todd Schmp of the State of Wisconsin Todd Kramer of the State of loves its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact at New York, New York each of them alone an have fall power to act without the other or others, m make, execute and deliver on its behalf, as Sorely, bonds and undettal®gs give[ for my and all purposes, also to excoute and deliver on its behalf as aforesaid renewals, extensions, agreements, waivers, consents err stipulations relating m such bonds or undertakings provided, however, that no single band or unD.00), ng shall obligate said Company for my portion of the penal sum thereof in excess of the sum of Ten Million Dollars (slo,ogb,000.00). Such bonds mud undertakings wheat duly executed by said Attomey(s)-in-Fact, shall be binding upon said Company as fully and to the same "lent ere if signed by the President of said Company under its corporate sea] attested by its Sccretasy. In Wimesa Whareof, HUDSON INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be of its Senior Vice President themmto duly v_pevt. ver thorized,onthi5 17th dayof December .20 17 at New York New York e.rP ♦.e <i SEN-(CStpamor seal HUDSON INSURANCE Cor"ANY 'zt, t94h i ti/ • An�......... .c4_ d� ......... H, DinaDaskal.........t......................... ......... Curpomte Secretary Mich0el P. Clfom Sender Vire president STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTYOFNC•WYORIC SS. On the 13th day of _ December . 20 17 berate me pexanaliy cone hBchzel P. ifom tome known, who being by me duly swam did dtyosc and saydut he is a Senior Yce President o(ifODSON INSINURANCE COSIPANY, the expo at bed hard. d which eazmcd the above ituaum m, that he knows the seat ofmid Corporation, Out the =1 affixed to said insuumrntis mhauporale nerd, tha was so tF¢ yonder nftbc Bear] of Director: .raid Corporation, and that be signed his m�ooklHbW4} .e order. M. MU/�a (� (Notarial Sent) ............................... ...................... '��' ......, yam•: ANN M.MURPit S N: O�ARi: Not Publk.Sur ew York No. 01 MU6067553 Qualified In Nessau County .'•.pUBIk-` Cummitsim Fate;... Dttctnbe 10, 2021 'Nr 40'- CERTIFICATION COUNTYOFNEWYOSTATEOFNEWYOR•••'.yTFOF NE,s" COI7NTY OFNEW YORK ,!„on,uuu The andersips d Dim Daskalakia hereby eenifice: Th” the original msalution, of which the following is a Our and rartret copy cos duly adopted by unaNmous wriarn e0nsent oftha Board ofDirecora of Hudson Insumme Compmydated July 27a, 2007, and has not since been revoked, amended or rnedi&d: "RESOLVED, that the Prmidrnt the Fzeagve Vice Presidents, the Senior Vice Presidents and the Vice Presidams shall have the authority and discretion. m appoint me agat or agents, or anevey or ammcys.iv-fact for the purpose of carrying an this Company's many busiomv, and to empower such agent or agab, or attorney or ntameys-in-fan, m accrm and deliver, under this Company's sol or uthmriac, bonds obligadorss, and rcmpiaanm, whether mad. by this Company m sunny thereon or athwaise, indemnity contacts, coram, and certificates. and my and all other <.man cand undaakin, made in the course ofthia Company's aunty business, and raewats. ateasions, apwnmq waives, mnsmu 0, scipoaaaa, regarding ardenakings tovaadr, wed FURTHER RESOVJPD, that the signature ofany aucb Officer ofthe Company and the Company'a sal may be affixed by hcsimile to any peau of attorney or cenifimim given for the axeation ofany bond, undenaldng, reagomnce, e000¢t of Manaby or othcwrinm obligation In the acme thereof or related theca, such aignawm and sed whets so used atcthar herctefare or bereafter, being hereby adoptal by the Company as the odgiml signature of mach Office and the original seat of the Compr y, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and affect u though manuallyafl'med" THAT the above and foregoing is a Poll, true and correct copy ofl` w of Attorney issuM by said Company, and ofthe whale of the original and dw the p,'d Powe of Anomey is stili in full force and enat and bas not been revoked, and furthermore that the Resolution of the Board ofDirectna, act fab in the said J`ieYT afAmmey Dnaw in fame. .�?• �a�e• [Yeas the baud ofthe eaderaigned and the sed ofmid Cvrpmadm this 23rd __ day Janua 2018 iii S� Ips m mall By.............:........:."s,......................... Dim Daskalaldr, Corporate Secretary STATE OF WISCONSIN ) COUNTY OF Racine ON THIS 23rd day of January , 2018 before me, a notary public, within and for said County and State, personally appeared _ Todd Schaap to me personally known, who being duly swom, upon oath did say that he is the Attomey-in-Fact of and for the Hudson Insurance Company , a corporation of Delaware created, organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware ; that the corporate seal affixed to the foregoing within instrument is the seal of the said Company; that the seal was affixed and the said instrument was executed by authority of its Board of Directors; and the said Todd Schaaa did acknowledge that he/she executed the said instrument as the free act and deed of said Company. Jac fe Sheldon I IiJLf-m- Notary Public, Racine County, Wisconsin My Commission. kes 4/13/2019 �O(PRY l'C/6Cd44 1 0 t SHELDIE O v, ON ENGINEER'S REPORT July 1, 2020 City Clerk Iowa City, Iowa Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project Dear City Clerk: ►r 1 CITY OF IOWA CITY 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 - 1826 (319) 356 - 5000 (319) 356 - 5009 FAX www.icgov.org I hereby certify that the Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project has been completed by AAA Mechanical Contractors, Inc. of Coralville, Iowa, in substantial accordance with the plans and specifications prepared by Shive-Hattery, Inc., of Iowa City, Iowa. The project was bid as a lump sum contract and the final contract price is $882,387.00. There was a total of one (1) Change Order for the project, which included the items below: Add Panel Relocation and Breaker Change Add New Concrete Slab Add Concrete Demolition Delete Pump 3 Add Controls Work Delete Controls Work Add Restroom Convector Covers Painting Add Air Vents Demolition of Heat Recovery Piping Add Electrical Power for Glycol Pump Exhaust Duct Material Change Add Hydrants Total Change Order $ 2,354.00 $ 2,225.00 $ 1,454.00 $ (3,336.00) $ 63,572.00 $ (5,162.00) $ 818.00 $ 438.00 $ 1,550.00 $ 517.00 $ 874.00 $ 2,083.00 $ 67,387.00 I recommend that the above -referenced improvements be accepted by the City of Iowa City. Sincerely, Jason Havel, P.E. City Engineer ''�t0i "J11;1 t'frU �1831� A11� I £'E Wd 8- -lop ozol 5' Prepared by: Ben Clark, Senior Engineer, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5436 Resolution No. 20-161 Resolution accepting the work for the Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project. Whereas, the Engineering Division has recommended that the work for construction of the Mercer Aquatic Center Boiler and HVAC Replacement Project, as included in a contract between the City of Iowa City and AAA Mechanical Contractors, Inc. of Coralville, Iowa, dated February181, 2018, be accepted; and Whereas, the Engineer's Report and the performance, payment and maintenance bond have been filed in the City Clerk's office; and Whereas, funds for this project are available in Elementary School Recreational Facility account #R4331 and the Upgrade Building BAS Controls account #R4332; and Whereas, the final contract price is $882,387.00. Now, therefore, be it resolved by the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, that said improvements are hereby accepted by the City of Iowa City, Iowa. Passed and approved this 7th day of July , 2020 May Attest: Approved by l City Attorney's Office (Sue Dulek — 07/02/2020) It was moved by Weiner and seconded by Thomas the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: Ayes: Nays: Absent: Bergus Mims Salih Taylor Teague Thomas Weiner INSERT PLANS HERE MERCER AQUATIC CENTER BOILER & HAVAC REPLACEMENT PROJECT